forked from mirrors/gecko-dev
		
	
		
			
				
	
	
		
			12627 lines
		
	
	
	
		
			460 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C++
		
	
	
	
	
	
			
		
		
	
	
			12627 lines
		
	
	
	
		
			460 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C++
		
	
	
	
	
	
| /* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
 | |
| /* vim: set ts=8 sts=2 et sw=2 tw=80: */
 | |
| /* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
 | |
|  * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
 | |
|  * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* base class of all rendering objects */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include "nsIFrame.h"
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include <stdarg.h>
 | |
| #include <algorithm>
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include "gfx2DGlue.h"
 | |
| #include "gfxUtils.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/ComputedStyle.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/DebugOnly.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/DisplayPortUtils.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/dom/ElementInlines.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/dom/ImageTracker.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/dom/Selection.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/gfx/2D.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/gfx/gfxVars.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/gfx/PathHelpers.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/PresShell.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/PresShellInlines.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/ResultExtensions.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/Sprintf.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/StaticAnalysisFunctions.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/StaticPrefs_layout.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/SVGMaskFrame.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/SVGObserverUtils.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/SVGTextFrame.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/SVGIntegrationUtils.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/SVGUtils.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/ToString.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/ViewportUtils.h"
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include "nsCOMPtr.h"
 | |
| #include "nsFieldSetFrame.h"
 | |
| #include "nsFlexContainerFrame.h"
 | |
| #include "nsFrameList.h"
 | |
| #include "nsPlaceholderFrame.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIBaseWindow.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIContent.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIContentInlines.h"
 | |
| #include "nsContentUtils.h"
 | |
| #include "nsCSSFrameConstructor.h"
 | |
| #include "nsCSSProps.h"
 | |
| #include "nsCSSPseudoElements.h"
 | |
| #include "nsCSSRendering.h"
 | |
| #include "nsAtom.h"
 | |
| #include "nsString.h"
 | |
| #include "nsReadableUtils.h"
 | |
| #include "nsTableWrapperFrame.h"
 | |
| #include "nsView.h"
 | |
| #include "nsViewManager.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIScrollableFrame.h"
 | |
| #include "nsPresContext.h"
 | |
| #include "nsPresContextInlines.h"
 | |
| #include "nsStyleConsts.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/Logging.h"
 | |
| #include "nsLayoutUtils.h"
 | |
| #include "LayoutLogging.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/RestyleManager.h"
 | |
| #include "nsImageFrame.h"
 | |
| #include "nsInlineFrame.h"
 | |
| #include "nsFrameSelection.h"
 | |
| #include "nsGkAtoms.h"
 | |
| #include "nsCSSAnonBoxes.h"
 | |
| #include "nsCanvasFrame.h"
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include "nsFieldSetFrame.h"
 | |
| #include "nsFrameTraversal.h"
 | |
| #include "nsRange.h"
 | |
| #include "nsITextControlFrame.h"
 | |
| #include "nsNameSpaceManager.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIPercentBSizeObserver.h"
 | |
| #include "nsStyleStructInlines.h"
 | |
| #include "FrameLayerBuilder.h"
 | |
| #include "ImageLayers.h"
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include "nsBidiPresUtils.h"
 | |
| #include "RubyUtils.h"
 | |
| #include "TextOverflow.h"
 | |
| #include "nsAnimationManager.h"
 | |
| 
 | |
| // For triple-click pref
 | |
| #include "imgIRequest.h"
 | |
| #include "nsError.h"
 | |
| #include "nsContainerFrame.h"
 | |
| #include "nsBoxLayoutState.h"
 | |
| #include "nsBlockFrame.h"
 | |
| #include "nsDisplayList.h"
 | |
| #include "nsChangeHint.h"
 | |
| #include "nsDeckFrame.h"
 | |
| #include "nsSubDocumentFrame.h"
 | |
| #include "RetainedDisplayListBuilder.h"
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include "gfxContext.h"
 | |
| #include "nsAbsoluteContainingBlock.h"
 | |
| #include "StickyScrollContainer.h"
 | |
| #include "nsFontInflationData.h"
 | |
| #include "nsRegion.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIFrameInlines.h"
 | |
| #include "nsStyleChangeList.h"
 | |
| #include "nsWindowSizes.h"
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include "mozilla/AsyncEventDispatcher.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/CSSClipPathInstance.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/EffectCompositor.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/EffectSet.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/EventListenerManager.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/EventStateManager.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/EventStates.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/Preferences.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/LookAndFeel.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/MouseEvents.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/ServoStyleSet.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/ServoStyleSetInlines.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/css/ImageLoader.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/dom/HTMLBodyElement.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/dom/SVGPathData.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/dom/TouchEvent.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/gfx/Tools.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/layers/WebRenderUserData.h"
 | |
| #include "mozilla/layout/ScrollAnchorContainer.h"
 | |
| #include "nsPrintfCString.h"
 | |
| #include "ActiveLayerTracker.h"
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include "nsITheme.h"
 | |
| 
 | |
| using namespace mozilla;
 | |
| using namespace mozilla::css;
 | |
| using namespace mozilla::dom;
 | |
| using namespace mozilla::gfx;
 | |
| using namespace mozilla::layers;
 | |
| using namespace mozilla::layout;
 | |
| typedef nsAbsoluteContainingBlock::AbsPosReflowFlags AbsPosReflowFlags;
 | |
| using nsStyleTransformMatrix::TransformReferenceBox;
 | |
| 
 | |
| const mozilla::LayoutFrameType nsIFrame::sLayoutFrameTypes[
 | |
| #define FRAME_ID(...) 1 +
 | |
| #define ABSTRACT_FRAME_ID(...)
 | |
| #include "mozilla/FrameIdList.h"
 | |
| #undef FRAME_ID
 | |
| #undef ABSTRACT_FRAME_ID
 | |
|     0] = {
 | |
| #define FRAME_ID(class_, type_, ...) mozilla::LayoutFrameType::type_,
 | |
| #define ABSTRACT_FRAME_ID(...)
 | |
| #include "mozilla/FrameIdList.h"
 | |
| #undef FRAME_ID
 | |
| #undef ABSTRACT_FRAME_ID
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| const nsIFrame::FrameClassBits nsIFrame::sFrameClassBits[
 | |
| #define FRAME_ID(...) 1 +
 | |
| #define ABSTRACT_FRAME_ID(...)
 | |
| #include "mozilla/FrameIdList.h"
 | |
| #undef FRAME_ID
 | |
| #undef ABSTRACT_FRAME_ID
 | |
|     0] = {
 | |
| #define Leaf eFrameClassBitsLeaf
 | |
| #define NotLeaf eFrameClassBitsNone
 | |
| #define DynamicLeaf eFrameClassBitsDynamicLeaf
 | |
| #define FRAME_ID(class_, type_, leaf_, ...) leaf_,
 | |
| #define ABSTRACT_FRAME_ID(...)
 | |
| #include "mozilla/FrameIdList.h"
 | |
| #undef Leaf
 | |
| #undef NotLeaf
 | |
| #undef DynamicLeaf
 | |
| #undef FRAME_ID
 | |
| #undef ABSTRACT_FRAME_ID
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Struct containing cached metrics for box-wrapped frames.
 | |
| struct nsBoxLayoutMetrics {
 | |
|   nsSize mPrefSize;
 | |
|   nsSize mMinSize;
 | |
|   nsSize mMaxSize;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsSize mBlockMinSize;
 | |
|   nsSize mBlockPrefSize;
 | |
|   nscoord mBlockAscent;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nscoord mFlex;
 | |
|   nscoord mAscent;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsSize mLastSize;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct nsContentAndOffset {
 | |
|   nsIContent* mContent = nullptr;
 | |
|   int32_t mOffset = 0;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Some Misc #defines
 | |
| #define SELECTION_DEBUG 0
 | |
| #define FORCE_SELECTION_UPDATE 1
 | |
| #define CALC_DEBUG 0
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include "nsILineIterator.h"
 | |
| #include "prenv.h"
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_DECLARE_FRAME_PROPERTY_DELETABLE(BoxMetricsProperty, nsBoxLayoutMetrics)
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void InitBoxMetrics(nsIFrame* aFrame, bool aClear) {
 | |
|   if (aClear) {
 | |
|     aFrame->RemoveProperty(BoxMetricsProperty());
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsBoxLayoutMetrics* metrics = new nsBoxLayoutMetrics();
 | |
|   aFrame->SetProperty(BoxMetricsProperty(), metrics);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   aFrame->nsIFrame::MarkIntrinsicISizesDirty();
 | |
|   metrics->mBlockAscent = 0;
 | |
|   metrics->mLastSize.SizeTo(0, 0);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Utility function to set a nsRect-valued property table entry on aFrame,
 | |
| // reusing the existing storage if the property happens to be already set.
 | |
| template <typename T>
 | |
| static void SetOrUpdateRectValuedProperty(
 | |
|     nsIFrame* aFrame, FrameProperties::Descriptor<T> aProperty,
 | |
|     const nsRect& aNewValue) {
 | |
|   bool found;
 | |
|   nsRect* rectStorage = aFrame->GetProperty(aProperty, &found);
 | |
|   if (!found) {
 | |
|     rectStorage = new nsRect(aNewValue);
 | |
|     aFrame->AddProperty(aProperty, rectStorage);
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     *rectStorage = aNewValue;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static bool IsXULBoxWrapped(const nsIFrame* aFrame) {
 | |
|   return aFrame->GetParent() && aFrame->GetParent()->IsXULBoxFrame() &&
 | |
|          !aFrame->IsXULBoxFrame();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsReflowStatus::UpdateTruncated(const ReflowInput& aReflowInput,
 | |
|                                      const ReflowOutput& aMetrics) {
 | |
|   const WritingMode containerWM = aMetrics.GetWritingMode();
 | |
|   if (aReflowInput.GetWritingMode().IsOrthogonalTo(containerWM)) {
 | |
|     // Orthogonal flows are always reflowed with an unconstrained dimension,
 | |
|     // so should never end up truncated (see ReflowInput::Init()).
 | |
|     mTruncated = false;
 | |
|   } else if (aReflowInput.AvailableBSize() != NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE &&
 | |
|              aReflowInput.AvailableBSize() < aMetrics.BSize(containerWM) &&
 | |
|              !aReflowInput.mFlags.mIsTopOfPage) {
 | |
|     mTruncated = true;
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     mTruncated = false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* static */
 | |
| void nsIFrame::DestroyAnonymousContent(
 | |
|     nsPresContext* aPresContext, already_AddRefed<nsIContent>&& aContent) {
 | |
|   if (nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> content = aContent) {
 | |
|     aPresContext->EventStateManager()->NativeAnonymousContentRemoved(content);
 | |
|     aPresContext->PresShell()->NativeAnonymousContentRemoved(content);
 | |
|     content->UnbindFromTree();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Formerly the nsIFrameDebug interface
 | |
| 
 | |
| std::ostream& operator<<(std::ostream& aStream, const nsReflowStatus& aStatus) {
 | |
|   char complete = 'Y';
 | |
|   if (aStatus.IsIncomplete()) {
 | |
|     complete = 'N';
 | |
|   } else if (aStatus.IsOverflowIncomplete()) {
 | |
|     complete = 'O';
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   char brk = 'N';
 | |
|   if (aStatus.IsInlineBreakBefore()) {
 | |
|     brk = 'B';
 | |
|   } else if (aStatus.IsInlineBreakAfter()) {
 | |
|     brk = 'A';
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   aStream << "["
 | |
|           << "Complete=" << complete << ","
 | |
|           << "NIF=" << (aStatus.NextInFlowNeedsReflow() ? 'Y' : 'N') << ","
 | |
|           << "Truncated=" << (aStatus.IsTruncated() ? 'Y' : 'N') << ","
 | |
|           << "Break=" << brk << ","
 | |
|           << "FirstLetter=" << (aStatus.FirstLetterComplete() ? 'Y' : 'N')
 | |
|           << "]";
 | |
|   return aStream;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG
 | |
| static bool gShowFrameBorders = false;
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::ShowFrameBorders(bool aEnable) { gShowFrameBorders = aEnable; }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::GetShowFrameBorders() { return gShowFrameBorders; }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static bool gShowEventTargetFrameBorder = false;
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::ShowEventTargetFrameBorder(bool aEnable) {
 | |
|   gShowEventTargetFrameBorder = aEnable;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::GetShowEventTargetFrameBorder() {
 | |
|   return gShowEventTargetFrameBorder;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * Note: the log module is created during library initialization which
 | |
|  * means that you cannot perform logging before then.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| mozilla::LazyLogModule nsIFrame::sFrameLogModule("frame");
 | |
| 
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_DECLARE_FRAME_PROPERTY_DELETABLE(AbsoluteContainingBlockProperty,
 | |
|                                     nsAbsoluteContainingBlock)
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::HasAbsolutelyPositionedChildren() const {
 | |
|   return IsAbsoluteContainer() &&
 | |
|          GetAbsoluteContainingBlock()->HasAbsoluteFrames();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsAbsoluteContainingBlock* nsIFrame::GetAbsoluteContainingBlock() const {
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(IsAbsoluteContainer(),
 | |
|                "The frame is not marked as an abspos container correctly");
 | |
|   nsAbsoluteContainingBlock* absCB =
 | |
|       GetProperty(AbsoluteContainingBlockProperty());
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(absCB,
 | |
|                "The frame is marked as an abspos container but doesn't have "
 | |
|                "the property");
 | |
|   return absCB;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::MarkAsAbsoluteContainingBlock() {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_CAN_HAVE_ABSPOS_CHILDREN));
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(!GetProperty(AbsoluteContainingBlockProperty()),
 | |
|                "Already has an abs-pos containing block property?");
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(!HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_HAS_ABSPOS_CHILDREN),
 | |
|                "Already has NS_FRAME_HAS_ABSPOS_CHILDREN state bit?");
 | |
|   AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_HAS_ABSPOS_CHILDREN);
 | |
|   SetProperty(AbsoluteContainingBlockProperty(),
 | |
|               new nsAbsoluteContainingBlock(GetAbsoluteListID()));
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::MarkAsNotAbsoluteContainingBlock() {
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(!HasAbsolutelyPositionedChildren(), "Think of the children!");
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(GetProperty(AbsoluteContainingBlockProperty()),
 | |
|                "Should have an abs-pos containing block property");
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_HAS_ABSPOS_CHILDREN),
 | |
|                "Should have NS_FRAME_HAS_ABSPOS_CHILDREN state bit");
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_CAN_HAVE_ABSPOS_CHILDREN));
 | |
|   RemoveStateBits(NS_FRAME_HAS_ABSPOS_CHILDREN);
 | |
|   RemoveProperty(AbsoluteContainingBlockProperty());
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::CheckAndClearPaintedState() {
 | |
|   bool result = HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_PAINTED_THEBES);
 | |
|   RemoveStateBits(NS_FRAME_PAINTED_THEBES);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   for (const auto& childList : ChildLists()) {
 | |
|     for (nsIFrame* child : childList.mList) {
 | |
|       if (child->CheckAndClearPaintedState()) {
 | |
|         result = true;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return result;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::CheckAndClearDisplayListState() {
 | |
|   bool result = BuiltDisplayList();
 | |
|   SetBuiltDisplayList(false);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   for (const auto& childList : ChildLists()) {
 | |
|     for (nsIFrame* child : childList.mList) {
 | |
|       if (child->CheckAndClearDisplayListState()) {
 | |
|         result = true;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return result;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::IsVisibleConsideringAncestors(uint32_t aFlags) const {
 | |
|   if (!StyleVisibility()->IsVisible()) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (PresShell()->IsUnderHiddenEmbedderElement()) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const nsIFrame* frame = this;
 | |
|   while (frame) {
 | |
|     nsView* view = frame->GetView();
 | |
|     if (view && view->GetVisibility() == nsViewVisibility_kHide) return false;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     nsIFrame* parent = frame->GetParent();
 | |
|     nsDeckFrame* deck = do_QueryFrame(parent);
 | |
|     if (deck) {
 | |
|       if (deck->GetSelectedBox() != frame) return false;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (parent) {
 | |
|       frame = parent;
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       parent = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(frame);
 | |
|       if (!parent) break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if ((aFlags & nsIFrame::VISIBILITY_CROSS_CHROME_CONTENT_BOUNDARY) == 0 &&
 | |
|           parent->PresContext()->IsChrome() &&
 | |
|           !frame->PresContext()->IsChrome()) {
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       frame = parent;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return true;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::FindCloserFrameForSelection(
 | |
|     const nsPoint& aPoint, FrameWithDistance* aCurrentBestFrame) {
 | |
|   if (nsLayoutUtils::PointIsCloserToRect(aPoint, mRect,
 | |
|                                          aCurrentBestFrame->mXDistance,
 | |
|                                          aCurrentBestFrame->mYDistance)) {
 | |
|     aCurrentBestFrame->mFrame = this;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::ContentStatesChanged(mozilla::EventStates aStates) {}
 | |
| 
 | |
| void WeakFrame::Clear(mozilla::PresShell* aPresShell) {
 | |
|   if (aPresShell) {
 | |
|     aPresShell->RemoveWeakFrame(this);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   mFrame = nullptr;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| AutoWeakFrame::AutoWeakFrame(const WeakFrame& aOther)
 | |
|     : mPrev(nullptr), mFrame(nullptr) {
 | |
|   Init(aOther.GetFrame());
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void AutoWeakFrame::Clear(mozilla::PresShell* aPresShell) {
 | |
|   if (aPresShell) {
 | |
|     aPresShell->RemoveAutoWeakFrame(this);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   mFrame = nullptr;
 | |
|   mPrev = nullptr;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| AutoWeakFrame::~AutoWeakFrame() {
 | |
|   Clear(mFrame ? mFrame->PresContext()->GetPresShell() : nullptr);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void AutoWeakFrame::Init(nsIFrame* aFrame) {
 | |
|   Clear(mFrame ? mFrame->PresContext()->GetPresShell() : nullptr);
 | |
|   mFrame = aFrame;
 | |
|   if (mFrame) {
 | |
|     mozilla::PresShell* presShell = mFrame->PresContext()->GetPresShell();
 | |
|     NS_WARNING_ASSERTION(presShell, "Null PresShell in AutoWeakFrame!");
 | |
|     if (presShell) {
 | |
|       presShell->AddAutoWeakFrame(this);
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       mFrame = nullptr;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void WeakFrame::Init(nsIFrame* aFrame) {
 | |
|   Clear(mFrame ? mFrame->PresContext()->GetPresShell() : nullptr);
 | |
|   mFrame = aFrame;
 | |
|   if (mFrame) {
 | |
|     mozilla::PresShell* presShell = mFrame->PresContext()->GetPresShell();
 | |
|     MOZ_ASSERT(presShell, "Null PresShell in WeakFrame!");
 | |
|     if (presShell) {
 | |
|       presShell->AddWeakFrame(this);
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       mFrame = nullptr;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsIFrame* NS_NewEmptyFrame(PresShell* aPresShell, ComputedStyle* aStyle) {
 | |
|   return new (aPresShell) nsIFrame(aStyle, aPresShell->GetPresContext());
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsIFrame::~nsIFrame() {
 | |
|   MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(nsIFrame);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(GetVisibility() != Visibility::ApproximatelyVisible,
 | |
|              "Visible nsFrame is being destroyed");
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMPL_FRAMEARENA_HELPERS(nsIFrame)
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Dummy operator delete.  Will never be called, but must be defined
 | |
| // to satisfy some C++ ABIs.
 | |
| void nsIFrame::operator delete(void*, size_t) {
 | |
|   MOZ_CRASH("nsIFrame::operator delete should never be called");
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_QUERYFRAME_HEAD(nsIFrame)
 | |
|   NS_QUERYFRAME_ENTRY(nsIFrame)
 | |
| NS_QUERYFRAME_TAIL_INHERITANCE_ROOT
 | |
| 
 | |
| /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | |
| // nsIFrame
 | |
| 
 | |
| static bool IsFontSizeInflationContainer(nsIFrame* aFrame,
 | |
|                                          const nsStyleDisplay* aStyleDisplay) {
 | |
|   /*
 | |
|    * Font size inflation is built around the idea that we're inflating
 | |
|    * the fonts for a pan-and-zoom UI so that when the user scales up a
 | |
|    * block or other container to fill the width of the device, the fonts
 | |
|    * will be readable.  To do this, we need to pick what counts as a
 | |
|    * container.
 | |
|    *
 | |
|    * From a code perspective, the only hard requirement is that frames
 | |
|    * that are line participants
 | |
|    * (nsIFrame::IsFrameOfType(nsIFrame::eLineParticipant)) are never
 | |
|    * containers, since line layout assumes that the inflation is
 | |
|    * consistent within a line.
 | |
|    *
 | |
|    * This is not an imposition, since we obviously want a bunch of text
 | |
|    * (possibly with inline elements) flowing within a block to count the
 | |
|    * block (or higher) as its container.
 | |
|    *
 | |
|    * We also want form controls, including the text in the anonymous
 | |
|    * content inside of them, to match each other and the text next to
 | |
|    * them, so they and their anonymous content should also not be a
 | |
|    * container.
 | |
|    *
 | |
|    * However, because we can't reliably compute sizes across XUL during
 | |
|    * reflow, any XUL frame with a XUL parent is always a container.
 | |
|    *
 | |
|    * There are contexts where it would be nice if some blocks didn't
 | |
|    * count as a container, so that, for example, an indented quotation
 | |
|    * didn't end up with a smaller font size.  However, it's hard to
 | |
|    * distinguish these situations where we really do want the indented
 | |
|    * thing to count as a container, so we don't try, and blocks are
 | |
|    * always containers.
 | |
|    */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // The root frame should always be an inflation container.
 | |
|   if (!aFrame->GetParent()) {
 | |
|     return true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIContent* content = aFrame->GetContent();
 | |
|   if (content && content->IsInNativeAnonymousSubtree()) {
 | |
|     // Native anonymous content shouldn't be a font inflation root,
 | |
|     // except for the canvas custom content container.
 | |
|     nsCanvasFrame* canvas = aFrame->PresShell()->GetCanvasFrame();
 | |
|     return canvas && canvas->GetCustomContentContainer() == content;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   LayoutFrameType frameType = aFrame->Type();
 | |
|   bool isInline =
 | |
|       (nsStyleDisplay::IsInlineFlow(aFrame->GetDisplay()) ||
 | |
|        RubyUtils::IsRubyBox(frameType) ||
 | |
|        (aStyleDisplay->IsFloatingStyle() &&
 | |
|         frameType == LayoutFrameType::Letter) ||
 | |
|        // Given multiple frames for the same node, only the
 | |
|        // outer one should be considered a container.
 | |
|        // (Important, e.g., for nsSelectsAreaFrame.)
 | |
|        (aFrame->GetParent()->GetContent() == content) ||
 | |
|        (content &&
 | |
|         // Form controls shouldn't become inflation containers.
 | |
|         (content->IsAnyOfHTMLElements(nsGkAtoms::option, nsGkAtoms::optgroup,
 | |
|                                       nsGkAtoms::select, nsGkAtoms::input,
 | |
|                                       nsGkAtoms::button)))) &&
 | |
|       !(aFrame->IsXULBoxFrame() && aFrame->GetParent()->IsXULBoxFrame());
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(!aFrame->IsFrameOfType(nsIFrame::eLineParticipant) || isInline ||
 | |
|                    // br frames and mathml frames report being line
 | |
|                    // participants even when their position or display is
 | |
|                    // set
 | |
|                    aFrame->IsBrFrame() ||
 | |
|                    aFrame->IsFrameOfType(nsIFrame::eMathML),
 | |
|                "line participants must not be containers");
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(!aFrame->IsBulletFrame() || isInline,
 | |
|                "bullets should not be containers");
 | |
|   return !isInline;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void MaybeScheduleReflowSVGNonDisplayText(nsIFrame* aFrame) {
 | |
|   if (!SVGUtils::IsInSVGTextSubtree(aFrame)) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // We need to ensure that any non-display SVGTextFrames get reflowed when a
 | |
|   // child text frame gets new style. Thus we need to schedule a reflow in
 | |
|   // |DidSetComputedStyle|. We also need to call it from |DestroyFrom|,
 | |
|   // because otherwise we won't get notified when style changes to
 | |
|   // "display:none".
 | |
|   SVGTextFrame* svgTextFrame = static_cast<SVGTextFrame*>(
 | |
|       nsLayoutUtils::GetClosestFrameOfType(aFrame, LayoutFrameType::SVGText));
 | |
|   nsIFrame* anonBlock = svgTextFrame->PrincipalChildList().FirstChild();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Note that we must check NS_FRAME_FIRST_REFLOW on our SVGTextFrame's
 | |
|   // anonymous block frame rather than our aFrame, since NS_FRAME_FIRST_REFLOW
 | |
|   // may be set on us if we're a new frame that has been inserted after the
 | |
|   // document's first reflow. (In which case this DidSetComputedStyle call may
 | |
|   // be happening under frame construction under a Reflow() call.)
 | |
|   if (!anonBlock || anonBlock->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_FIRST_REFLOW)) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!svgTextFrame->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_IS_NONDISPLAY) ||
 | |
|       svgTextFrame->HasAnyStateBits(NS_STATE_SVG_TEXT_IN_REFLOW)) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   svgTextFrame->ScheduleReflowSVGNonDisplayText(IntrinsicDirty::StyleChange);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::IsPrimaryFrameOfRootOrBodyElement() const {
 | |
|   if (!IsPrimaryFrame()) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   nsIContent* content = GetContent();
 | |
|   Document* document = content->OwnerDoc();
 | |
|   return content == document->GetRootElement() ||
 | |
|          content == document->GetBodyElement();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::IsRenderedLegend() const {
 | |
|   if (auto* parent = GetParent(); parent && parent->IsFieldSetFrame()) {
 | |
|     return static_cast<nsFieldSetFrame*>(parent)->GetLegend() == this;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return false;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::Init(nsIContent* aContent, nsContainerFrame* aParent,
 | |
|                     nsIFrame* aPrevInFlow) {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(nsQueryFrame::FrameIID(mClass) == GetFrameId());
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(!mContent, "Double-initing a frame?");
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(IsFrameOfType(eDEBUGAllFrames) && !IsFrameOfType(eDEBUGNoFrames),
 | |
|                "IsFrameOfType implementation that doesn't call base class");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   mContent = aContent;
 | |
|   mParent = aParent;
 | |
|   MOZ_DIAGNOSTIC_ASSERT(!mParent || PresShell() == mParent->PresShell());
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aPrevInFlow) {
 | |
|     mWritingMode = aPrevInFlow->GetWritingMode();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Copy some state bits from prev-in-flow (the bits that should apply
 | |
|     // throughout a continuation chain). The bits are sorted according to their
 | |
|     // order in nsFrameStateBits.h.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // clang-format off
 | |
|     AddStateBits(aPrevInFlow->GetStateBits() &
 | |
|                  (NS_FRAME_GENERATED_CONTENT |
 | |
|                   NS_FRAME_OUT_OF_FLOW |
 | |
|                   NS_FRAME_CAN_HAVE_ABSPOS_CHILDREN |
 | |
|                   NS_FRAME_INDEPENDENT_SELECTION |
 | |
|                   NS_FRAME_PART_OF_IBSPLIT |
 | |
|                   NS_FRAME_MAY_BE_TRANSFORMED |
 | |
|                   NS_FRAME_HAS_MULTI_COLUMN_ANCESTOR));
 | |
|     // clang-format on
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Copy other bits in nsIFrame from prev-in-flow.
 | |
|     mHasColumnSpanSiblings = aPrevInFlow->HasColumnSpanSiblings();
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     PresContext()->ConstructedFrame();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (GetParent()) {
 | |
|     if (MOZ_UNLIKELY(mContent == PresContext()->Document()->GetRootElement() &&
 | |
|                      mContent == GetParent()->GetContent())) {
 | |
|       // Our content is the root element and we have the same content as our
 | |
|       // parent. That is, we are the internal anonymous frame of the root
 | |
|       // element. Copy the used mWritingMode from our parent because
 | |
|       // mDocElementContainingBlock gets its mWritingMode from <body>.
 | |
|       mWritingMode = GetParent()->GetWritingMode();
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Copy some state bits from our parent (the bits that should apply
 | |
|     // recursively throughout a subtree). The bits are sorted according to their
 | |
|     // order in nsFrameStateBits.h.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // clang-format off
 | |
|     AddStateBits(GetParent()->GetStateBits() &
 | |
|                  (NS_FRAME_GENERATED_CONTENT |
 | |
|                   NS_FRAME_INDEPENDENT_SELECTION |
 | |
|                   NS_FRAME_IS_SVG_TEXT |
 | |
|                   NS_FRAME_IN_POPUP |
 | |
|                   NS_FRAME_IS_NONDISPLAY));
 | |
|     // clang-format on
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_IN_POPUP) && TrackingVisibility()) {
 | |
|       // Assume all frames in popups are visible.
 | |
|       IncApproximateVisibleCount();
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (aPrevInFlow) {
 | |
|     mMayHaveOpacityAnimation = aPrevInFlow->MayHaveOpacityAnimation();
 | |
|     mMayHaveTransformAnimation = aPrevInFlow->MayHaveTransformAnimation();
 | |
|   } else if (mContent) {
 | |
|     // It's fine to fetch the EffectSet for the style frame here because in the
 | |
|     // following code we take care of the case where animations may target
 | |
|     // a different frame.
 | |
|     EffectSet* effectSet = EffectSet::GetEffectSetForStyleFrame(this);
 | |
|     if (effectSet) {
 | |
|       mMayHaveOpacityAnimation = effectSet->MayHaveOpacityAnimation();
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (effectSet->MayHaveTransformAnimation()) {
 | |
|         // If we are the inner table frame for display:table content, then
 | |
|         // transform animations should go on our parent frame (the table wrapper
 | |
|         // frame).
 | |
|         //
 | |
|         // We do this when initializing the child frame (table inner frame),
 | |
|         // because when initializng the table wrapper frame, we don't yet have
 | |
|         // access to its children so we can't tell if we have transform
 | |
|         // animations or not.
 | |
|         if (IsFrameOfType(eSupportsCSSTransforms)) {
 | |
|           mMayHaveTransformAnimation = true;
 | |
|           AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_MAY_BE_TRANSFORMED);
 | |
|         } else if (aParent && nsLayoutUtils::GetStyleFrame(aParent) == this) {
 | |
|           MOZ_ASSERT(
 | |
|               aParent->IsFrameOfType(eSupportsCSSTransforms),
 | |
|               "Style frames that don't support transforms should have parents"
 | |
|               " that do");
 | |
|           aParent->mMayHaveTransformAnimation = true;
 | |
|           aParent->AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_MAY_BE_TRANSFORMED);
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const nsStyleDisplay* disp = StyleDisplay();
 | |
|   if (disp->HasTransform(this)) {
 | |
|     // If 'transform' dynamically changes, RestyleManager takes care of
 | |
|     // updating this bit.
 | |
|     AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_MAY_BE_TRANSFORMED);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (disp->IsContainLayout() && disp->IsContainSize() &&
 | |
|       // All frames that support contain:layout also support contain:size.
 | |
|       IsFrameOfType(eSupportsContainLayoutAndPaint) && !IsTableWrapperFrame()) {
 | |
|     // In general, frames that have contain:layout+size can be reflow roots.
 | |
|     // (One exception: table-wrapper frames don't work well as reflow roots,
 | |
|     // because their inner-table ReflowInput init path tries to reuse & deref
 | |
|     // the wrapper's containing block reflow input, which may be null if we
 | |
|     // initiate reflow from the table-wrapper itself.)
 | |
|     //
 | |
|     // Changes to `contain` force frame reconstructions, so this bit can be set
 | |
|     // for the whole lifetime of this frame.
 | |
|     AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_REFLOW_ROOT);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (nsLayoutUtils::FontSizeInflationEnabled(PresContext()) ||
 | |
|       !GetParent()
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG
 | |
|       // We have assertions that check inflation invariants even when
 | |
|       // font size inflation is not enabled.
 | |
|       || true
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|   ) {
 | |
|     if (IsFontSizeInflationContainer(this, disp)) {
 | |
|       AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_FONT_INFLATION_CONTAINER);
 | |
|       if (!GetParent() ||
 | |
|           // I'd use NS_FRAME_OUT_OF_FLOW, but it's not set yet.
 | |
|           disp->IsFloating(this) || disp->IsAbsolutelyPositioned(this) ||
 | |
|           GetParent()->IsFlexContainerFrame() ||
 | |
|           GetParent()->IsGridContainerFrame()) {
 | |
|         AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_FONT_INFLATION_FLOW_ROOT);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     NS_ASSERTION(
 | |
|         GetParent() || HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_FONT_INFLATION_CONTAINER),
 | |
|         "root frame should always be a container");
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (PresShell()->AssumeAllFramesVisible() && TrackingVisibility()) {
 | |
|     IncApproximateVisibleCount();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   DidSetComputedStyle(nullptr);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (::IsXULBoxWrapped(this)) ::InitBoxMetrics(this, false);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // For a newly created frame, we need to update this frame's visibility state.
 | |
|   // Usually we update the state when the frame is restyled and has a
 | |
|   // VisibilityChange change hint but we don't generate any change hints for
 | |
|   // newly created frames.
 | |
|   // Note: We don't need to do this for placeholders since placeholders have
 | |
|   // different styles so that the styles don't have visibility:hidden even if
 | |
|   // the parent has visibility:hidden style. We also don't need to update the
 | |
|   // state when creating continuations because its visibility is the same as its
 | |
|   // prev-in-flow, and the animation code cares only primary frames.
 | |
|   if (!IsPlaceholderFrame() && !aPrevInFlow) {
 | |
|     UpdateVisibleDescendantsState();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::DestroyFrom(nsIFrame* aDestructRoot,
 | |
|                            PostDestroyData& aPostDestroyData) {
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(!nsContentUtils::IsSafeToRunScript(),
 | |
|                "destroy called on frame while scripts not blocked");
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(!GetNextSibling() && !GetPrevSibling(),
 | |
|                "Frames should be removed before destruction.");
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(aDestructRoot, "Must specify destruct root");
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(!HasAbsolutelyPositionedChildren());
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(!HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_PART_OF_IBSPLIT),
 | |
|              "NS_FRAME_PART_OF_IBSPLIT set on non-nsContainerFrame?");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   MaybeScheduleReflowSVGNonDisplayText(this);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   SVGObserverUtils::InvalidateDirectRenderingObservers(this);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (StyleDisplay()->mPosition == StylePositionProperty::Sticky) {
 | |
|     StickyScrollContainer* ssc =
 | |
|         StickyScrollContainer::GetStickyScrollContainerForFrame(this);
 | |
|     if (ssc) {
 | |
|       ssc->RemoveFrame(this);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsPresContext* presContext = PresContext();
 | |
|   mozilla::PresShell* presShell = presContext->GetPresShell();
 | |
|   if (mState & NS_FRAME_OUT_OF_FLOW) {
 | |
|     nsPlaceholderFrame* placeholder = GetPlaceholderFrame();
 | |
|     NS_ASSERTION(
 | |
|         !placeholder || (aDestructRoot != this),
 | |
|         "Don't call Destroy() on OOFs, call Destroy() on the placeholder.");
 | |
|     NS_ASSERTION(!placeholder || nsLayoutUtils::IsProperAncestorFrame(
 | |
|                                      aDestructRoot, placeholder),
 | |
|                  "Placeholder relationship should have been torn down already; "
 | |
|                  "this might mean we have a stray placeholder in the tree.");
 | |
|     if (placeholder) {
 | |
|       placeholder->SetOutOfFlowFrame(nullptr);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (IsPrimaryFrame()) {
 | |
|     // This needs to happen before we clear our Properties() table.
 | |
|     ActiveLayerTracker::TransferActivityToContent(this, mContent);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   ScrollAnchorContainer* anchor = nullptr;
 | |
|   if (IsScrollAnchor(&anchor)) {
 | |
|     anchor->InvalidateAnchor();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (HasCSSAnimations() || HasCSSTransitions() ||
 | |
|       // It's fine to look up the style frame here since if we're destroying the
 | |
|       // frames for display:table content we should be destroying both wrapper
 | |
|       // and inner frame.
 | |
|       EffectSet::GetEffectSetForStyleFrame(this)) {
 | |
|     // If no new frame for this element is created by the end of the
 | |
|     // restyling process, stop animations and transitions for this frame
 | |
|     RestyleManager::AnimationsWithDestroyedFrame* adf =
 | |
|         presContext->RestyleManager()->GetAnimationsWithDestroyedFrame();
 | |
|     // AnimationsWithDestroyedFrame only lives during the restyling process.
 | |
|     if (adf) {
 | |
|       adf->Put(mContent, mComputedStyle);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Disable visibility tracking. Note that we have to do this before we clear
 | |
|   // frame properties and lose track of whether we were previously visible.
 | |
|   // XXX(seth): It'd be ideal to assert that we're already marked nonvisible
 | |
|   // here, but it's unfortunately tricky to guarantee in the face of things like
 | |
|   // frame reconstruction induced by style changes.
 | |
|   DisableVisibilityTracking();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Ensure that we're not in the approximately visible list anymore.
 | |
|   PresContext()->GetPresShell()->RemoveFrameFromApproximatelyVisibleList(this);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   presShell->NotifyDestroyingFrame(this);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (mState & NS_FRAME_EXTERNAL_REFERENCE) {
 | |
|     presShell->ClearFrameRefs(this);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsView* view = GetView();
 | |
|   if (view) {
 | |
|     view->SetFrame(nullptr);
 | |
|     view->Destroy();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Make sure that our deleted frame can't be returned from GetPrimaryFrame()
 | |
|   if (IsPrimaryFrame()) {
 | |
|     mContent->SetPrimaryFrame(nullptr);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Pass the root of a generated content subtree (e.g. ::after/::before) to
 | |
|     // aPostDestroyData to unbind it after frame destruction is done.
 | |
|     if (HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_GENERATED_CONTENT) &&
 | |
|         mContent->IsRootOfNativeAnonymousSubtree()) {
 | |
|       aPostDestroyData.AddAnonymousContent(mContent.forget());
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Remove all properties attached to the frame, to ensure any property
 | |
|   // destructors that need the frame pointer are handled properly.
 | |
|   RemoveAllProperties();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Must retrieve the object ID before calling destructors, so the
 | |
|   // vtable is still valid.
 | |
|   //
 | |
|   // Note to future tweakers: having the method that returns the
 | |
|   // object size call the destructor will not avoid an indirect call;
 | |
|   // the compiler cannot devirtualize the call to the destructor even
 | |
|   // if it's from a method defined in the same class.
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsQueryFrame::FrameIID id = GetFrameId();
 | |
|   this->~nsIFrame();
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     nsIFrame* rootFrame = presShell->GetRootFrame();
 | |
|     MOZ_ASSERT(rootFrame);
 | |
|     if (this != rootFrame) {
 | |
|       const RetainedDisplayListData* data =
 | |
|           GetRetainedDisplayListData(rootFrame);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       const bool inModifiedList =
 | |
|           data && (data->GetFlags(this) &
 | |
|                    RetainedDisplayListData::FrameFlags::Modified);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       MOZ_ASSERT(!inModifiedList,
 | |
|                  "A dtor added this frame to modified frames list!");
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Now that we're totally cleaned out, we need to add ourselves to
 | |
|   // the presshell's recycler.
 | |
|   presShell->FreeFrame(id, this);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult nsIFrame::GetOffsets(int32_t& aStart, int32_t& aEnd) const {
 | |
|   aStart = 0;
 | |
|   aEnd = 0;
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void CompareLayers(
 | |
|     const nsStyleImageLayers* aFirstLayers,
 | |
|     const nsStyleImageLayers* aSecondLayers,
 | |
|     const std::function<void(imgRequestProxy* aReq)>& aCallback) {
 | |
|   NS_FOR_VISIBLE_IMAGE_LAYERS_BACK_TO_FRONT(i, (*aFirstLayers)) {
 | |
|     const auto& image = aFirstLayers->mLayers[i].mImage;
 | |
|     if (!image.IsImageRequestType() || !image.IsResolved()) {
 | |
|       continue;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // aCallback is called when the style image in aFirstLayers is thought to
 | |
|     // be different with the corresponded one in aSecondLayers
 | |
|     if (!aSecondLayers || i >= aSecondLayers->mImageCount ||
 | |
|         (!aSecondLayers->mLayers[i].mImage.IsResolved() ||
 | |
|          image.GetImageRequest() !=
 | |
|              aSecondLayers->mLayers[i].mImage.GetImageRequest())) {
 | |
|       if (imgRequestProxy* req = image.GetImageRequest()) {
 | |
|         aCallback(req);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void AddAndRemoveImageAssociations(
 | |
|     ImageLoader& aImageLoader, nsIFrame* aFrame,
 | |
|     const nsStyleImageLayers* aOldLayers,
 | |
|     const nsStyleImageLayers* aNewLayers) {
 | |
|   // If the old context had a background-image image, or mask-image image,
 | |
|   // and new context does not have the same image, clear the image load
 | |
|   // notifier (which keeps the image loading, if it still is) for the frame.
 | |
|   // We want to do this conservatively because some frames paint their
 | |
|   // backgrounds from some other frame's style data, and we don't want
 | |
|   // to clear those notifiers unless we have to.  (They'll be reset
 | |
|   // when we paint, although we could miss a notification in that
 | |
|   // interval.)
 | |
|   if (aOldLayers && aFrame->HasImageRequest()) {
 | |
|     CompareLayers(aOldLayers, aNewLayers, [&](imgRequestProxy* aReq) {
 | |
|       aImageLoader.DisassociateRequestFromFrame(aReq, aFrame);
 | |
|     });
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   CompareLayers(aNewLayers, aOldLayers, [&](imgRequestProxy* aReq) {
 | |
|     aImageLoader.AssociateRequestToFrame(aReq, aFrame);
 | |
|   });
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::AddDisplayItem(nsDisplayItemBase* aItem) {
 | |
|   MOZ_DIAGNOSTIC_ASSERT(!mDisplayItems.Contains(aItem));
 | |
|   mDisplayItems.AppendElement(aItem);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::RemoveDisplayItem(nsDisplayItemBase* aItem) {
 | |
|   return mDisplayItems.RemoveElement(aItem);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::HasDisplayItems() { return !mDisplayItems.IsEmpty(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::HasDisplayItem(nsDisplayItemBase* aItem) {
 | |
|   return mDisplayItems.Contains(aItem);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::HasDisplayItem(uint32_t aKey) {
 | |
|   for (nsDisplayItemBase* i : mDisplayItems) {
 | |
|     if (i->GetPerFrameKey() == aKey) {
 | |
|       return true;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return false;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| template <typename Condition>
 | |
| static void DiscardDisplayItems(nsIFrame* aFrame, Condition aCondition) {
 | |
|   for (nsDisplayItemBase* i : aFrame->DisplayItems()) {
 | |
|     // Only discard items that are invalidated by this frame, as we're only
 | |
|     // guaranteed to rebuild those items. Table background items are created by
 | |
|     // the relevant table part, but have the cell frame as the primary frame,
 | |
|     // and we don't want to remove them if this is the cell.
 | |
|     if (aCondition(i) && i->FrameForInvalidation() == aFrame) {
 | |
|       i->SetCantBeReused();
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void DiscardOldItems(nsIFrame* aFrame) {
 | |
|   DiscardDisplayItems(
 | |
|       aFrame, [](nsDisplayItemBase* aItem) { return aItem->IsOldItem(); });
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::RemoveDisplayItemDataForDeletion() {
 | |
|   // Destroying a WebRenderUserDataTable can cause destruction of other objects
 | |
|   // which can remove frame properties in their destructor. If we delete a frame
 | |
|   // property it runs the destructor of the stored object in the middle of
 | |
|   // updating the frame property table, so if the destruction of that object
 | |
|   // causes another update to the frame property table it would leave the frame
 | |
|   // property table in an inconsistent state. So we remove it from the table and
 | |
|   // then destroy it. (bug 1530657)
 | |
|   WebRenderUserDataTable* userDataTable =
 | |
|       TakeProperty(WebRenderUserDataProperty::Key());
 | |
|   if (userDataTable) {
 | |
|     for (const auto& data : userDataTable->Values()) {
 | |
|       data->RemoveFromTable();
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     delete userDataTable;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   FrameLayerBuilder::RemoveFrameFromLayerManager(this);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   for (nsDisplayItemBase* i : DisplayItems()) {
 | |
|     if (i->GetDependentFrame() == this && !i->HasDeletedFrame()) {
 | |
|       i->Frame()->MarkNeedsDisplayItemRebuild();
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     i->RemoveFrame(this);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   DisplayItems().Clear();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!nsLayoutUtils::AreRetainedDisplayListsEnabled()) {
 | |
|     // Retained display lists are disabled, no need to update
 | |
|     // RetainedDisplayListData.
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const bool updateData = IsFrameModified() || HasOverrideDirtyRegion() ||
 | |
|                           MayHaveWillChangeBudget();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!updateData) {
 | |
|     // No RetainedDisplayListData to update.
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIFrame* rootFrame = PresShell()->GetRootFrame();
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(rootFrame);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   RetainedDisplayListData* data = GetOrSetRetainedDisplayListData(rootFrame);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (MayHaveWillChangeBudget()) {
 | |
|     // Keep the frame in list, so it can be removed from the will-change budget.
 | |
|     data->Flags(this) = RetainedDisplayListData::FrameFlags::HadWillChange;
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (IsFrameModified() || HasOverrideDirtyRegion()) {
 | |
|     // Remove deleted frames from RetainedDisplayListData.
 | |
|     DebugOnly<bool> removed = data->Remove(this);
 | |
|     MOZ_ASSERT(removed,
 | |
|                "Frame had flags set, but it was not found in DisplayListData!");
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::MarkNeedsDisplayItemRebuild() {
 | |
|   if (!nsLayoutUtils::AreRetainedDisplayListsEnabled() || IsFrameModified() ||
 | |
|       HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_IN_POPUP)) {
 | |
|     // Skip frames that are already marked modified.
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (Type() == LayoutFrameType::Placeholder) {
 | |
|     nsIFrame* oof = static_cast<nsPlaceholderFrame*>(this)->GetOutOfFlowFrame();
 | |
|     if (oof) {
 | |
|       oof->MarkNeedsDisplayItemRebuild();
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     // Do not mark placeholder frames modified.
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!nsLayoutUtils::DisplayRootHasRetainedDisplayListBuilder(this)) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIFrame* rootFrame = PresShell()->GetRootFrame();
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(rootFrame);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (rootFrame->IsFrameModified()) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   RetainedDisplayListData* data = GetOrSetRetainedDisplayListData(rootFrame);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (data->ModifiedFramesCount() >
 | |
|       StaticPrefs::layout_display_list_rebuild_frame_limit()) {
 | |
|     // If the modified frames count is above the rebuild limit, mark the root
 | |
|     // frame modified, and stop marking additional frames modified.
 | |
|     data->AddModifiedFrame(rootFrame);
 | |
|     rootFrame->SetFrameIsModified(true);
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   data->AddModifiedFrame(this);
 | |
|   SetFrameIsModified(true);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(
 | |
|       PresContext()->LayoutPhaseCount(nsLayoutPhase::DisplayListBuilding) == 0);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Hopefully this is cheap, but we could use a frame state bit to note
 | |
|   // the presence of dependencies to speed it up.
 | |
|   for (nsDisplayItemBase* i : DisplayItems()) {
 | |
|     if (i->HasDeletedFrame() || i->Frame() == this) {
 | |
|       // Ignore the items with deleted frames, and the items with |this| as
 | |
|       // the primary frame.
 | |
|       continue;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (i->GetDependentFrame() == this) {
 | |
|       // For items with |this| as a dependent frame, mark the primary frame
 | |
|       // for rebuild.
 | |
|       i->Frame()->MarkNeedsDisplayItemRebuild();
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Subclass hook for style post processing
 | |
| /* virtual */
 | |
| void nsIFrame::DidSetComputedStyle(ComputedStyle* aOldComputedStyle) {
 | |
|   MaybeScheduleReflowSVGNonDisplayText(this);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   Document* doc = PresContext()->Document();
 | |
|   ImageLoader* loader = doc->StyleImageLoader();
 | |
|   // Continuing text frame doesn't initialize its continuation pointer before
 | |
|   // reaching here for the first time, so we have to exclude text frames. This
 | |
|   // doesn't affect correctness because text can't match selectors.
 | |
|   //
 | |
|   // FIXME(emilio): We should consider fixing that.
 | |
|   //
 | |
|   // TODO(emilio): Can we avoid doing some / all of the image stuff when
 | |
|   // isNonTextFirstContinuation is false? We should consider doing this just for
 | |
|   // primary frames and pseudos, but the first-line reparenting code makes it
 | |
|   // all bad, should get around to bug 1465474 eventually :(
 | |
|   const bool isNonText = !IsTextFrame();
 | |
|   if (isNonText) {
 | |
|     mComputedStyle->StartImageLoads(*doc, aOldComputedStyle);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const nsStyleImageLayers* oldLayers =
 | |
|       aOldComputedStyle ? &aOldComputedStyle->StyleBackground()->mImage
 | |
|                         : nullptr;
 | |
|   const nsStyleImageLayers* newLayers = &StyleBackground()->mImage;
 | |
|   AddAndRemoveImageAssociations(*loader, this, oldLayers, newLayers);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   oldLayers =
 | |
|       aOldComputedStyle ? &aOldComputedStyle->StyleSVGReset()->mMask : nullptr;
 | |
|   newLayers = &StyleSVGReset()->mMask;
 | |
|   AddAndRemoveImageAssociations(*loader, this, oldLayers, newLayers);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const nsStyleDisplay* disp = StyleDisplay();
 | |
|   bool handleStickyChange = false;
 | |
|   if (aOldComputedStyle) {
 | |
|     // Detect style changes that should trigger a scroll anchor adjustment
 | |
|     // suppression.
 | |
|     // https://drafts.csswg.org/css-scroll-anchoring/#suppression-triggers
 | |
|     bool needAnchorSuppression = false;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // If we detect a change on margin, padding or border, we store the old
 | |
|     // values on the frame itself between now and reflow, so if someone
 | |
|     // calls GetUsed(Margin|Border|Padding)() before the next reflow, we
 | |
|     // can give an accurate answer.
 | |
|     // We don't want to set the property if one already exists.
 | |
|     nsMargin oldValue(0, 0, 0, 0);
 | |
|     nsMargin newValue(0, 0, 0, 0);
 | |
|     const nsStyleMargin* oldMargin = aOldComputedStyle->StyleMargin();
 | |
|     if (oldMargin->GetMargin(oldValue)) {
 | |
|       if (!StyleMargin()->GetMargin(newValue) || oldValue != newValue) {
 | |
|         if (!HasProperty(UsedMarginProperty())) {
 | |
|           AddProperty(UsedMarginProperty(), new nsMargin(oldValue));
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         needAnchorSuppression = true;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     const nsStylePadding* oldPadding = aOldComputedStyle->StylePadding();
 | |
|     if (oldPadding->GetPadding(oldValue)) {
 | |
|       if (!StylePadding()->GetPadding(newValue) || oldValue != newValue) {
 | |
|         if (!HasProperty(UsedPaddingProperty())) {
 | |
|           AddProperty(UsedPaddingProperty(), new nsMargin(oldValue));
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         needAnchorSuppression = true;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     const nsStyleBorder* oldBorder = aOldComputedStyle->StyleBorder();
 | |
|     oldValue = oldBorder->GetComputedBorder();
 | |
|     newValue = StyleBorder()->GetComputedBorder();
 | |
|     if (oldValue != newValue && !HasProperty(UsedBorderProperty())) {
 | |
|       AddProperty(UsedBorderProperty(), new nsMargin(oldValue));
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     const nsStyleDisplay* oldDisp = aOldComputedStyle->StyleDisplay();
 | |
|     if (oldDisp->mOverflowAnchor != disp->mOverflowAnchor) {
 | |
|       if (auto* container = ScrollAnchorContainer::FindFor(this)) {
 | |
|         container->InvalidateAnchor();
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       if (nsIScrollableFrame* scrollableFrame = do_QueryFrame(this)) {
 | |
|         scrollableFrame->Anchor()->InvalidateAnchor();
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (mInScrollAnchorChain) {
 | |
|       const nsStylePosition* pos = StylePosition();
 | |
|       const nsStylePosition* oldPos = aOldComputedStyle->StylePosition();
 | |
|       if (!needAnchorSuppression &&
 | |
|           (oldPos->mOffset != pos->mOffset || oldPos->mWidth != pos->mWidth ||
 | |
|            oldPos->mMinWidth != pos->mMinWidth ||
 | |
|            oldPos->mMaxWidth != pos->mMaxWidth ||
 | |
|            oldPos->mHeight != pos->mHeight ||
 | |
|            oldPos->mMinHeight != pos->mMinHeight ||
 | |
|            oldPos->mMaxHeight != pos->mMaxHeight ||
 | |
|            oldDisp->mPosition != disp->mPosition ||
 | |
|            oldDisp->mTransform != disp->mTransform)) {
 | |
|         needAnchorSuppression = true;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (needAnchorSuppression &&
 | |
|           StaticPrefs::layout_css_scroll_anchoring_suppressions_enabled()) {
 | |
|         ScrollAnchorContainer::FindFor(this)->SuppressAdjustments();
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (disp->mPosition != oldDisp->mPosition) {
 | |
|       if (!disp->IsRelativelyPositionedStyle() &&
 | |
|           oldDisp->IsRelativelyPositionedStyle()) {
 | |
|         RemoveProperty(NormalPositionProperty());
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       handleStickyChange = disp->mPosition == StylePositionProperty::Sticky ||
 | |
|                            oldDisp->mPosition == StylePositionProperty::Sticky;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   } else {  // !aOldComputedStyle
 | |
|     handleStickyChange = disp->mPosition == StylePositionProperty::Sticky;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (handleStickyChange && !HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_IS_NONDISPLAY) &&
 | |
|       !GetPrevInFlow()) {
 | |
|     // Note that we only add first continuations, but we really only
 | |
|     // want to add first continuation-or-ib-split-siblings. But since we don't
 | |
|     // yet know if we're a later part of a block-in-inline split, we'll just
 | |
|     // add later members of a block-in-inline split here, and then
 | |
|     // StickyScrollContainer will remove them later.
 | |
|     if (auto* ssc =
 | |
|             StickyScrollContainer::GetStickyScrollContainerForFrame(this)) {
 | |
|       if (disp->mPosition == StylePositionProperty::Sticky) {
 | |
|         ssc->AddFrame(this);
 | |
|       } else {
 | |
|         ssc->RemoveFrame(this);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   imgIRequest* oldBorderImage =
 | |
|       aOldComputedStyle
 | |
|           ? aOldComputedStyle->StyleBorder()->GetBorderImageRequest()
 | |
|           : nullptr;
 | |
|   imgIRequest* newBorderImage = StyleBorder()->GetBorderImageRequest();
 | |
|   // FIXME (Bug 759996): The following is no longer true.
 | |
|   // For border-images, we can't be as conservative (we need to set the
 | |
|   // new loaders if there has been any change) since the CalcDifference
 | |
|   // call depended on the result of GetComputedBorder() and that result
 | |
|   // depends on whether the image has loaded, start the image load now
 | |
|   // so that we'll get notified when it completes loading and can do a
 | |
|   // restyle.  Otherwise, the image might finish loading from the
 | |
|   // network before we start listening to its notifications, and then
 | |
|   // we'll never know that it's finished loading.  Likewise, we want to
 | |
|   // do this for freshly-created frames to prevent a similar race if the
 | |
|   // image loads between reflow (which can depend on whether the image
 | |
|   // is loaded) and paint.  We also don't really care about any callers who try
 | |
|   // to paint borders with a different style, because they won't have the
 | |
|   // correct size for the border either.
 | |
|   if (oldBorderImage != newBorderImage) {
 | |
|     // stop and restart the image loading/notification
 | |
|     if (oldBorderImage && HasImageRequest()) {
 | |
|       RemoveProperty(CachedBorderImageDataProperty());
 | |
|       loader->DisassociateRequestFromFrame(oldBorderImage, this);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (newBorderImage) {
 | |
|       loader->AssociateRequestToFrame(newBorderImage, this);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   auto GetShapeImageRequest = [](const ComputedStyle* aStyle) -> imgIRequest* {
 | |
|     if (!aStyle) {
 | |
|       return nullptr;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     auto& shape = aStyle->StyleDisplay()->mShapeOutside;
 | |
|     if (!shape.IsImage()) {
 | |
|       return nullptr;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     return shape.AsImage().GetImageRequest();
 | |
|   };
 | |
| 
 | |
|   imgIRequest* oldShapeImage = GetShapeImageRequest(aOldComputedStyle);
 | |
|   imgIRequest* newShapeImage = GetShapeImageRequest(Style());
 | |
|   if (oldShapeImage != newShapeImage) {
 | |
|     if (oldShapeImage && HasImageRequest()) {
 | |
|       loader->DisassociateRequestFromFrame(oldShapeImage, this);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (newShapeImage) {
 | |
|       loader->AssociateRequestToFrame(
 | |
|           newShapeImage, this,
 | |
|           ImageLoader::Flags::
 | |
|               RequiresReflowOnFirstFrameCompleteAndLoadEventBlocking);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // SVGObserverUtils::GetEffectProperties() asserts that we only invoke it with
 | |
|   // the first continuation so we need to check that in advance.
 | |
|   const bool isNonTextFirstContinuation = isNonText && !GetPrevContinuation();
 | |
|   if (isNonTextFirstContinuation) {
 | |
|     // Kick off loading of external SVG resources referenced from properties if
 | |
|     // any. This currently includes filter, clip-path, and mask.
 | |
|     SVGObserverUtils::InitiateResourceDocLoads(this);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // If the page contains markup that overrides text direction, and
 | |
|   // does not contain any characters that would activate the Unicode
 | |
|   // bidi algorithm, we need to call |SetBidiEnabled| on the pres
 | |
|   // context before reflow starts.  See bug 115921.
 | |
|   if (StyleVisibility()->mDirection == StyleDirection::Rtl) {
 | |
|     PresContext()->SetBidiEnabled();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // The following part is for caching offset-path:path(). We cache the
 | |
|   // flatten gfx path, so we don't have to rebuild and re-flattern it at
 | |
|   // each cycle if we have animations on offset-* with a fixed offset-path.
 | |
|   const StyleOffsetPath* oldPath =
 | |
|       aOldComputedStyle ? &aOldComputedStyle->StyleDisplay()->mOffsetPath
 | |
|                         : nullptr;
 | |
|   const StyleOffsetPath& newPath = StyleDisplay()->mOffsetPath;
 | |
|   if (!oldPath || *oldPath != newPath) {
 | |
|     if (newPath.IsPath()) {
 | |
|       // Here we only need to build a valid path for motion path, so
 | |
|       // using the default values of stroke-width, stoke-linecap, and fill-rule
 | |
|       // is fine for now because what we want is to get the point and its normal
 | |
|       // vector along the path, instead of rendering it.
 | |
|       RefPtr<gfx::PathBuilder> builder =
 | |
|           gfxPlatform::GetPlatform()
 | |
|               ->ScreenReferenceDrawTarget()
 | |
|               ->CreatePathBuilder(gfx::FillRule::FILL_WINDING);
 | |
|       RefPtr<gfx::Path> path =
 | |
|           MotionPathUtils::BuildPath(newPath.AsPath(), builder);
 | |
|       if (path) {
 | |
|         // The newPath could be path('') (i.e. empty path), so its gfx path
 | |
|         // could be nullptr, and so we only set property for a non-empty path.
 | |
|         SetProperty(nsIFrame::OffsetPathCache(), path.forget().take());
 | |
|       } else {
 | |
|         // May have an old cached path, so we have to delete it.
 | |
|         RemoveProperty(nsIFrame::OffsetPathCache());
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     } else if (oldPath) {
 | |
|       RemoveProperty(nsIFrame::OffsetPathCache());
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   RemoveStateBits(NS_FRAME_SIMPLE_EVENT_REGIONS | NS_FRAME_SIMPLE_DISPLAYLIST);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   mMayHaveRoundedCorners = true;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef MOZ_DIAGNOSTIC_ASSERT_ENABLED
 | |
| void nsIFrame::AssertNewStyleIsSane(ComputedStyle& aNewStyle) {
 | |
|   MOZ_DIAGNOSTIC_ASSERT(
 | |
|       aNewStyle.GetPseudoType() == mComputedStyle->GetPseudoType() ||
 | |
|       // ::first-line continuations are weird, this should probably be fixed via
 | |
|       // bug 1465474.
 | |
|       (mComputedStyle->GetPseudoType() == PseudoStyleType::firstLine &&
 | |
|        aNewStyle.GetPseudoType() == PseudoStyleType::mozLineFrame) ||
 | |
|       // ::first-letter continuations are broken, in particular floating ones,
 | |
|       // see bug 1490281. The construction code tries to fix this up after the
 | |
|       // fact, then restyling undoes it...
 | |
|       (mComputedStyle->GetPseudoType() == PseudoStyleType::mozText &&
 | |
|        aNewStyle.GetPseudoType() == PseudoStyleType::firstLetterContinuation) ||
 | |
|       (mComputedStyle->GetPseudoType() ==
 | |
|            PseudoStyleType::firstLetterContinuation &&
 | |
|        aNewStyle.GetPseudoType() == PseudoStyleType::mozText));
 | |
| }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::ReparentFrameViewTo(nsViewManager* aViewManager,
 | |
|                                    nsView* aNewParentView,
 | |
|                                    nsView* aOldParentView) {
 | |
|   if (HasView()) {
 | |
| #ifdef MOZ_XUL
 | |
|     if (IsMenuPopupFrame()) {
 | |
|       // This view must be parented by the root view, don't reparent it.
 | |
|       return;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|     nsView* view = GetView();
 | |
|     // Verify that the current parent view is what we think it is
 | |
|     // nsView*  parentView;
 | |
|     // NS_ASSERTION(parentView == aOldParentView, "unexpected parent view");
 | |
| 
 | |
|     aViewManager->RemoveChild(view);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // The view will remember the Z-order and other attributes that have been
 | |
|     // set on it.
 | |
|     nsView* insertBefore =
 | |
|         nsLayoutUtils::FindSiblingViewFor(aNewParentView, this);
 | |
|     aViewManager->InsertChild(aNewParentView, view, insertBefore,
 | |
|                               insertBefore != nullptr);
 | |
|   } else if (HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_HAS_CHILD_WITH_VIEW)) {
 | |
|     for (const auto& childList : ChildLists()) {
 | |
|       // Iterate the child frames, and check each child frame to see if it has
 | |
|       // a view
 | |
|       for (nsIFrame* child : childList.mList) {
 | |
|         child->ReparentFrameViewTo(aViewManager, aNewParentView,
 | |
|                                    aOldParentView);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::SyncFrameViewProperties(nsView* aView) {
 | |
|   if (!aView) {
 | |
|     aView = GetView();
 | |
|     if (!aView) {
 | |
|       return;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsViewManager* vm = aView->GetViewManager();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Make sure visibility is correct. This only affects nsSubDocumentFrame.
 | |
|   if (!SupportsVisibilityHidden()) {
 | |
|     // See if the view should be hidden or visible
 | |
|     ComputedStyle* sc = Style();
 | |
|     vm->SetViewVisibility(aView, sc->StyleVisibility()->IsVisible()
 | |
|                                      ? nsViewVisibility_kShow
 | |
|                                      : nsViewVisibility_kHide);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const auto zIndex = ZIndex();
 | |
|   const bool autoZIndex = !zIndex;
 | |
|   vm->SetViewZIndex(aView, autoZIndex, zIndex.valueOr(0));
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::CreateView() {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(!HasView());
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsView* parentView = GetParent()->GetClosestView();
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(parentView, "no parent with view");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsViewManager* viewManager = parentView->GetViewManager();
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(viewManager, "null view manager");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsView* view = viewManager->CreateView(GetRect(), parentView);
 | |
|   SyncFrameViewProperties(view);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsView* insertBefore = nsLayoutUtils::FindSiblingViewFor(parentView, this);
 | |
|   // we insert this view 'above' the insertBefore view, unless insertBefore is
 | |
|   // null, in which case we want to call with aAbove == false to insert at the
 | |
|   // beginning in document order
 | |
|   viewManager->InsertChild(parentView, view, insertBefore,
 | |
|                            insertBefore != nullptr);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // REVIEW: Don't create a widget for fixed-pos elements anymore.
 | |
|   // ComputeRepaintRegionForCopy will calculate the right area to repaint
 | |
|   // when we scroll.
 | |
|   // Reparent views on any child frames (or their descendants) to this
 | |
|   // view. We can just call ReparentFrameViewTo on this frame because
 | |
|   // we know this frame has no view, so it will crawl the children. Also,
 | |
|   // we know that any descendants with views must have 'parentView' as their
 | |
|   // parent view.
 | |
|   ReparentFrameViewTo(viewManager, view, parentView);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Remember our view
 | |
|   SetView(view);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   NS_FRAME_LOG(NS_FRAME_TRACE_CALLS,
 | |
|                ("nsIFrame::CreateView: frame=%p view=%p", this, view));
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // MSVC fails with link error "one or more multiply defined symbols found",
 | |
| // gcc fails with "hidden symbol `nsIFrame::kPrincipalList' isn't defined"
 | |
| // etc if they are not defined.
 | |
| #ifndef _MSC_VER
 | |
| // static nsIFrame constants; initialized in the header file.
 | |
| const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kPrincipalList;
 | |
| const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kAbsoluteList;
 | |
| const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kBulletList;
 | |
| const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kCaptionList;
 | |
| const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kColGroupList;
 | |
| const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kExcessOverflowContainersList;
 | |
| const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kFixedList;
 | |
| const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kFloatList;
 | |
| const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kOverflowContainersList;
 | |
| const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kOverflowList;
 | |
| const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kOverflowOutOfFlowList;
 | |
| const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kPopupList;
 | |
| const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kPushedFloatsList;
 | |
| const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kSelectPopupList;
 | |
| const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kNoReflowPrincipalList;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* virtual */
 | |
| nsMargin nsIFrame::GetUsedMargin() const {
 | |
|   nsMargin margin(0, 0, 0, 0);
 | |
|   if (((mState & NS_FRAME_FIRST_REFLOW) && !(mState & NS_FRAME_IN_REFLOW)) ||
 | |
|       SVGUtils::IsInSVGTextSubtree(this))
 | |
|     return margin;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsMargin* m = GetProperty(UsedMarginProperty());
 | |
|   if (m) {
 | |
|     margin = *m;
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     if (!StyleMargin()->GetMargin(margin)) {
 | |
|       // If we get here, our caller probably shouldn't be calling us...
 | |
|       NS_ERROR(
 | |
|           "Returning bogus 0-sized margin, because this margin "
 | |
|           "depends on layout & isn't cached!");
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return margin;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* virtual */
 | |
| nsMargin nsIFrame::GetUsedBorder() const {
 | |
|   nsMargin border(0, 0, 0, 0);
 | |
|   if (((mState & NS_FRAME_FIRST_REFLOW) && !(mState & NS_FRAME_IN_REFLOW)) ||
 | |
|       SVGUtils::IsInSVGTextSubtree(this))
 | |
|     return border;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Theme methods don't use const-ness.
 | |
|   nsIFrame* mutable_this = const_cast<nsIFrame*>(this);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const nsStyleDisplay* disp = StyleDisplay();
 | |
|   if (mutable_this->IsThemed(disp)) {
 | |
|     nsPresContext* pc = PresContext();
 | |
|     LayoutDeviceIntMargin widgetBorder = pc->Theme()->GetWidgetBorder(
 | |
|         pc->DeviceContext(), mutable_this, disp->EffectiveAppearance());
 | |
|     border =
 | |
|         LayoutDevicePixel::ToAppUnits(widgetBorder, pc->AppUnitsPerDevPixel());
 | |
|     return border;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsMargin* b = GetProperty(UsedBorderProperty());
 | |
|   if (b) {
 | |
|     border = *b;
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     border = StyleBorder()->GetComputedBorder();
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return border;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* virtual */
 | |
| nsMargin nsIFrame::GetUsedPadding() const {
 | |
|   nsMargin padding(0, 0, 0, 0);
 | |
|   if (((mState & NS_FRAME_FIRST_REFLOW) && !(mState & NS_FRAME_IN_REFLOW)) ||
 | |
|       SVGUtils::IsInSVGTextSubtree(this))
 | |
|     return padding;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Theme methods don't use const-ness.
 | |
|   nsIFrame* mutable_this = const_cast<nsIFrame*>(this);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const nsStyleDisplay* disp = StyleDisplay();
 | |
|   if (mutable_this->IsThemed(disp)) {
 | |
|     nsPresContext* pc = PresContext();
 | |
|     LayoutDeviceIntMargin widgetPadding;
 | |
|     if (pc->Theme()->GetWidgetPadding(pc->DeviceContext(), mutable_this,
 | |
|                                       disp->EffectiveAppearance(),
 | |
|                                       &widgetPadding)) {
 | |
|       return LayoutDevicePixel::ToAppUnits(widgetPadding,
 | |
|                                            pc->AppUnitsPerDevPixel());
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsMargin* p = GetProperty(UsedPaddingProperty());
 | |
|   if (p) {
 | |
|     padding = *p;
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     if (!StylePadding()->GetPadding(padding)) {
 | |
|       // If we get here, our caller probably shouldn't be calling us...
 | |
|       NS_ERROR(
 | |
|           "Returning bogus 0-sized padding, because this padding "
 | |
|           "depends on layout & isn't cached!");
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return padding;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsIFrame::Sides nsIFrame::GetSkipSides() const {
 | |
|   if (MOZ_UNLIKELY(StyleBorder()->mBoxDecorationBreak ==
 | |
|                    StyleBoxDecorationBreak::Clone) &&
 | |
|       !HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_IS_OVERFLOW_CONTAINER)) {
 | |
|     return Sides();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Convert the logical skip sides to physical sides using the frame's
 | |
|   // writing mode
 | |
|   WritingMode writingMode = GetWritingMode();
 | |
|   LogicalSides logicalSkip = GetLogicalSkipSides();
 | |
|   Sides skip;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (logicalSkip.BStart()) {
 | |
|     if (writingMode.IsVertical()) {
 | |
|       skip |= writingMode.IsVerticalLR() ? SideBits::eLeft : SideBits::eRight;
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       skip |= SideBits::eTop;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (logicalSkip.BEnd()) {
 | |
|     if (writingMode.IsVertical()) {
 | |
|       skip |= writingMode.IsVerticalLR() ? SideBits::eRight : SideBits::eLeft;
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       skip |= SideBits::eBottom;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (logicalSkip.IStart()) {
 | |
|     if (writingMode.IsVertical()) {
 | |
|       skip |= SideBits::eTop;
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       skip |= writingMode.IsBidiLTR() ? SideBits::eLeft : SideBits::eRight;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (logicalSkip.IEnd()) {
 | |
|     if (writingMode.IsVertical()) {
 | |
|       skip |= SideBits::eBottom;
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       skip |= writingMode.IsBidiLTR() ? SideBits::eRight : SideBits::eLeft;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return skip;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsRect nsIFrame::GetPaddingRectRelativeToSelf() const {
 | |
|   nsMargin border = GetUsedBorder().ApplySkipSides(GetSkipSides());
 | |
|   nsRect r(0, 0, mRect.width, mRect.height);
 | |
|   r.Deflate(border);
 | |
|   return r;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsRect nsIFrame::GetPaddingRect() const {
 | |
|   return GetPaddingRectRelativeToSelf() + GetPosition();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| WritingMode nsIFrame::WritingModeForLine(WritingMode aSelfWM,
 | |
|                                          nsIFrame* aSubFrame) const {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aSelfWM == GetWritingMode());
 | |
|   WritingMode writingMode = aSelfWM;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (StyleTextReset()->mUnicodeBidi & NS_STYLE_UNICODE_BIDI_PLAINTEXT) {
 | |
|     nsBidiLevel frameLevel = nsBidiPresUtils::GetFrameBaseLevel(aSubFrame);
 | |
|     writingMode.SetDirectionFromBidiLevel(frameLevel);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return writingMode;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsRect nsIFrame::GetMarginRect() const {
 | |
|   return GetMarginRectRelativeToSelf() + GetPosition();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsRect nsIFrame::GetMarginRectRelativeToSelf() const {
 | |
|   nsMargin m = GetUsedMargin().ApplySkipSides(GetSkipSides());
 | |
|   nsRect r(0, 0, mRect.width, mRect.height);
 | |
|   r.Inflate(m);
 | |
|   return r;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::IsTransformed() const {
 | |
|   if (!HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_MAY_BE_TRANSFORMED)) {
 | |
|     MOZ_ASSERT(!IsCSSTransformed());
 | |
|     MOZ_ASSERT(!IsSVGTransformed());
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return IsCSSTransformed() || IsSVGTransformed();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::IsCSSTransformed() const {
 | |
|   return HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_MAY_BE_TRANSFORMED) &&
 | |
|          (StyleDisplay()->HasTransform(this) || HasAnimationOfTransform());
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::HasAnimationOfTransform() const {
 | |
|   return IsPrimaryFrame() &&
 | |
|          nsLayoutUtils::HasAnimationOfTransformAndMotionPath(this) &&
 | |
|          IsFrameOfType(eSupportsCSSTransforms);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::ChildrenHavePerspective(
 | |
|     const nsStyleDisplay* aStyleDisplay) const {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aStyleDisplay == StyleDisplay());
 | |
|   return aStyleDisplay->HasPerspective(this);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::HasAnimationOfOpacity(EffectSet* aEffectSet) const {
 | |
|   return ((nsLayoutUtils::IsPrimaryStyleFrame(this) ||
 | |
|            nsLayoutUtils::FirstContinuationOrIBSplitSibling(this)
 | |
|                ->IsPrimaryFrame()) &&
 | |
|           nsLayoutUtils::HasAnimationOfPropertySet(
 | |
|               this, nsCSSPropertyIDSet::OpacityProperties(), aEffectSet));
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::HasOpacityInternal(float aThreshold,
 | |
|                                   const nsStyleDisplay* aStyleDisplay,
 | |
|                                   const nsStyleEffects* aStyleEffects,
 | |
|                                   EffectSet* aEffectSet) const {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(0.0 <= aThreshold && aThreshold <= 1.0, "Invalid argument");
 | |
|   if (aStyleEffects->mOpacity < aThreshold ||
 | |
|       (aStyleDisplay->mWillChange.bits & StyleWillChangeBits::OPACITY)) {
 | |
|     return true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!mMayHaveOpacityAnimation) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return HasAnimationOfOpacity(aEffectSet);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::IsSVGTransformed(gfx::Matrix* aOwnTransforms,
 | |
|                                 gfx::Matrix* aFromParentTransforms) const {
 | |
|   return false;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::Extend3DContext(const nsStyleDisplay* aStyleDisplay,
 | |
|                                const nsStyleEffects* aStyleEffects,
 | |
|                                mozilla::EffectSet* aEffectSetForOpacity) const {
 | |
|   if (!(mState & NS_FRAME_MAY_BE_TRANSFORMED)) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   const nsStyleDisplay* disp = StyleDisplayWithOptionalParam(aStyleDisplay);
 | |
|   if (disp->mTransformStyle != StyleTransformStyle::Preserve3d ||
 | |
|       !IsFrameOfType(nsIFrame::eSupportsCSSTransforms)) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // If we're all scroll frame, then all descendants will be clipped, so we
 | |
|   // can't preserve 3d.
 | |
|   if (IsScrollFrame()) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const nsStyleEffects* effects = StyleEffectsWithOptionalParam(aStyleEffects);
 | |
|   if (HasOpacity(disp, effects, aEffectSetForOpacity)) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return ShouldApplyOverflowClipping(disp) == PhysicalAxes::None &&
 | |
|          !GetClipPropClipRect(disp, effects, GetSize()) &&
 | |
|          !SVGIntegrationUtils::UsingEffectsForFrame(this) &&
 | |
|          !effects->HasMixBlendMode() &&
 | |
|          disp->mIsolation != StyleIsolation::Isolate;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::Combines3DTransformWithAncestors() const {
 | |
|   nsIFrame* parent = GetClosestFlattenedTreeAncestorPrimaryFrame();
 | |
|   if (!parent || !parent->Extend3DContext()) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return IsCSSTransformed() || BackfaceIsHidden();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::In3DContextAndBackfaceIsHidden() const {
 | |
|   // While both tests fail most of the time, test BackfaceIsHidden()
 | |
|   // first since it's likely to fail faster.
 | |
|   return BackfaceIsHidden() && Combines3DTransformWithAncestors();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::HasPerspective(const nsStyleDisplay* aStyleDisplay) const {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aStyleDisplay == StyleDisplay());
 | |
|   if (!IsTransformed()) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   nsIFrame* containingBlock =
 | |
|       GetContainingBlock(SKIP_SCROLLED_FRAME, aStyleDisplay);
 | |
|   if (!containingBlock) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return containingBlock->ChildrenHavePerspective();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsRect nsIFrame::GetContentRectRelativeToSelf() const {
 | |
|   nsMargin bp = GetUsedBorderAndPadding().ApplySkipSides(GetSkipSides());
 | |
|   nsRect r(0, 0, mRect.width, mRect.height);
 | |
|   r.Deflate(bp);
 | |
|   return r;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsRect nsIFrame::GetContentRect() const {
 | |
|   return GetContentRectRelativeToSelf() + GetPosition();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::ComputeBorderRadii(const BorderRadius& aBorderRadius,
 | |
|                                   const nsSize& aFrameSize,
 | |
|                                   const nsSize& aBorderArea, Sides aSkipSides,
 | |
|                                   nscoord aRadii[8]) {
 | |
|   // Percentages are relative to whichever side they're on.
 | |
|   for (const auto i : mozilla::AllPhysicalHalfCorners()) {
 | |
|     const LengthPercentage& c = aBorderRadius.Get(i);
 | |
|     nscoord axis = HalfCornerIsX(i) ? aFrameSize.width : aFrameSize.height;
 | |
|     aRadii[i] = std::max(0, c.Resolve(axis));
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aSkipSides.Top()) {
 | |
|     aRadii[eCornerTopLeftX] = 0;
 | |
|     aRadii[eCornerTopLeftY] = 0;
 | |
|     aRadii[eCornerTopRightX] = 0;
 | |
|     aRadii[eCornerTopRightY] = 0;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aSkipSides.Right()) {
 | |
|     aRadii[eCornerTopRightX] = 0;
 | |
|     aRadii[eCornerTopRightY] = 0;
 | |
|     aRadii[eCornerBottomRightX] = 0;
 | |
|     aRadii[eCornerBottomRightY] = 0;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aSkipSides.Bottom()) {
 | |
|     aRadii[eCornerBottomRightX] = 0;
 | |
|     aRadii[eCornerBottomRightY] = 0;
 | |
|     aRadii[eCornerBottomLeftX] = 0;
 | |
|     aRadii[eCornerBottomLeftY] = 0;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aSkipSides.Left()) {
 | |
|     aRadii[eCornerBottomLeftX] = 0;
 | |
|     aRadii[eCornerBottomLeftY] = 0;
 | |
|     aRadii[eCornerTopLeftX] = 0;
 | |
|     aRadii[eCornerTopLeftY] = 0;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // css3-background specifies this algorithm for reducing
 | |
|   // corner radii when they are too big.
 | |
|   bool haveRadius = false;
 | |
|   double ratio = 1.0f;
 | |
|   for (const auto side : mozilla::AllPhysicalSides()) {
 | |
|     uint32_t hc1 = SideToHalfCorner(side, false, true);
 | |
|     uint32_t hc2 = SideToHalfCorner(side, true, true);
 | |
|     nscoord length =
 | |
|         SideIsVertical(side) ? aBorderArea.height : aBorderArea.width;
 | |
|     nscoord sum = aRadii[hc1] + aRadii[hc2];
 | |
|     if (sum) {
 | |
|       haveRadius = true;
 | |
|       // avoid floating point division in the normal case
 | |
|       if (length < sum) {
 | |
|         ratio = std::min(ratio, double(length) / sum);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (ratio < 1.0) {
 | |
|     for (const auto corner : mozilla::AllPhysicalHalfCorners()) {
 | |
|       aRadii[corner] *= ratio;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return haveRadius;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* static */
 | |
| void nsIFrame::InsetBorderRadii(nscoord aRadii[8], const nsMargin& aOffsets) {
 | |
|   for (const auto side : mozilla::AllPhysicalSides()) {
 | |
|     nscoord offset = aOffsets.Side(side);
 | |
|     uint32_t hc1 = SideToHalfCorner(side, false, false);
 | |
|     uint32_t hc2 = SideToHalfCorner(side, true, false);
 | |
|     aRadii[hc1] = std::max(0, aRadii[hc1] - offset);
 | |
|     aRadii[hc2] = std::max(0, aRadii[hc2] - offset);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* static */
 | |
| void nsIFrame::OutsetBorderRadii(nscoord aRadii[8], const nsMargin& aOffsets) {
 | |
|   auto AdjustOffset = [](const uint32_t aRadius, const nscoord aOffset) {
 | |
|     // Implement the cubic formula to adjust offset when aOffset > 0 and
 | |
|     // aRadius / aOffset < 1.
 | |
|     // https://drafts.csswg.org/css-shapes/#valdef-shape-box-margin-box
 | |
|     if (aOffset > 0) {
 | |
|       const double ratio = aRadius / double(aOffset);
 | |
|       if (ratio < 1.0) {
 | |
|         return nscoord(aOffset * (1.0 + std::pow(ratio - 1, 3)));
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     return aOffset;
 | |
|   };
 | |
| 
 | |
|   for (const auto side : mozilla::AllPhysicalSides()) {
 | |
|     const nscoord offset = aOffsets.Side(side);
 | |
|     const uint32_t hc1 = SideToHalfCorner(side, false, false);
 | |
|     const uint32_t hc2 = SideToHalfCorner(side, true, false);
 | |
|     if (aRadii[hc1] > 0) {
 | |
|       const nscoord offset1 = AdjustOffset(aRadii[hc1], offset);
 | |
|       aRadii[hc1] = std::max(0, aRadii[hc1] + offset1);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (aRadii[hc2] > 0) {
 | |
|       const nscoord offset2 = AdjustOffset(aRadii[hc2], offset);
 | |
|       aRadii[hc2] = std::max(0, aRadii[hc2] + offset2);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static inline bool RadiiAreDefinitelyZero(const BorderRadius& aBorderRadius) {
 | |
|   for (const auto corner : mozilla::AllPhysicalHalfCorners()) {
 | |
|     if (!aBorderRadius.Get(corner).IsDefinitelyZero()) {
 | |
|       return false;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return true;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* virtual */
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::GetBorderRadii(const nsSize& aFrameSize,
 | |
|                               const nsSize& aBorderArea, Sides aSkipSides,
 | |
|                               nscoord aRadii[8]) const {
 | |
|   if (!mMayHaveRoundedCorners) {
 | |
|     memset(aRadii, 0, sizeof(nscoord) * 8);
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (IsThemed()) {
 | |
|     // When we're themed, the native theme code draws the border and
 | |
|     // background, and therefore it doesn't make sense to tell other
 | |
|     // code that's interested in border-radius that we have any radii.
 | |
|     //
 | |
|     // In an ideal world, we might have a way for the them to tell us an
 | |
|     // border radius, but since we don't, we're better off assuming
 | |
|     // zero.
 | |
|     for (const auto corner : mozilla::AllPhysicalHalfCorners()) {
 | |
|       aRadii[corner] = 0;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const auto& radii = StyleBorder()->mBorderRadius;
 | |
|   const bool hasRadii =
 | |
|       ComputeBorderRadii(radii, aFrameSize, aBorderArea, aSkipSides, aRadii);
 | |
|   if (!hasRadii) {
 | |
|     // TODO(emilio): Maybe we can just remove this bit and do the
 | |
|     // IsDefinitelyZero check unconditionally. That should still avoid most of
 | |
|     // the work, though maybe not the cache miss of going through the style and
 | |
|     // the border struct.
 | |
|     const_cast<nsIFrame*>(this)->mMayHaveRoundedCorners =
 | |
|         !RadiiAreDefinitelyZero(radii);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return hasRadii;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::GetBorderRadii(nscoord aRadii[8]) const {
 | |
|   nsSize sz = GetSize();
 | |
|   return GetBorderRadii(sz, sz, GetSkipSides(), aRadii);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::GetMarginBoxBorderRadii(nscoord aRadii[8]) const {
 | |
|   return GetBoxBorderRadii(aRadii, GetUsedMargin(), true);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::GetPaddingBoxBorderRadii(nscoord aRadii[8]) const {
 | |
|   return GetBoxBorderRadii(aRadii, GetUsedBorder(), false);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::GetContentBoxBorderRadii(nscoord aRadii[8]) const {
 | |
|   return GetBoxBorderRadii(aRadii, GetUsedBorderAndPadding(), false);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::GetBoxBorderRadii(nscoord aRadii[8], nsMargin aOffset,
 | |
|                                  bool aIsOutset) const {
 | |
|   if (!GetBorderRadii(aRadii)) return false;
 | |
|   if (aIsOutset) {
 | |
|     OutsetBorderRadii(aRadii, aOffset);
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     InsetBorderRadii(aRadii, aOffset);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   for (const auto corner : mozilla::AllPhysicalHalfCorners()) {
 | |
|     if (aRadii[corner]) return true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return false;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::GetShapeBoxBorderRadii(nscoord aRadii[8]) const {
 | |
|   using Tag = StyleShapeOutside::Tag;
 | |
|   auto& shapeOutside = StyleDisplay()->mShapeOutside;
 | |
|   auto box = StyleShapeBox::MarginBox;
 | |
|   switch (shapeOutside.tag) {
 | |
|     case Tag::Image:
 | |
|     case Tag::None:
 | |
|       return false;
 | |
|     case Tag::Box:
 | |
|       box = shapeOutside.AsBox();
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case Tag::Shape:
 | |
|       box = shapeOutside.AsShape()._1;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   switch (box) {
 | |
|     case StyleShapeBox::ContentBox:
 | |
|       return GetContentBoxBorderRadii(aRadii);
 | |
|     case StyleShapeBox::PaddingBox:
 | |
|       return GetPaddingBoxBorderRadii(aRadii);
 | |
|     case StyleShapeBox::BorderBox:
 | |
|       return GetBorderRadii(aRadii);
 | |
|     case StyleShapeBox::MarginBox:
 | |
|       return GetMarginBoxBorderRadii(aRadii);
 | |
|     default:
 | |
|       MOZ_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE("Unexpected box value");
 | |
|       return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| ComputedStyle* nsIFrame::GetAdditionalComputedStyle(int32_t aIndex) const {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aIndex >= 0, "invalid index number");
 | |
|   return nullptr;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::SetAdditionalComputedStyle(int32_t aIndex,
 | |
|                                           ComputedStyle* aComputedStyle) {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aIndex >= 0, "invalid index number");
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nscoord nsIFrame::GetLogicalBaseline(WritingMode aWritingMode) const {
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(!IsSubtreeDirty(), "frame must not be dirty");
 | |
|   // Baseline for inverted line content is the top (block-start) margin edge,
 | |
|   // as the frame is in effect "flipped" for alignment purposes.
 | |
|   if (aWritingMode.IsLineInverted()) {
 | |
|     return -GetLogicalUsedMargin(aWritingMode).BStart(aWritingMode);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   // Otherwise, the bottom margin edge, per CSS2.1's definition of the
 | |
|   // 'baseline' value of 'vertical-align'.
 | |
|   return BSize(aWritingMode) +
 | |
|          GetLogicalUsedMargin(aWritingMode).BEnd(aWritingMode);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| const nsFrameList& nsIFrame::GetChildList(ChildListID aListID) const {
 | |
|   if (IsAbsoluteContainer() && aListID == GetAbsoluteListID()) {
 | |
|     return GetAbsoluteContainingBlock()->GetChildList();
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     return nsFrameList::EmptyList();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::GetChildLists(nsTArray<ChildList>* aLists) const {
 | |
|   if (IsAbsoluteContainer()) {
 | |
|     nsFrameList absoluteList = GetAbsoluteContainingBlock()->GetChildList();
 | |
|     absoluteList.AppendIfNonempty(aLists, GetAbsoluteListID());
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| AutoTArray<nsIFrame::ChildList, 4> nsIFrame::CrossDocChildLists() {
 | |
|   AutoTArray<ChildList, 4> childLists;
 | |
|   nsSubDocumentFrame* subdocumentFrame = do_QueryFrame(this);
 | |
|   if (subdocumentFrame) {
 | |
|     // Descend into the subdocument
 | |
|     nsIFrame* root = subdocumentFrame->GetSubdocumentRootFrame();
 | |
|     if (root) {
 | |
|       childLists.EmplaceBack(
 | |
|           nsFrameList(root, nsLayoutUtils::GetLastSibling(root)),
 | |
|           nsIFrame::kPrincipalList);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   GetChildLists(&childLists);
 | |
|   return childLists;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| Visibility nsIFrame::GetVisibility() const {
 | |
|   if (!HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_VISIBILITY_IS_TRACKED)) {
 | |
|     return Visibility::Untracked;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   bool isSet = false;
 | |
|   uint32_t visibleCount = GetProperty(VisibilityStateProperty(), &isSet);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(isSet,
 | |
|              "Should have a VisibilityStateProperty value "
 | |
|              "if NS_FRAME_VISIBILITY_IS_TRACKED is set");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return visibleCount > 0 ? Visibility::ApproximatelyVisible
 | |
|                           : Visibility::ApproximatelyNonVisible;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::UpdateVisibilitySynchronously() {
 | |
|   mozilla::PresShell* presShell = PresShell();
 | |
|   if (!presShell) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (presShell->AssumeAllFramesVisible()) {
 | |
|     presShell->EnsureFrameInApproximatelyVisibleList(this);
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   bool visible = StyleVisibility()->IsVisible();
 | |
|   nsIFrame* f = GetParent();
 | |
|   nsRect rect = GetRectRelativeToSelf();
 | |
|   nsIFrame* rectFrame = this;
 | |
|   while (f && visible) {
 | |
|     nsIScrollableFrame* sf = do_QueryFrame(f);
 | |
|     if (sf) {
 | |
|       nsRect transformedRect =
 | |
|           nsLayoutUtils::TransformFrameRectToAncestor(rectFrame, rect, f);
 | |
|       if (!sf->IsRectNearlyVisible(transformedRect)) {
 | |
|         visible = false;
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       // In this code we're trying to synchronously update *approximate*
 | |
|       // visibility. (In the future we may update precise visibility here as
 | |
|       // well, which is why the method name does not contain 'approximate'.) The
 | |
|       // IsRectNearlyVisible() check above tells us that the rect we're checking
 | |
|       // is approximately visible within the scrollframe, but we still need to
 | |
|       // ensure that, even if it was scrolled into view, it'd be visible when we
 | |
|       // consider the rest of the document. To do that, we move transformedRect
 | |
|       // to be contained in the scrollport as best we can (it might not fit) to
 | |
|       // pretend that it was scrolled into view.
 | |
|       rect = transformedRect.MoveInsideAndClamp(sf->GetScrollPortRect());
 | |
|       rectFrame = f;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     nsIFrame* parent = f->GetParent();
 | |
|     if (!parent) {
 | |
|       parent = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(f);
 | |
|       if (parent && parent->PresContext()->IsChrome()) {
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     f = parent;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (visible) {
 | |
|     presShell->EnsureFrameInApproximatelyVisibleList(this);
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     presShell->RemoveFrameFromApproximatelyVisibleList(this);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::EnableVisibilityTracking() {
 | |
|   if (HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_VISIBILITY_IS_TRACKED)) {
 | |
|     return;  // Nothing to do.
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(!HasProperty(VisibilityStateProperty()),
 | |
|              "Shouldn't have a VisibilityStateProperty value "
 | |
|              "if NS_FRAME_VISIBILITY_IS_TRACKED is not set");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Add the state bit so we know to track visibility for this frame, and
 | |
|   // initialize the frame property.
 | |
|   AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_VISIBILITY_IS_TRACKED);
 | |
|   SetProperty(VisibilityStateProperty(), 0);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   mozilla::PresShell* presShell = PresShell();
 | |
|   if (!presShell) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Schedule a visibility update. This method will virtually always be called
 | |
|   // when layout has changed anyway, so it's very unlikely that any additional
 | |
|   // visibility updates will be triggered by this, but this way we guarantee
 | |
|   // that if this frame is currently visible we'll eventually find out.
 | |
|   presShell->ScheduleApproximateFrameVisibilityUpdateSoon();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::DisableVisibilityTracking() {
 | |
|   if (!HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_VISIBILITY_IS_TRACKED)) {
 | |
|     return;  // Nothing to do.
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   bool isSet = false;
 | |
|   uint32_t visibleCount = TakeProperty(VisibilityStateProperty(), &isSet);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(isSet,
 | |
|              "Should have a VisibilityStateProperty value "
 | |
|              "if NS_FRAME_VISIBILITY_IS_TRACKED is set");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   RemoveStateBits(NS_FRAME_VISIBILITY_IS_TRACKED);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (visibleCount == 0) {
 | |
|     return;  // We were nonvisible.
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // We were visible, so send an OnVisibilityChange() notification.
 | |
|   OnVisibilityChange(Visibility::ApproximatelyNonVisible);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::DecApproximateVisibleCount(
 | |
|     const Maybe<OnNonvisible>& aNonvisibleAction
 | |
|     /* = Nothing() */) {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_VISIBILITY_IS_TRACKED));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   bool isSet = false;
 | |
|   uint32_t visibleCount = GetProperty(VisibilityStateProperty(), &isSet);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(isSet,
 | |
|              "Should have a VisibilityStateProperty value "
 | |
|              "if NS_FRAME_VISIBILITY_IS_TRACKED is set");
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(visibleCount > 0,
 | |
|              "Frame is already nonvisible and we're "
 | |
|              "decrementing its visible count?");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   visibleCount--;
 | |
|   SetProperty(VisibilityStateProperty(), visibleCount);
 | |
|   if (visibleCount > 0) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // We just became nonvisible, so send an OnVisibilityChange() notification.
 | |
|   OnVisibilityChange(Visibility::ApproximatelyNonVisible, aNonvisibleAction);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::IncApproximateVisibleCount() {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_VISIBILITY_IS_TRACKED));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   bool isSet = false;
 | |
|   uint32_t visibleCount = GetProperty(VisibilityStateProperty(), &isSet);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(isSet,
 | |
|              "Should have a VisibilityStateProperty value "
 | |
|              "if NS_FRAME_VISIBILITY_IS_TRACKED is set");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   visibleCount++;
 | |
|   SetProperty(VisibilityStateProperty(), visibleCount);
 | |
|   if (visibleCount > 1) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // We just became visible, so send an OnVisibilityChange() notification.
 | |
|   OnVisibilityChange(Visibility::ApproximatelyVisible);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::OnVisibilityChange(Visibility aNewVisibility,
 | |
|                                   const Maybe<OnNonvisible>& aNonvisibleAction
 | |
|                                   /* = Nothing() */) {
 | |
|   // XXX(seth): In bug 1218990 we'll implement visibility tracking for CSS
 | |
|   // images here.
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static nsIFrame* GetActiveSelectionFrame(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
 | |
|                                          nsIFrame* aFrame) {
 | |
|   nsIContent* capturingContent = PresShell::GetCapturingContent();
 | |
|   if (capturingContent) {
 | |
|     nsIFrame* activeFrame = aPresContext->GetPrimaryFrameFor(capturingContent);
 | |
|     return activeFrame ? activeFrame : aFrame;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return aFrame;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| int16_t nsIFrame::DetermineDisplaySelection() {
 | |
|   int16_t selType = nsISelectionController::SELECTION_OFF;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsISelectionController> selCon;
 | |
|   nsresult result =
 | |
|       GetSelectionController(PresContext(), getter_AddRefs(selCon));
 | |
|   if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && selCon) {
 | |
|     result = selCon->GetDisplaySelection(&selType);
 | |
|     if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) &&
 | |
|         (selType != nsISelectionController::SELECTION_OFF)) {
 | |
|       // Check whether style allows selection.
 | |
|       if (!IsSelectable(nullptr)) {
 | |
|         selType = nsISelectionController::SELECTION_OFF;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return selType;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static Element* FindElementAncestorForMozSelection(nsIContent* aContent) {
 | |
|   NS_ENSURE_TRUE(aContent, nullptr);
 | |
|   while (aContent && aContent->IsInNativeAnonymousSubtree()) {
 | |
|     aContent = aContent->GetClosestNativeAnonymousSubtreeRootParent();
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(aContent, "aContent isn't in non-anonymous tree?");
 | |
|   return aContent ? aContent->GetAsElementOrParentElement() : nullptr;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| already_AddRefed<ComputedStyle> nsIFrame::ComputeSelectionStyle(
 | |
|     int16_t aSelectionStatus) const {
 | |
|   // Just bail out if not a selection-status that ::selection applies to.
 | |
|   if (aSelectionStatus != nsISelectionController::SELECTION_ON &&
 | |
|       aSelectionStatus != nsISelectionController::SELECTION_DISABLED) {
 | |
|     return nullptr;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   // When in high-contrast mode, the style system ends up ignoring the color
 | |
|   // declarations, which means that the ::selection style becomes the inherited
 | |
|   // color, and default background. That's no good.
 | |
|   if (!PresContext()->PrefSheetPrefs().mUseDocumentColors) {
 | |
|     return nullptr;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   Element* element = FindElementAncestorForMozSelection(GetContent());
 | |
|   if (!element) {
 | |
|     return nullptr;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return PresContext()->StyleSet()->ProbePseudoElementStyle(
 | |
|       *element, PseudoStyleType::selection, Style());
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| template <typename SizeOrMaxSize>
 | |
| static inline bool IsIntrinsicKeyword(const SizeOrMaxSize& aSize) {
 | |
|   // All keywords other than auto/none/-moz-available depend on intrinsic sizes.
 | |
|   return aSize.IsMaxContent() || aSize.IsMinContent() ||
 | |
|          aSize.IsMozFitContent();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::CanBeDynamicReflowRoot() const {
 | |
|   if (!StaticPrefs::layout_dynamic_reflow_roots_enabled()) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   auto& display = *StyleDisplay();
 | |
|   if (IsFrameOfType(nsIFrame::eLineParticipant) ||
 | |
|       nsStyleDisplay::IsRubyDisplayType(display.mDisplay) ||
 | |
|       display.DisplayOutside() == StyleDisplayOutside::InternalTable ||
 | |
|       display.DisplayInside() == StyleDisplayInside::Table ||
 | |
|       (GetParent() && GetParent()->IsXULBoxFrame())) {
 | |
|     // We have a display type where 'width' and 'height' don't actually set the
 | |
|     // width or height (i.e., the size depends on content).
 | |
|     MOZ_ASSERT(!HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_DYNAMIC_REFLOW_ROOT),
 | |
|                "should not have dynamic reflow root bit");
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // We can't serve as a dynamic reflow root if our used 'width' and 'height'
 | |
|   // might be influenced by content.
 | |
|   //
 | |
|   // FIXME: For display:block, we should probably optimize inline-size: auto.
 | |
|   // FIXME: Other flex and grid cases?
 | |
|   auto& pos = *StylePosition();
 | |
|   const auto& width = pos.mWidth;
 | |
|   const auto& height = pos.mHeight;
 | |
|   if (!width.IsLengthPercentage() || width.HasPercent() ||
 | |
|       !height.IsLengthPercentage() || height.HasPercent() ||
 | |
|       IsIntrinsicKeyword(pos.mMinWidth) || IsIntrinsicKeyword(pos.mMaxWidth) ||
 | |
|       IsIntrinsicKeyword(pos.mMinHeight) ||
 | |
|       IsIntrinsicKeyword(pos.mMaxHeight) ||
 | |
|       ((pos.mMinWidth.IsAuto() || pos.mMinHeight.IsAuto()) &&
 | |
|        IsFlexOrGridItem())) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // If our flex-basis is 'auto', it'll defer to 'width' (or 'height') which
 | |
|   // we've already checked. Otherwise, it preempts them, so we need to
 | |
|   // perform the same "could-this-value-be-influenced-by-content" checks that
 | |
|   // we performed for 'width' and 'height' above.
 | |
|   if (IsFlexItem()) {
 | |
|     const auto& flexBasis = pos.mFlexBasis;
 | |
|     if (!flexBasis.IsAuto()) {
 | |
|       if (!flexBasis.IsSize() || !flexBasis.AsSize().IsLengthPercentage() ||
 | |
|           flexBasis.AsSize().HasPercent()) {
 | |
|         return false;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!IsFixedPosContainingBlock()) {
 | |
|     // We can't treat this frame as a reflow root, since dynamic changes
 | |
|     // to absolutely-positioned frames inside of it require that we
 | |
|     // reflow the placeholder before we reflow the absolutely positioned
 | |
|     // frame.
 | |
|     // FIXME:  Alternatively, we could sort the reflow roots in
 | |
|     // PresShell::ProcessReflowCommands by depth in the tree, from
 | |
|     // deepest to least deep.  However, for performance (FIXME) we
 | |
|     // should really be sorting them in the opposite order!
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // If we participate in a container's block reflow context, or margins
 | |
|   // can collapse through us, we can't be a dynamic reflow root.
 | |
|   if (IsBlockFrameOrSubclass() &&
 | |
|       !HasAllStateBits(NS_BLOCK_FLOAT_MGR | NS_BLOCK_MARGIN_ROOT)) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Subgrids are never reflow roots, but 'contain:layout/paint' prevents
 | |
|   // creating a subgrid in the first place.
 | |
|   if (pos.mGridTemplateColumns.IsSubgrid() ||
 | |
|       pos.mGridTemplateRows.IsSubgrid()) {
 | |
|     // NOTE: we could check that 'display' of our parent's primary frame is
 | |
|     // '[inline-]grid' here but that's probably not worth it in practice.
 | |
|     if (!display.IsContainLayout() && !display.IsContainPaint()) {
 | |
|       return false;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // If we are split, we can't be a dynamic reflow root. Our reflow status may
 | |
|   // change after reflow, and our parent is responsible to create or delete our
 | |
|   // next-in-flow.
 | |
|   if (GetPrevContinuation() || GetNextContinuation()) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return true;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /********************************************************
 | |
|  * Refreshes each content's frame
 | |
|  *********************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::DisplayOutlineUnconditional(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
 | |
|                                            const nsDisplayListSet& aLists) {
 | |
|   // Per https://drafts.csswg.org/css-tables-3/#global-style-overrides:
 | |
|   // "All css properties of table-column and table-column-group boxes are
 | |
|   // ignored, except when explicitly specified by this specification."
 | |
|   // CSS outlines fall into this category, so we skip them on these boxes.
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(!IsTableColGroupFrame() && !IsTableColFrame());
 | |
|   const auto& outline = *StyleOutline();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!outline.ShouldPaintOutline()) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Outlines are painted by the table wrapper frame.
 | |
|   if (IsTableFrame()) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_PART_OF_IBSPLIT) &&
 | |
|       ScrollableOverflowRect().IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|     // Skip parts of IB-splits with an empty overflow rect, see bug 434301.
 | |
|     // We may still want to fix some of the overflow area calculations over in
 | |
|     // that bug.
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // We don't display outline-style: auto on themed frames that have their own
 | |
|   // focus indicators.
 | |
|   if (outline.mOutlineStyle.IsAuto()) {
 | |
|     auto* disp = StyleDisplay();
 | |
|     if (IsThemed(disp) && PresContext()->Theme()->ThemeDrawsFocusForWidget(
 | |
|                               disp->EffectiveAppearance())) {
 | |
|       return;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   aLists.Outlines()->AppendNewToTop<nsDisplayOutline>(aBuilder, this);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::DisplayOutline(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
 | |
|                               const nsDisplayListSet& aLists) {
 | |
|   if (!IsVisibleForPainting()) return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   DisplayOutlineUnconditional(aBuilder, aLists);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::DisplayInsetBoxShadowUnconditional(
 | |
|     nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder, nsDisplayList* aList) {
 | |
|   // XXXbz should box-shadow for rows/rowgroups/columns/colgroups get painted
 | |
|   // just because we're visible?  Or should it depend on the cell visibility
 | |
|   // when we're not the whole table?
 | |
|   const auto* effects = StyleEffects();
 | |
|   if (effects->HasBoxShadowWithInset(true)) {
 | |
|     aList->AppendNewToTop<nsDisplayBoxShadowInner>(aBuilder, this);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::DisplayInsetBoxShadow(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
 | |
|                                      nsDisplayList* aList) {
 | |
|   if (!IsVisibleForPainting()) return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   DisplayInsetBoxShadowUnconditional(aBuilder, aList);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::DisplayOutsetBoxShadowUnconditional(
 | |
|     nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder, nsDisplayList* aList) {
 | |
|   // XXXbz should box-shadow for rows/rowgroups/columns/colgroups get painted
 | |
|   // just because we're visible?  Or should it depend on the cell visibility
 | |
|   // when we're not the whole table?
 | |
|   const auto* effects = StyleEffects();
 | |
|   if (effects->HasBoxShadowWithInset(false)) {
 | |
|     aList->AppendNewToTop<nsDisplayBoxShadowOuter>(aBuilder, this);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::DisplayOutsetBoxShadow(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
 | |
|                                       nsDisplayList* aList) {
 | |
|   if (!IsVisibleForPainting()) return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   DisplayOutsetBoxShadowUnconditional(aBuilder, aList);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::DisplayCaret(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
 | |
|                             nsDisplayList* aList) {
 | |
|   if (!IsVisibleForPainting()) return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   aList->AppendNewToTop<nsDisplayCaret>(aBuilder, this);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nscolor nsIFrame::GetCaretColorAt(int32_t aOffset) {
 | |
|   return nsLayoutUtils::GetColor(this, &nsStyleUI::mCaretColor);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| auto nsIFrame::ComputeShouldPaintBackground() const -> ShouldPaintBackground {
 | |
|   nsPresContext* pc = PresContext();
 | |
|   ShouldPaintBackground settings{pc->GetBackgroundColorDraw(),
 | |
|                                  pc->GetBackgroundImageDraw()};
 | |
|   if (settings.mColor && settings.mImage) {
 | |
|     return settings;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!HonorPrintBackgroundSettings() ||
 | |
|       StyleVisibility()->mColorAdjust == StyleColorAdjust::Exact) {
 | |
|     return {true, true};
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return settings;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::DisplayBackgroundUnconditional(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
 | |
|                                               const nsDisplayListSet& aLists,
 | |
|                                               bool aForceBackground) {
 | |
|   const bool hitTesting = aBuilder->IsForEventDelivery();
 | |
|   if (hitTesting && !aBuilder->HitTestIsForVisibility()) {
 | |
|     // For hit-testing, we generally just need a light-weight data structure
 | |
|     // like nsDisplayEventReceiver. But if the hit-testing is for visibility,
 | |
|     // then we need to know the opaque region in order to determine whether to
 | |
|     // stop or not.
 | |
|     aLists.BorderBackground()->AppendNewToTop<nsDisplayEventReceiver>(aBuilder,
 | |
|                                                                       this);
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   AppendedBackgroundType result = AppendedBackgroundType::None;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Here we don't try to detect background propagation. Frames that might
 | |
|   // receive a propagated background should just set aForceBackground to
 | |
|   // true.
 | |
|   if (hitTesting || aForceBackground ||
 | |
|       !StyleBackground()->IsTransparent(this) ||
 | |
|       StyleDisplay()->HasAppearance()) {
 | |
|     result = nsDisplayBackgroundImage::AppendBackgroundItemsToTop(
 | |
|         aBuilder, this,
 | |
|         GetRectRelativeToSelf() + aBuilder->ToReferenceFrame(this),
 | |
|         aLists.BorderBackground());
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (result == AppendedBackgroundType::None) {
 | |
|     aBuilder->BuildCompositorHitTestInfoIfNeeded(this,
 | |
|                                                  aLists.BorderBackground());
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return result == AppendedBackgroundType::ThemedBackground;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::DisplayBorderBackgroundOutline(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
 | |
|                                               const nsDisplayListSet& aLists,
 | |
|                                               bool aForceBackground) {
 | |
|   // The visibility check belongs here since child elements have the
 | |
|   // opportunity to override the visibility property and display even if
 | |
|   // their parent is hidden.
 | |
|   if (!IsVisibleForPainting()) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   DisplayOutsetBoxShadowUnconditional(aBuilder, aLists.BorderBackground());
 | |
| 
 | |
|   bool bgIsThemed =
 | |
|       DisplayBackgroundUnconditional(aBuilder, aLists, aForceBackground);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   DisplayInsetBoxShadowUnconditional(aBuilder, aLists.BorderBackground());
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // If there's a themed background, we should not create a border item.
 | |
|   // It won't be rendered.
 | |
|   // Don't paint borders for tables here, since they paint them in a different
 | |
|   // order.
 | |
|   if (!bgIsThemed && StyleBorder()->HasBorder() && !IsTableFrame()) {
 | |
|     aLists.BorderBackground()->AppendNewToTop<nsDisplayBorder>(aBuilder, this);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   DisplayOutlineUnconditional(aBuilder, aLists);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| inline static bool IsSVGContentWithCSSClip(const nsIFrame* aFrame) {
 | |
|   // The CSS spec says that the 'clip' property only applies to absolutely
 | |
|   // positioned elements, whereas the SVG spec says that it applies to SVG
 | |
|   // elements regardless of the value of the 'position' property. Here we obey
 | |
|   // the CSS spec for outer-<svg> (since that's what we generally do), but
 | |
|   // obey the SVG spec for other SVG elements to which 'clip' applies.
 | |
|   return aFrame->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_SVG_LAYOUT) &&
 | |
|          aFrame->GetContent()->IsAnyOfSVGElements(nsGkAtoms::svg,
 | |
|                                                   nsGkAtoms::foreignObject);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::FormsBackdropRoot(const nsStyleDisplay* aStyleDisplay,
 | |
|                                  const nsStyleEffects* aStyleEffects,
 | |
|                                  const nsStyleSVGReset* aStyleSVGReset) {
 | |
|   // Check if this is a root frame.
 | |
|   if (!GetParent()) {
 | |
|     return true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Check for filter effects.
 | |
|   if (aStyleEffects->HasFilters() || aStyleEffects->HasBackdropFilters() ||
 | |
|       aStyleEffects->HasMixBlendMode()) {
 | |
|     return true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Check for opacity.
 | |
|   if (HasOpacity(aStyleDisplay, aStyleEffects)) {
 | |
|     return true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Check for mask or clip path.
 | |
|   if (aStyleSVGReset->HasMask() || aStyleSVGReset->HasClipPath()) {
 | |
|     return true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // TODO(cbrewster): Check will-change attributes
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return false;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| Maybe<nsRect> nsIFrame::GetClipPropClipRect(const nsStyleDisplay* aDisp,
 | |
|                                             const nsStyleEffects* aEffects,
 | |
|                                             const nsSize& aSize) const {
 | |
|   if (aEffects->mClip.IsAuto() ||
 | |
|       !(aDisp->IsAbsolutelyPositioned(this) || IsSVGContentWithCSSClip(this))) {
 | |
|     return Nothing();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   auto& clipRect = aEffects->mClip.AsRect();
 | |
|   nsRect rect = clipRect.ToLayoutRect();
 | |
|   if (MOZ_LIKELY(StyleBorder()->mBoxDecorationBreak ==
 | |
|                  StyleBoxDecorationBreak::Slice)) {
 | |
|     // The clip applies to the joined boxes so it's relative the first
 | |
|     // continuation.
 | |
|     nscoord y = 0;
 | |
|     for (nsIFrame* f = GetPrevContinuation(); f; f = f->GetPrevContinuation()) {
 | |
|       y += f->GetRect().height;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     rect.MoveBy(nsPoint(0, -y));
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (clipRect.right.IsAuto()) {
 | |
|     rect.width = aSize.width - rect.x;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (clipRect.bottom.IsAuto()) {
 | |
|     rect.height = aSize.height - rect.y;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return Some(rect);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * If the CSS 'overflow' property applies to this frame, and is not
 | |
|  * handled by constructing a dedicated nsHTML/XULScrollFrame, set up clipping
 | |
|  * for that overflow in aBuilder->ClipState() to clip all containing-block
 | |
|  * descendants.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static void ApplyOverflowClipping(
 | |
|     nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder, const nsIFrame* aFrame,
 | |
|     nsIFrame::PhysicalAxes aClipAxes,
 | |
|     DisplayListClipState::AutoClipMultiple& aClipState) {
 | |
|   // Only 'clip' is handled here (and 'hidden' for table frames, and any
 | |
|   // non-'visible' value for blocks in a paginated context).
 | |
|   // We allow 'clip' to apply to any kind of frame. This is required by
 | |
|   // comboboxes which make their display text (an inline frame) have clipping.
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aClipAxes != nsIFrame::PhysicalAxes::None);
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aFrame->ShouldApplyOverflowClipping(aFrame->StyleDisplay()) ==
 | |
|              aClipAxes);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsRect clipRect;
 | |
|   bool haveRadii = false;
 | |
|   nscoord radii[8];
 | |
|   auto* disp = aFrame->StyleDisplay();
 | |
|   // Only deflate the padding if we clip to the content-box in that axis.
 | |
|   auto wm = aFrame->GetWritingMode();
 | |
|   bool cbH = (wm.IsVertical() ? disp->mOverflowClipBoxBlock
 | |
|                               : disp->mOverflowClipBoxInline) ==
 | |
|              StyleOverflowClipBox::ContentBox;
 | |
|   bool cbV = (wm.IsVertical() ? disp->mOverflowClipBoxInline
 | |
|                               : disp->mOverflowClipBoxBlock) ==
 | |
|              StyleOverflowClipBox::ContentBox;
 | |
|   nsMargin bp = aFrame->GetUsedPadding();
 | |
|   if (!cbH) {
 | |
|     bp.left = bp.right = nscoord(0);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (!cbV) {
 | |
|     bp.top = bp.bottom = nscoord(0);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   bp += aFrame->GetUsedBorder();
 | |
|   bp.ApplySkipSides(aFrame->GetSkipSides());
 | |
|   nsRect rect(nsPoint(0, 0), aFrame->GetSize());
 | |
|   rect.Deflate(bp);
 | |
|   if (MOZ_UNLIKELY(!(aClipAxes & nsIFrame::PhysicalAxes::Horizontal))) {
 | |
|     // NOTE(mats) We shouldn't be clipping at all in this dimension really,
 | |
|     // but clipping in just one axis isn't supported by our GFX APIs so we
 | |
|     // clip to our visual overflow rect instead.
 | |
|     nsRect o = aFrame->InkOverflowRect();
 | |
|     rect.x = o.x;
 | |
|     rect.width = o.width;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (MOZ_UNLIKELY(!(aClipAxes & nsIFrame::PhysicalAxes::Vertical))) {
 | |
|     // See the note above.
 | |
|     nsRect o = aFrame->InkOverflowRect();
 | |
|     rect.y = o.y;
 | |
|     rect.height = o.height;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   clipRect = rect + aBuilder->ToReferenceFrame(aFrame);
 | |
|   haveRadii = aFrame->GetBoxBorderRadii(radii, bp, false);
 | |
|   aClipState.ClipContainingBlockDescendantsExtra(clipRect,
 | |
|                                                  haveRadii ? radii : nullptr);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG
 | |
| static void PaintDebugBorder(nsIFrame* aFrame, DrawTarget* aDrawTarget,
 | |
|                              const nsRect& aDirtyRect, nsPoint aPt) {
 | |
|   nsRect r(aPt, aFrame->GetSize());
 | |
|   int32_t appUnitsPerDevPixel = aFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
 | |
|   sRGBColor blueOrRed(aFrame->HasView() ? sRGBColor(0.f, 0.f, 1.f, 1.f)
 | |
|                                         : sRGBColor(1.f, 0.f, 0.f, 1.f));
 | |
|   aDrawTarget->StrokeRect(NSRectToRect(r, appUnitsPerDevPixel),
 | |
|                           ColorPattern(ToDeviceColor(blueOrRed)));
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void PaintEventTargetBorder(nsIFrame* aFrame, DrawTarget* aDrawTarget,
 | |
|                                    const nsRect& aDirtyRect, nsPoint aPt) {
 | |
|   nsRect r(aPt, aFrame->GetSize());
 | |
|   int32_t appUnitsPerDevPixel = aFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
 | |
|   ColorPattern purple(ToDeviceColor(sRGBColor(.5f, 0.f, .5f, 1.f)));
 | |
|   aDrawTarget->StrokeRect(NSRectToRect(r, appUnitsPerDevPixel), purple);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void DisplayDebugBorders(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
 | |
|                                 nsIFrame* aFrame,
 | |
|                                 const nsDisplayListSet& aLists) {
 | |
|   // Draw a border around the child
 | |
|   // REVIEW: From nsContainerFrame::PaintChild
 | |
|   if (nsIFrame::GetShowFrameBorders() && !aFrame->GetRect().IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|     aLists.Outlines()->AppendNewToTop<nsDisplayGeneric>(
 | |
|         aBuilder, aFrame, PaintDebugBorder, "DebugBorder",
 | |
|         DisplayItemType::TYPE_DEBUG_BORDER);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   // Draw a border around the current event target
 | |
|   if (nsIFrame::GetShowEventTargetFrameBorder() &&
 | |
|       aFrame->PresShell()->GetDrawEventTargetFrame() == aFrame) {
 | |
|     aLists.Outlines()->AppendNewToTop<nsDisplayGeneric>(
 | |
|         aBuilder, aFrame, PaintEventTargetBorder, "EventTargetBorder",
 | |
|         DisplayItemType::TYPE_EVENT_TARGET_BORDER);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| static bool IsScrollFrameActive(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
 | |
|                                 nsIScrollableFrame* aScrollableFrame) {
 | |
|   return aScrollableFrame && aScrollableFrame->IsScrollingActive(aBuilder);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * Returns whether a display item that gets created with the builder's current
 | |
|  * state will have a scrolled clip, i.e. a clip that is scrolled by a scroll
 | |
|  * frame which does not move the item itself.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static bool BuilderHasScrolledClip(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder) {
 | |
|   const DisplayItemClipChain* currentClip =
 | |
|       aBuilder->ClipState().GetCurrentCombinedClipChain(aBuilder);
 | |
|   if (!currentClip) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const ActiveScrolledRoot* currentClipASR = currentClip->mASR;
 | |
|   const ActiveScrolledRoot* currentASR = aBuilder->CurrentActiveScrolledRoot();
 | |
|   return ActiveScrolledRoot::PickDescendant(currentClipASR, currentASR) !=
 | |
|          currentASR;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| class AutoSaveRestoreContainsBlendMode {
 | |
|   nsDisplayListBuilder& mBuilder;
 | |
|   bool mSavedContainsBlendMode;
 | |
| 
 | |
|  public:
 | |
|   explicit AutoSaveRestoreContainsBlendMode(nsDisplayListBuilder& aBuilder)
 | |
|       : mBuilder(aBuilder),
 | |
|         mSavedContainsBlendMode(aBuilder.ContainsBlendMode()) {}
 | |
| 
 | |
|   ~AutoSaveRestoreContainsBlendMode() {
 | |
|     mBuilder.SetContainsBlendMode(mSavedContainsBlendMode);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| class AutoSaveRestoreContainsBackdropFilter {
 | |
|   nsDisplayListBuilder& mBuilder;
 | |
|   bool mSavedContainsBackdropFilter;
 | |
| 
 | |
|  public:
 | |
|   explicit AutoSaveRestoreContainsBackdropFilter(nsDisplayListBuilder& aBuilder)
 | |
|       : mBuilder(aBuilder),
 | |
|         mSavedContainsBackdropFilter(aBuilder.ContainsBackdropFilter()) {}
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /**
 | |
|    * This is called if a stacking context which does not form a backdrop root
 | |
|    * contains a descendent with a backdrop filter. In this case we need to
 | |
|    * delegate backdrop root creation to the next parent in the tree until we hit
 | |
|    * the nearest backdrop root ancestor.
 | |
|    */
 | |
|   void DelegateUp(bool aContainsBackdropFilter) {
 | |
|     mSavedContainsBackdropFilter = aContainsBackdropFilter;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   ~AutoSaveRestoreContainsBackdropFilter() {
 | |
|     mBuilder.SetContainsBackdropFilter(mSavedContainsBackdropFilter);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void CheckForApzAwareEventHandlers(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
 | |
|                                           nsIFrame* aFrame) {
 | |
|   if (aBuilder->GetAncestorHasApzAwareEventHandler()) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIContent* content = aFrame->GetContent();
 | |
|   if (!content) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (content->IsNodeApzAware()) {
 | |
|     aBuilder->SetAncestorHasApzAwareEventHandler(true);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void UpdateCurrentHitTestInfo(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
 | |
|                                      nsIFrame* aFrame) {
 | |
|   if (!aBuilder->BuildCompositorHitTestInfo()) {
 | |
|     // Compositor hit test info is not used.
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   CheckForApzAwareEventHandlers(aBuilder, aFrame);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const CompositorHitTestInfo info = aFrame->GetCompositorHitTestInfo(aBuilder);
 | |
|   aBuilder->SetCompositorHitTestInfo(info);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * True if aDescendant participates the context aAncestor participating.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static bool FrameParticipatesIn3DContext(nsIFrame* aAncestor,
 | |
|                                          nsIFrame* aDescendant) {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aAncestor != aDescendant);
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aAncestor->GetContent() != aDescendant->GetContent());
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aAncestor->Extend3DContext());
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIFrame* ancestor = aAncestor->FirstContinuation();
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(ancestor->IsPrimaryFrame());
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIFrame* frame;
 | |
|   for (frame = aDescendant->GetClosestFlattenedTreeAncestorPrimaryFrame();
 | |
|        frame && ancestor != frame;
 | |
|        frame = frame->GetClosestFlattenedTreeAncestorPrimaryFrame()) {
 | |
|     if (!frame->Extend3DContext()) {
 | |
|       return false;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(frame == ancestor);
 | |
|   return true;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static bool ItemParticipatesIn3DContext(nsIFrame* aAncestor,
 | |
|                                         nsDisplayItem* aItem) {
 | |
|   auto type = aItem->GetType();
 | |
|   const bool isContainer = type == DisplayItemType::TYPE_WRAP_LIST ||
 | |
|                            type == DisplayItemType::TYPE_CONTAINER;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (isContainer && aItem->GetChildren()->Count() == 1) {
 | |
|     // If the wraplist has only one child item, use the type of that item.
 | |
|     type = aItem->GetChildren()->GetBottom()->GetType();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (type != DisplayItemType::TYPE_TRANSFORM &&
 | |
|       type != DisplayItemType::TYPE_PERSPECTIVE) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   nsIFrame* transformFrame = aItem->Frame();
 | |
|   if (aAncestor->GetContent() == transformFrame->GetContent()) {
 | |
|     return true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return FrameParticipatesIn3DContext(aAncestor, transformFrame);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void WrapSeparatorTransform(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
 | |
|                                    nsIFrame* aFrame,
 | |
|                                    nsDisplayList* aNonParticipants,
 | |
|                                    nsDisplayList* aParticipants, int aIndex,
 | |
|                                    nsDisplayItem** aSeparator) {
 | |
|   if (aNonParticipants->IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsDisplayTransform* item = MakeDisplayItemWithIndex<nsDisplayTransform>(
 | |
|       aBuilder, aFrame, aIndex, aNonParticipants, aBuilder->GetVisibleRect());
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (*aSeparator == nullptr && item) {
 | |
|     *aSeparator = item;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   aParticipants->AppendToTop(item);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Try to compute a clip rect to bound the contents of the mask item
 | |
| // that will be built for |aMaskedFrame|. If we're not able to compute
 | |
| // one, return an empty Maybe.
 | |
| // The returned clip rect, if there is one, is relative to |aMaskedFrame|.
 | |
| static Maybe<nsRect> ComputeClipForMaskItem(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
 | |
|                                             nsIFrame* aMaskedFrame) {
 | |
|   const nsStyleSVGReset* svgReset = aMaskedFrame->StyleSVGReset();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   SVGUtils::MaskUsage maskUsage;
 | |
|   SVGUtils::DetermineMaskUsage(aMaskedFrame, false, maskUsage);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsPoint offsetToUserSpace =
 | |
|       nsLayoutUtils::ComputeOffsetToUserSpace(aBuilder, aMaskedFrame);
 | |
|   int32_t devPixelRatio = aMaskedFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
 | |
|   gfxPoint devPixelOffsetToUserSpace =
 | |
|       nsLayoutUtils::PointToGfxPoint(offsetToUserSpace, devPixelRatio);
 | |
|   gfxMatrix cssToDevMatrix = SVGUtils::GetCSSPxToDevPxMatrix(aMaskedFrame);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsPoint toReferenceFrame;
 | |
|   aBuilder->FindReferenceFrameFor(aMaskedFrame, &toReferenceFrame);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   Maybe<gfxRect> combinedClip;
 | |
|   if (maskUsage.shouldApplyBasicShapeOrPath) {
 | |
|     Maybe<Rect> result =
 | |
|         CSSClipPathInstance::GetBoundingRectForBasicShapeOrPathClip(
 | |
|             aMaskedFrame, svgReset->mClipPath);
 | |
|     if (result) {
 | |
|       combinedClip = Some(ThebesRect(*result));
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   } else if (maskUsage.shouldApplyClipPath) {
 | |
|     gfxRect result = SVGUtils::GetBBox(
 | |
|         aMaskedFrame,
 | |
|         SVGUtils::eBBoxIncludeClipped | SVGUtils::eBBoxIncludeFill |
 | |
|             SVGUtils::eBBoxIncludeMarkers | SVGUtils::eBBoxIncludeStroke |
 | |
|             SVGUtils::eDoNotClipToBBoxOfContentInsideClipPath);
 | |
|     combinedClip = Some(cssToDevMatrix.TransformBounds(result));
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     // The code for this case is adapted from ComputeMaskGeometry().
 | |
| 
 | |
|     nsRect borderArea(toReferenceFrame, aMaskedFrame->GetSize());
 | |
|     borderArea -= offsetToUserSpace;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Use an infinite dirty rect to pass into nsCSSRendering::
 | |
|     // GetImageLayerClip() because we don't have an actual dirty rect to
 | |
|     // pass in. This is fine because the only time GetImageLayerClip() will
 | |
|     // not intersect the incoming dirty rect with something is in the "NoClip"
 | |
|     // case, and we handle that specially.
 | |
|     nsRect dirtyRect(nscoord_MIN / 2, nscoord_MIN / 2, nscoord_MAX,
 | |
|                      nscoord_MAX);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     nsIFrame* firstFrame =
 | |
|         nsLayoutUtils::FirstContinuationOrIBSplitSibling(aMaskedFrame);
 | |
|     nsTArray<SVGMaskFrame*> maskFrames;
 | |
|     // XXX check return value?
 | |
|     SVGObserverUtils::GetAndObserveMasks(firstFrame, &maskFrames);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     for (uint32_t i = 0; i < maskFrames.Length(); ++i) {
 | |
|       gfxRect clipArea;
 | |
|       if (maskFrames[i]) {
 | |
|         clipArea = maskFrames[i]->GetMaskArea(aMaskedFrame);
 | |
|         clipArea = cssToDevMatrix.TransformBounds(clipArea);
 | |
|       } else {
 | |
|         const auto& layer = svgReset->mMask.mLayers[i];
 | |
|         if (layer.mClip == StyleGeometryBox::NoClip) {
 | |
|           return Nothing();
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         nsCSSRendering::ImageLayerClipState clipState;
 | |
|         nsCSSRendering::GetImageLayerClip(
 | |
|             layer, aMaskedFrame, *aMaskedFrame->StyleBorder(), borderArea,
 | |
|             dirtyRect, false /* aWillPaintBorder */, devPixelRatio, &clipState);
 | |
|         clipArea = clipState.mDirtyRectInDevPx;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       combinedClip = UnionMaybeRects(combinedClip, Some(clipArea));
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (combinedClip) {
 | |
|     if (combinedClip->IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|       // *clipForMask might be empty if all mask references are not resolvable
 | |
|       // or the size of them are empty. We still need to create a transparent
 | |
|       // mask before bug 1276834 fixed, so don't clip ctx by an empty rectangle
 | |
|       // for for now.
 | |
|       return Nothing();
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Convert to user space.
 | |
|     *combinedClip += devPixelOffsetToUserSpace;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Round the clip out. In FrameLayerBuilder we round clips to nearest
 | |
|     // pixels, and if we have a really thin clip here, that can cause the
 | |
|     // clip to become empty if we didn't round out here.
 | |
|     // The rounding happens in coordinates that are relative to the reference
 | |
|     // frame, which matches what FrameLayerBuilder does.
 | |
|     combinedClip->RoundOut();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Convert to app units.
 | |
|     nsRect result =
 | |
|         nsLayoutUtils::RoundGfxRectToAppRect(*combinedClip, devPixelRatio);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // The resulting clip is relative to the reference frame, but the caller
 | |
|     // expects it to be relative to the masked frame, so adjust it.
 | |
|     result -= toReferenceFrame;
 | |
|     return Some(result);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return Nothing();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct AutoCheckBuilder {
 | |
|   explicit AutoCheckBuilder(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder)
 | |
|       : mBuilder(aBuilder) {
 | |
|     aBuilder->Check();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   ~AutoCheckBuilder() { mBuilder->Check(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsDisplayListBuilder* mBuilder;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * Helper class to track container creation. Stores the first tracked container.
 | |
|  * Used to find the innermost container for hit test information, and to notify
 | |
|  * callers whether a container item was created or not.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ContainerTracker {
 | |
|   void TrackContainer(nsDisplayItem* aContainer) {
 | |
|     if (!aContainer) {
 | |
|       return;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (!mContainer) {
 | |
|       mContainer = aContainer;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     mCreatedContainer = true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   void ResetCreatedContainer() { mCreatedContainer = false; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsDisplayItem* mContainer = nullptr;
 | |
|   bool mCreatedContainer = false;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::BuildDisplayListForStackingContext(
 | |
|     nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder, nsDisplayList* aList,
 | |
|     bool* aCreatedContainerItem) {
 | |
|   AutoCheckBuilder check(aBuilder);
 | |
|   if (HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_TOO_DEEP_IN_FRAME_TREE)) return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Replaced elements have their visibility handled here, because
 | |
|   // they're visually atomic
 | |
|   if (IsFrameOfType(eReplaced) && !IsVisibleForPainting()) return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const nsStyleDisplay* disp = StyleDisplay();
 | |
|   const nsStyleEffects* effects = StyleEffects();
 | |
|   EffectSet* effectSetForOpacity = EffectSet::GetEffectSetForFrame(
 | |
|       this, nsCSSPropertyIDSet::OpacityProperties());
 | |
|   // We can stop right away if this is a zero-opacity stacking context and
 | |
|   // we're painting, and we're not animating opacity.
 | |
|   bool needHitTestInfo =
 | |
|       aBuilder->BuildCompositorHitTestInfo() &&
 | |
|       StyleUI()->GetEffectivePointerEvents(this) != StylePointerEvents::None;
 | |
|   bool opacityItemForEventsOnly = false;
 | |
|   if (effects->mOpacity == 0.0 && aBuilder->IsForPainting() &&
 | |
|       !(disp->mWillChange.bits & StyleWillChangeBits::OPACITY) &&
 | |
|       !nsLayoutUtils::HasAnimationOfPropertySet(
 | |
|           this, nsCSSPropertyIDSet::OpacityProperties(), effectSetForOpacity)) {
 | |
|     if (needHitTestInfo) {
 | |
|       opacityItemForEventsOnly = true;
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       return;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aBuilder->IsForPainting() && disp->mWillChange.bits) {
 | |
|     aBuilder->AddToWillChangeBudget(this, GetSize());
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // For preserves3d, use the dirty rect already installed on the
 | |
|   // builder, since aDirtyRect maybe distorted for transforms along
 | |
|   // the chain.
 | |
|   nsRect visibleRect = aBuilder->GetVisibleRect();
 | |
|   nsRect dirtyRect = aBuilder->GetDirtyRect();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // We build an opacity item if it's not going to be drawn by SVG content.
 | |
|   // We could in principle skip creating an nsDisplayOpacity item if
 | |
|   // nsDisplayOpacity::NeedsActiveLayer returns false and usingSVGEffects is
 | |
|   // true (the nsDisplayFilter/nsDisplayMasksAndClipPaths could handle the
 | |
|   // opacity). Since SVG has perf issues where we sometimes spend a lot of
 | |
|   // time creating display list items that might be helpful.  We'd need to
 | |
|   // restore our mechanism to do that (changed in bug 1482403), and we'd
 | |
|   // need to invalidate the frame if the value that would be return from
 | |
|   // NeedsActiveLayer was to change, which we don't currently do.
 | |
|   const bool useOpacity =
 | |
|       HasVisualOpacity(disp, effects, effectSetForOpacity) &&
 | |
|       !SVGUtils::CanOptimizeOpacity(this);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const bool isTransformed = IsTransformed();
 | |
|   const bool hasPerspective = isTransformed && HasPerspective(disp);
 | |
|   const bool extend3DContext =
 | |
|       Extend3DContext(disp, effects, effectSetForOpacity);
 | |
|   const bool combines3DTransformWithAncestors =
 | |
|       (extend3DContext || isTransformed) && Combines3DTransformWithAncestors();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   Maybe<nsDisplayListBuilder::AutoPreserves3DContext> autoPreserves3DContext;
 | |
|   if (extend3DContext && !combines3DTransformWithAncestors) {
 | |
|     // Start a new preserves3d context to keep informations on
 | |
|     // nsDisplayListBuilder.
 | |
|     autoPreserves3DContext.emplace(aBuilder);
 | |
|     // Save dirty rect on the builder to avoid being distorted for
 | |
|     // multiple transforms along the chain.
 | |
|     aBuilder->SavePreserves3DRect();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // We rebuild everything within preserve-3d and don't try
 | |
|     // to retain, so override the dirty rect now.
 | |
|     if (aBuilder->IsRetainingDisplayList()) {
 | |
|       dirtyRect = visibleRect;
 | |
|       aBuilder->SetDisablePartialUpdates(true);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const bool useBlendMode = effects->mMixBlendMode != StyleBlend::Normal;
 | |
|   if (useBlendMode) {
 | |
|     aBuilder->SetContainsBlendMode(true);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // reset blend mode so we can keep track if this stacking context needs have
 | |
|   // a nsDisplayBlendContainer. Set the blend mode back when the routine exits
 | |
|   // so we keep track if the parent stacking context needs a container too.
 | |
|   AutoSaveRestoreContainsBlendMode autoRestoreBlendMode(*aBuilder);
 | |
|   aBuilder->SetContainsBlendMode(false);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   bool usingBackdropFilter =
 | |
|       effects->HasBackdropFilters() &&
 | |
|       nsDisplayBackdropFilters::CanCreateWebRenderCommands(aBuilder, this);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (usingBackdropFilter) {
 | |
|     aBuilder->SetContainsBackdropFilter(true);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   AutoSaveRestoreContainsBackdropFilter autoRestoreBackdropFilter(*aBuilder);
 | |
|   aBuilder->SetContainsBackdropFilter(false);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsRect visibleRectOutsideTransform = visibleRect;
 | |
|   nsDisplayTransform::PrerenderInfo prerenderInfo;
 | |
|   bool inTransform = aBuilder->IsInTransform();
 | |
|   if (isTransformed) {
 | |
|     prerenderInfo = nsDisplayTransform::ShouldPrerenderTransformedContent(
 | |
|         aBuilder, this, &visibleRect);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     switch (prerenderInfo.mDecision) {
 | |
|       case nsDisplayTransform::PrerenderDecision::Full:
 | |
|       case nsDisplayTransform::PrerenderDecision::Partial:
 | |
|         dirtyRect = visibleRect;
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|       case nsDisplayTransform::PrerenderDecision::No: {
 | |
|         // If we didn't prerender an animated frame in a preserve-3d context,
 | |
|         // then we want disable async animations for the rest of the preserve-3d
 | |
|         // (especially ancestors).
 | |
|         if ((extend3DContext || combines3DTransformWithAncestors) &&
 | |
|             prerenderInfo.mHasAnimations) {
 | |
|           aBuilder->SavePreserves3DAllowAsyncAnimation(false);
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         const nsRect overflow = InkOverflowRectRelativeToSelf();
 | |
|         if (overflow.IsEmpty() && !extend3DContext) {
 | |
|           return;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         // If we're in preserve-3d then grab the dirty rect that was given to
 | |
|         // the root and transform using the combined transform.
 | |
|         if (combines3DTransformWithAncestors) {
 | |
|           visibleRect = dirtyRect = aBuilder->GetPreserves3DRect();
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         nsRect untransformedDirtyRect;
 | |
|         if (nsDisplayTransform::UntransformRect(dirtyRect, overflow, this,
 | |
|                                                 &untransformedDirtyRect)) {
 | |
|           dirtyRect = untransformedDirtyRect;
 | |
|           nsDisplayTransform::UntransformRect(visibleRect, overflow, this,
 | |
|                                               &visibleRect);
 | |
|         } else {
 | |
|           // This should only happen if the transform is singular, in which case
 | |
|           // nothing is visible anyway
 | |
|           dirtyRect.SetEmpty();
 | |
|           visibleRect.SetEmpty();
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     inTransform = true;
 | |
|   } else if (IsFixedPosContainingBlock()) {
 | |
|     // Restict the building area to the overflow rect for these frames, since
 | |
|     // RetainedDisplayListBuilder uses it to know if the size of the stacking
 | |
|     // context changed.
 | |
|     visibleRect.IntersectRect(visibleRect, InkOverflowRect());
 | |
|     dirtyRect.IntersectRect(dirtyRect, InkOverflowRect());
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   bool hasOverrideDirtyRect = false;
 | |
|   // If we're doing a partial build, we're not invalid and we're capable
 | |
|   // of having an override building rect (stacking context and fixed pos
 | |
|   // containing block), then we should assume we have one.
 | |
|   // Either we have an explicit one, or nothing in our subtree changed and
 | |
|   // we have an implicit empty rect.
 | |
|   if (aBuilder->IsPartialUpdate() && !aBuilder->InInvalidSubtree() &&
 | |
|       !IsFrameModified() && IsFixedPosContainingBlock()) {
 | |
|     dirtyRect = nsRect();
 | |
|     if (HasOverrideDirtyRegion()) {
 | |
|       nsDisplayListBuilder::DisplayListBuildingData* data =
 | |
|           GetProperty(nsDisplayListBuilder::DisplayListBuildingRect());
 | |
|       if (data) {
 | |
|         dirtyRect = data->mDirtyRect.Intersect(visibleRect);
 | |
|         hasOverrideDirtyRect = true;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   bool usingFilter = effects->HasFilters();
 | |
|   bool usingMask = SVGIntegrationUtils::UsingMaskOrClipPathForFrame(this);
 | |
|   bool usingSVGEffects = usingFilter || usingMask;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsRect visibleRectOutsideSVGEffects = visibleRect;
 | |
|   nsDisplayList hoistedScrollInfoItemsStorage;
 | |
|   if (usingSVGEffects) {
 | |
|     dirtyRect =
 | |
|         SVGIntegrationUtils::GetRequiredSourceForInvalidArea(this, dirtyRect);
 | |
|     visibleRect =
 | |
|         SVGIntegrationUtils::GetRequiredSourceForInvalidArea(this, visibleRect);
 | |
|     aBuilder->EnterSVGEffectsContents(this, &hoistedScrollInfoItemsStorage);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   bool useStickyPosition =
 | |
|       disp->mPosition == StylePositionProperty::Sticky &&
 | |
|       IsScrollFrameActive(
 | |
|           aBuilder,
 | |
|           nsLayoutUtils::GetNearestScrollableFrame(
 | |
|               GetParent(), nsLayoutUtils::SCROLLABLE_SAME_DOC |
 | |
|                                nsLayoutUtils::SCROLLABLE_INCLUDE_HIDDEN));
 | |
|   bool useFixedPosition =
 | |
|       disp->mPosition == StylePositionProperty::Fixed &&
 | |
|       (DisplayPortUtils::IsFixedPosFrameInDisplayPort(this) ||
 | |
|        BuilderHasScrolledClip(aBuilder));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsDisplayListBuilder::AutoBuildingDisplayList buildingDisplayList(
 | |
|       aBuilder, this, visibleRect, dirtyRect, isTransformed);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   UpdateCurrentHitTestInfo(aBuilder, this);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Depending on the effects that are applied to this frame, we can create
 | |
|   // multiple container display items and wrap them around our contents.
 | |
|   // This enum lists all the potential container display items, in the order
 | |
|   // outside to inside.
 | |
|   enum class ContainerItemType : uint8_t {
 | |
|     None = 0,
 | |
|     OwnLayerIfNeeded,
 | |
|     BlendMode,
 | |
|     FixedPosition,
 | |
|     OwnLayerForTransformWithRoundedClip,
 | |
|     Perspective,
 | |
|     Transform,
 | |
|     SeparatorTransforms,
 | |
|     Opacity,
 | |
|     Filter,
 | |
|     BlendContainer
 | |
|   };
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsDisplayListBuilder::AutoContainerASRTracker contASRTracker(aBuilder);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   auto cssClip = GetClipPropClipRect(disp, effects, GetSize());
 | |
|   auto ApplyClipProp = [&](DisplayListClipState::AutoSaveRestore& aClipState) {
 | |
|     if (!cssClip) {
 | |
|       return;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     nsPoint offset = aBuilder->GetCurrentFrameOffsetToReferenceFrame();
 | |
|     aBuilder->IntersectDirtyRect(*cssClip);
 | |
|     aBuilder->IntersectVisibleRect(*cssClip);
 | |
|     aClipState.ClipContentDescendants(*cssClip + offset);
 | |
|   };
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // The CSS clip property is effectively inside the transform, but outside the
 | |
|   // filters. So if we're not transformed we can apply it just here for
 | |
|   // simplicity, instead of on each of the places that handle clipCapturedBy.
 | |
|   DisplayListClipState::AutoSaveRestore untransformedCssClip(aBuilder);
 | |
|   if (!isTransformed) {
 | |
|     ApplyClipProp(untransformedCssClip);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // If there is a current clip, then depending on the container items we
 | |
|   // create, different things can happen to it. Some container items simply
 | |
|   // propagate the clip to their children and aren't clipped themselves.
 | |
|   // But other container items, especially those that establish a different
 | |
|   // geometry for their contents (e.g. transforms), capture the clip on
 | |
|   // themselves and unset the clip for their contents. If we create more than
 | |
|   // one of those container items, the clip will be captured on the outermost
 | |
|   // one and the inner container items will be unclipped.
 | |
|   ContainerItemType clipCapturedBy = ContainerItemType::None;
 | |
|   if (useFixedPosition) {
 | |
|     clipCapturedBy = ContainerItemType::FixedPosition;
 | |
|   } else if (isTransformed) {
 | |
|     const DisplayItemClipChain* currentClip =
 | |
|         aBuilder->ClipState().GetCurrentCombinedClipChain(aBuilder);
 | |
|     if ((hasPerspective || extend3DContext) &&
 | |
|         (currentClip && currentClip->HasRoundedCorners())) {
 | |
|       // If we're creating an nsDisplayTransform item that is going to combine
 | |
|       // its transform with its children (preserve-3d or perspective), then we
 | |
|       // can't have an intermediate surface. Mask layers force an intermediate
 | |
|       // surface, so if we're going to need both then create a separate
 | |
|       // wrapping layer for the mask.
 | |
|       clipCapturedBy = ContainerItemType::OwnLayerForTransformWithRoundedClip;
 | |
|     } else if (hasPerspective) {
 | |
|       clipCapturedBy = ContainerItemType::Perspective;
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       clipCapturedBy = ContainerItemType::Transform;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   } else if (usingFilter) {
 | |
|     clipCapturedBy = ContainerItemType::Filter;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   DisplayListClipState::AutoSaveRestore clipState(aBuilder);
 | |
|   if (clipCapturedBy != ContainerItemType::None) {
 | |
|     clipState.Clear();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   DisplayListClipState::AutoSaveRestore transformedCssClip(aBuilder);
 | |
|   if (isTransformed) {
 | |
|     // FIXME(emilio, bug 1525159): In the case we have a both a transform _and_
 | |
|     // filters, this clips the input to the filters as well, which is not
 | |
|     // correct (clipping by the `clip` property is supposed to happen after
 | |
|     // applying the filter effects, per [1].
 | |
|     //
 | |
|     // This is not a regression though, since we used to do that anyway before
 | |
|     // bug 1514384, and even without the transform we get it wrong.
 | |
|     //
 | |
|     // [1]: https://drafts.fxtf.org/css-masking/#placement
 | |
|     ApplyClipProp(transformedCssClip);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsDisplayListCollection set(aBuilder);
 | |
|   Maybe<nsRect> clipForMask;
 | |
|   bool insertBackdropRoot;
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     DisplayListClipState::AutoSaveRestore nestedClipState(aBuilder);
 | |
|     nsDisplayListBuilder::AutoInTransformSetter inTransformSetter(aBuilder,
 | |
|                                                                   inTransform);
 | |
|     nsDisplayListBuilder::AutoEnterFilter filterASRSetter(aBuilder,
 | |
|                                                           usingFilter);
 | |
|     nsDisplayListBuilder::AutoInEventsOnly inEventsSetter(
 | |
|         aBuilder, opacityItemForEventsOnly);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // If we have a mask, compute a clip to bound the masked content.
 | |
|     // This is necessary in case the content moves with an ancestor
 | |
|     // ASR of the mask.
 | |
|     // Don't do this if we also have a filter, because then the clip
 | |
|     // would be applied before the filter, violating
 | |
|     // https://www.w3.org/TR/filter-effects-1/#placement.
 | |
|     // Filters are a containing block for fixed and absolute descendants,
 | |
|     // so the masked content cannot move with an ancestor ASR.
 | |
|     if (usingMask && !usingFilter) {
 | |
|       clipForMask = ComputeClipForMaskItem(aBuilder, this);
 | |
|       if (clipForMask) {
 | |
|         aBuilder->IntersectDirtyRect(*clipForMask);
 | |
|         aBuilder->IntersectVisibleRect(*clipForMask);
 | |
|         nestedClipState.ClipContentDescendants(
 | |
|             *clipForMask + aBuilder->GetCurrentFrameOffsetToReferenceFrame());
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // extend3DContext also guarantees that applyAbsPosClipping and
 | |
|     // usingSVGEffects are false We only modify the preserve-3d rect if we are
 | |
|     // the top of a preserve-3d heirarchy
 | |
|     if (extend3DContext) {
 | |
|       // Mark these first so MarkAbsoluteFramesForDisplayList knows if we are
 | |
|       // going to be forced to descend into frames.
 | |
|       aBuilder->MarkPreserve3DFramesForDisplayList(this);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     aBuilder->AdjustWindowDraggingRegion(this);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     MarkAbsoluteFramesForDisplayList(aBuilder);
 | |
|     aBuilder->Check();
 | |
|     BuildDisplayList(aBuilder, set);
 | |
|     aBuilder->Check();
 | |
|     aBuilder->DisplayCaret(this, set.Outlines());
 | |
| 
 | |
|     insertBackdropRoot = aBuilder->ContainsBackdropFilter() &&
 | |
|                          FormsBackdropRoot(disp, effects, StyleSVGReset());
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Blend modes are a real pain for retained display lists. We build a blend
 | |
|     // container item if the built list contains any blend mode items within
 | |
|     // the current stacking context. This can change without an invalidation
 | |
|     // to the stacking context frame, or the blend mode frame (e.g. by moving
 | |
|     // an intermediate frame).
 | |
|     // When we gain/remove a blend container item, we need to mark this frame
 | |
|     // as invalid and have the full display list for merging to track
 | |
|     // the change correctly.
 | |
|     // It seems really hard to track this in advance, as the bookkeeping
 | |
|     // required to note which stacking contexts have blend descendants
 | |
|     // is complex and likely to be buggy.
 | |
|     // Instead we're doing the sad thing, detecting it afterwards, and just
 | |
|     // repeating display list building if it changed.
 | |
|     // We have to repeat building for the entire display list (or at least
 | |
|     // the outer stacking context), since we need to mark this frame as invalid
 | |
|     // to remove any existing content that isn't wrapped in the blend container,
 | |
|     // and then we need to build content infront/behind the blend container
 | |
|     // to get correct positioning during merging.
 | |
|     if ((insertBackdropRoot || aBuilder->ContainsBlendMode()) &&
 | |
|         aBuilder->IsRetainingDisplayList()) {
 | |
|       if (aBuilder->IsPartialUpdate()) {
 | |
|         aBuilder->SetPartialBuildFailed(true);
 | |
|       } else {
 | |
|         aBuilder->SetDisablePartialUpdates(true);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // If a child contains a backdrop filter, but this stacking context does not
 | |
|   // form a backdrop root, we need to propogate up the tree until we find an
 | |
|   // ancestor that does form a backdrop root.
 | |
|   if (!insertBackdropRoot && aBuilder->ContainsBackdropFilter()) {
 | |
|     autoRestoreBackdropFilter.DelegateUp(true);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aBuilder->IsBackgroundOnly()) {
 | |
|     set.BlockBorderBackgrounds()->DeleteAll(aBuilder);
 | |
|     set.Floats()->DeleteAll(aBuilder);
 | |
|     set.Content()->DeleteAll(aBuilder);
 | |
|     set.PositionedDescendants()->DeleteAll(aBuilder);
 | |
|     set.Outlines()->DeleteAll(aBuilder);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (hasOverrideDirtyRect &&
 | |
|       StaticPrefs::layout_display_list_show_rebuild_area()) {
 | |
|     nsDisplaySolidColor* color = MakeDisplayItem<nsDisplaySolidColor>(
 | |
|         aBuilder, this,
 | |
|         dirtyRect + aBuilder->GetCurrentFrameOffsetToReferenceFrame(),
 | |
|         NS_RGBA(255, 0, 0, 64), false);
 | |
|     if (color) {
 | |
|       color->SetOverrideZIndex(INT32_MAX);
 | |
|       set.PositionedDescendants()->AppendToTop(color);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIContent* content = GetContent();
 | |
|   if (!content) {
 | |
|     content = PresContext()->Document()->GetRootElement();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsDisplayList resultList;
 | |
|   set.SerializeWithCorrectZOrder(&resultList, content);
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG
 | |
|   DisplayDebugBorders(aBuilder, this, set);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Get the ASR to use for the container items that we create here.
 | |
|   const ActiveScrolledRoot* containerItemASR = contASRTracker.GetContainerASR();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   ContainerTracker ct;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* If adding both a nsDisplayBlendContainer and a nsDisplayBlendMode to the
 | |
|    * same list, the nsDisplayBlendContainer should be added first. This only
 | |
|    * happens when the element creating this stacking context has mix-blend-mode
 | |
|    * and also contains a child which has mix-blend-mode.
 | |
|    * The nsDisplayBlendContainer must be added to the list first, so it does not
 | |
|    * isolate the containing element blending as well.
 | |
|    */
 | |
|   if (aBuilder->ContainsBlendMode()) {
 | |
|     DisplayListClipState::AutoSaveRestore blendContainerClipState(aBuilder);
 | |
|     resultList.AppendToTop(nsDisplayBlendContainer::CreateForMixBlendMode(
 | |
|         aBuilder, this, &resultList, containerItemASR));
 | |
|     ct.TrackContainer(resultList.GetTop());
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (insertBackdropRoot) {
 | |
|     DisplayListClipState::AutoSaveRestore backdropRootContainerClipState(
 | |
|         aBuilder);
 | |
|     resultList.AppendNewToTop<nsDisplayBackdropRootContainer>(
 | |
|         aBuilder, this, &resultList, containerItemASR);
 | |
|     ct.TrackContainer(resultList.GetTop());
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (usingBackdropFilter) {
 | |
|     DisplayListClipState::AutoSaveRestore clipState(aBuilder);
 | |
|     nsRect backdropRect =
 | |
|         GetRectRelativeToSelf() + aBuilder->ToReferenceFrame(this);
 | |
|     resultList.AppendNewToTop<nsDisplayBackdropFilters>(
 | |
|         aBuilder, this, &resultList, backdropRect);
 | |
|     ct.TrackContainer(resultList.GetTop());
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* If there are any SVG effects, wrap the list up in an SVG effects item
 | |
|    * (which also handles CSS group opacity). Note that we create an SVG effects
 | |
|    * item even if resultList is empty, since a filter can produce graphical
 | |
|    * output even if the element being filtered wouldn't otherwise do so.
 | |
|    */
 | |
|   if (usingSVGEffects) {
 | |
|     MOZ_ASSERT(usingFilter || usingMask,
 | |
|                "Beside filter & mask/clip-path, what else effect do we have?");
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (clipCapturedBy == ContainerItemType::Filter) {
 | |
|       clipState.Restore();
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     // Revert to the post-filter dirty rect.
 | |
|     aBuilder->SetVisibleRect(visibleRectOutsideSVGEffects);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Skip all filter effects while generating glyph mask.
 | |
|     if (usingFilter && !aBuilder->IsForGenerateGlyphMask()) {
 | |
|       /* List now emptied, so add the new list to the top. */
 | |
|       resultList.AppendNewToTop<nsDisplayFilters>(aBuilder, this, &resultList);
 | |
|       ct.TrackContainer(resultList.GetTop());
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (usingMask) {
 | |
|       DisplayListClipState::AutoSaveRestore maskClipState(aBuilder);
 | |
|       // The mask should move with aBuilder->CurrentActiveScrolledRoot(), so
 | |
|       // that's the ASR we prefer to use for the mask item. However, we can
 | |
|       // only do this if the mask if clipped with respect to that ASR, because
 | |
|       // an item always needs to have finite bounds with respect to its ASR.
 | |
|       // If we weren't able to compute a clip for the mask, we fall back to
 | |
|       // using containerItemASR, which is the lowest common ancestor clip of
 | |
|       // the mask's contents. That's not entirely correct, but it satisfies
 | |
|       // the base requirement of the ASR system (that items have finite bounds
 | |
|       // wrt. their ASR).
 | |
|       const ActiveScrolledRoot* maskASR =
 | |
|           clipForMask.isSome() ? aBuilder->CurrentActiveScrolledRoot()
 | |
|                                : containerItemASR;
 | |
|       /* List now emptied, so add the new list to the top. */
 | |
|       resultList.AppendNewToTop<nsDisplayMasksAndClipPaths>(
 | |
|           aBuilder, this, &resultList, maskASR);
 | |
|       ct.TrackContainer(resultList.GetTop());
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // TODO(miko): We could probably create a wraplist here and avoid creating
 | |
|     // it later in |BuildDisplayListForChild()|.
 | |
|     ct.ResetCreatedContainer();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Also add the hoisted scroll info items. We need those for APZ scrolling
 | |
|     // because nsDisplayMasksAndClipPaths items can't build active layers.
 | |
|     aBuilder->ExitSVGEffectsContents();
 | |
|     resultList.AppendToTop(&hoistedScrollInfoItemsStorage);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* If the list is non-empty and there is CSS group opacity without SVG
 | |
|    * effects, wrap it up in an opacity item.
 | |
|    */
 | |
|   if (useOpacity) {
 | |
|     // Don't clip nsDisplayOpacity items. We clip their descendants instead.
 | |
|     // The clip we would set on an element with opacity would clip
 | |
|     // all descendant content, but some should not be clipped.
 | |
|     DisplayListClipState::AutoSaveRestore opacityClipState(aBuilder);
 | |
|     const bool needsActiveOpacityLayer =
 | |
|         nsDisplayOpacity::NeedsActiveLayer(aBuilder, this);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     resultList.AppendNewToTop<nsDisplayOpacity>(
 | |
|         aBuilder, this, &resultList, containerItemASR, opacityItemForEventsOnly,
 | |
|         needsActiveOpacityLayer);
 | |
|     ct.TrackContainer(resultList.GetTop());
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* If we're going to apply a transformation and don't have preserve-3d set,
 | |
|    * wrap everything in an nsDisplayTransform. If there's nothing in the list,
 | |
|    * don't add anything.
 | |
|    *
 | |
|    * For the preserve-3d case we want to individually wrap every child in the
 | |
|    * list with a separate nsDisplayTransform instead. When the child is already
 | |
|    * an nsDisplayTransform, we can skip this step, as the computed transform
 | |
|    * will already include our own.
 | |
|    *
 | |
|    * We also traverse into sublists created by nsDisplayWrapList, so that we
 | |
|    * find all the correct children.
 | |
|    */
 | |
|   if (isTransformed && extend3DContext) {
 | |
|     // Install dummy nsDisplayTransform as a leaf containing
 | |
|     // descendants not participating this 3D rendering context.
 | |
|     nsDisplayList nonparticipants;
 | |
|     nsDisplayList participants;
 | |
|     int index = 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     nsDisplayItem* separator = nullptr;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     while (nsDisplayItem* item = resultList.RemoveBottom()) {
 | |
|       if (ItemParticipatesIn3DContext(this, item) &&
 | |
|           !item->GetClip().HasClip()) {
 | |
|         // The frame of this item participates the same 3D context.
 | |
|         WrapSeparatorTransform(aBuilder, this, &nonparticipants, &participants,
 | |
|                                index++, &separator);
 | |
| 
 | |
|         participants.AppendToTop(item);
 | |
|       } else {
 | |
|         // The frame of the item doesn't participate the current
 | |
|         // context, or has no transform.
 | |
|         //
 | |
|         // For items participating but not transformed, they are add
 | |
|         // to nonparticipants to get a separator layer for handling
 | |
|         // clips, if there is, on an intermediate surface.
 | |
|         // \see ContainerLayer::DefaultComputeEffectiveTransforms().
 | |
|         nonparticipants.AppendToTop(item);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     WrapSeparatorTransform(aBuilder, this, &nonparticipants, &participants,
 | |
|                            index++, &separator);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (separator) {
 | |
|       ct.TrackContainer(separator);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     resultList.AppendToTop(&participants);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (isTransformed) {
 | |
|     transformedCssClip.Restore();
 | |
|     if (clipCapturedBy == ContainerItemType::Transform) {
 | |
|       // Restore clip state now so nsDisplayTransform is clipped properly.
 | |
|       clipState.Restore();
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     // Revert to the dirtyrect coming in from the parent, without our transform
 | |
|     // taken into account.
 | |
|     aBuilder->SetVisibleRect(visibleRectOutsideTransform);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (this != aBuilder->RootReferenceFrame()) {
 | |
|       // Revert to the outer reference frame and offset because all display
 | |
|       // items we create from now on are outside the transform.
 | |
|       nsPoint toOuterReferenceFrame;
 | |
|       const nsIFrame* outerReferenceFrame =
 | |
|           aBuilder->FindReferenceFrameFor(GetParent(), &toOuterReferenceFrame);
 | |
|       toOuterReferenceFrame += GetPosition();
 | |
| 
 | |
|       buildingDisplayList.SetReferenceFrameAndCurrentOffset(
 | |
|           outerReferenceFrame, toOuterReferenceFrame);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // We would like to block async animations for ancestors of ones not
 | |
|     // prerendered in the preserve-3d tree. Now that we've finished processing
 | |
|     // all descendants, update allowAsyncAnimation to take their prerender
 | |
|     // state into account
 | |
|     // FIXME: We don't block async animations for previous siblings because
 | |
|     // their prerender decisions have been made. We may have to figure out a
 | |
|     // better way to rollback their prerender decisions.
 | |
|     // Alternatively we could not block animations for later siblings, and only
 | |
|     // block them for ancestors of a blocked one.
 | |
|     if ((extend3DContext || combines3DTransformWithAncestors) &&
 | |
|         prerenderInfo.CanUseAsyncAnimations() &&
 | |
|         !aBuilder->GetPreserves3DAllowAsyncAnimation()) {
 | |
|       // aBuilder->GetPreserves3DAllowAsyncAnimation() means the inner or
 | |
|       // previous silbing frames are allowed/disallowed for async animations.
 | |
|       prerenderInfo.mDecision = nsDisplayTransform::PrerenderDecision::No;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     nsDisplayTransform* transformItem = MakeDisplayItem<nsDisplayTransform>(
 | |
|         aBuilder, this, &resultList, visibleRect, prerenderInfo.mDecision);
 | |
|     if (transformItem) {
 | |
|       resultList.AppendToTop(transformItem);
 | |
|       ct.TrackContainer(transformItem);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (hasPerspective) {
 | |
|       if (clipCapturedBy == ContainerItemType::Perspective) {
 | |
|         clipState.Restore();
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       resultList.AppendNewToTop<nsDisplayPerspective>(aBuilder, this,
 | |
|                                                       &resultList);
 | |
|       ct.TrackContainer(resultList.GetTop());
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (clipCapturedBy ==
 | |
|       ContainerItemType::OwnLayerForTransformWithRoundedClip) {
 | |
|     clipState.Restore();
 | |
|     resultList.AppendNewToTopWithIndex<nsDisplayOwnLayer>(
 | |
|         aBuilder, this,
 | |
|         /* aIndex = */ nsDisplayOwnLayer::OwnLayerForTransformWithRoundedClip,
 | |
|         &resultList, aBuilder->CurrentActiveScrolledRoot(),
 | |
|         nsDisplayOwnLayerFlags::None, ScrollbarData{},
 | |
|         /* aForceActive = */ false, false);
 | |
|     ct.TrackContainer(resultList.GetTop());
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* If we have sticky positioning, wrap it in a sticky position item.
 | |
|    */
 | |
|   if (useFixedPosition) {
 | |
|     if (clipCapturedBy == ContainerItemType::FixedPosition) {
 | |
|       clipState.Restore();
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     // The ASR for the fixed item should be the ASR of our containing block,
 | |
|     // which has been set as the builder's current ASR, unless this frame is
 | |
|     // invisible and we hadn't saved display item data for it. In that case,
 | |
|     // we need to take the containerItemASR since we might have fixed children.
 | |
|     // For WebRender, we want to the know what |containerItemASR| is for the
 | |
|     // case where the fixed-pos item is not a "real" fixed-pos item (e.g. it's
 | |
|     // nested inside a scrolling transform), so we stash that on the display
 | |
|     // item as well.
 | |
|     const ActiveScrolledRoot* fixedASR = ActiveScrolledRoot::PickAncestor(
 | |
|         containerItemASR, aBuilder->CurrentActiveScrolledRoot());
 | |
|     resultList.AppendNewToTop<nsDisplayFixedPosition>(
 | |
|         aBuilder, this, &resultList, fixedASR, containerItemASR);
 | |
|     ct.TrackContainer(resultList.GetTop());
 | |
|   } else if (useStickyPosition) {
 | |
|     // For position:sticky, the clip needs to be applied both to the sticky
 | |
|     // container item and to the contents. The container item needs the clip
 | |
|     // because a scrolled clip needs to move independently from the sticky
 | |
|     // contents, and the contents need the clip so that they have finite
 | |
|     // clipped bounds with respect to the container item's ASR. The latter is
 | |
|     // a little tricky in the case where the sticky item has both fixed and
 | |
|     // non-fixed descendants, because that means that the sticky container
 | |
|     // item's ASR is the ASR of the fixed descendant.
 | |
|     // For WebRender display list building, though, we still want to know the
 | |
|     // the ASR that the sticky container item would normally have, so we stash
 | |
|     // that on the display item as the "container ASR" (i.e. the normal ASR of
 | |
|     // the container item, excluding the special behaviour induced by fixed
 | |
|     // descendants).
 | |
|     const ActiveScrolledRoot* stickyASR = ActiveScrolledRoot::PickAncestor(
 | |
|         containerItemASR, aBuilder->CurrentActiveScrolledRoot());
 | |
|     resultList.AppendNewToTop<nsDisplayStickyPosition>(
 | |
|         aBuilder, this, &resultList, stickyASR,
 | |
|         aBuilder->CurrentActiveScrolledRoot(),
 | |
|         clipState.IsClippedToDisplayPort());
 | |
|     ct.TrackContainer(resultList.GetTop());
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // If the sticky element is inside a filter, annotate the scroll frame that
 | |
|     // scrolls the filter as having out-of-flow content inside a filter (this
 | |
|     // inhibits paint skipping).
 | |
|     if (aBuilder->GetFilterASR() && aBuilder->GetFilterASR() == stickyASR) {
 | |
|       aBuilder->GetFilterASR()
 | |
|           ->mScrollableFrame->SetHasOutOfFlowContentInsideFilter();
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* If there's blending, wrap up the list in a blend-mode item. Note
 | |
|    * that opacity can be applied before blending as the blend color is
 | |
|    * not affected by foreground opacity (only background alpha).
 | |
|    */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (useBlendMode) {
 | |
|     DisplayListClipState::AutoSaveRestore blendModeClipState(aBuilder);
 | |
|     resultList.AppendNewToTop<nsDisplayBlendMode>(aBuilder, this, &resultList,
 | |
|                                                   effects->mMixBlendMode,
 | |
|                                                   containerItemASR, false);
 | |
|     ct.TrackContainer(resultList.GetTop());
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   bool createdOwnLayer = false;
 | |
|   CreateOwnLayerIfNeeded(aBuilder, &resultList,
 | |
|                          nsDisplayOwnLayer::OwnLayerForStackingContext,
 | |
|                          &createdOwnLayer);
 | |
|   if (createdOwnLayer) {
 | |
|     ct.TrackContainer(resultList.GetTop());
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aCreatedContainerItem) {
 | |
|     *aCreatedContainerItem = ct.mCreatedContainer;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   aList->AppendToTop(&resultList);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static nsDisplayItem* WrapInWrapList(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
 | |
|                                      nsIFrame* aFrame, nsDisplayList* aList,
 | |
|                                      const ActiveScrolledRoot* aContainerASR,
 | |
|                                      bool aBuiltContainerItem = false) {
 | |
|   nsDisplayItem* item = aList->GetBottom();
 | |
|   if (!item) {
 | |
|     return nullptr;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // We need a wrap list if there are multiple items, or if the single
 | |
|   // item has a different frame. This can change in a partial build depending
 | |
|   // on which items we build, so we need to ensure that we don't transition
 | |
|   // to/from a wrap list without invalidating correctly.
 | |
|   bool needsWrapList =
 | |
|       item->GetAbove() || item->Frame() != aFrame || item->GetChildren();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // If we have an explicit container item (that can't change without an
 | |
|   // invalidation) or we're doing a full build and don't need a wrap list, then
 | |
|   // we can skip adding one.
 | |
|   if (aBuiltContainerItem || (!aBuilder->IsPartialUpdate() && !needsWrapList)) {
 | |
|     aList->RemoveBottom();
 | |
|     return item;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // If we're doing a partial build and we didn't need a wrap list
 | |
|   // previously then we can try to work from there.
 | |
|   if (aBuilder->IsPartialUpdate() &&
 | |
|       !aFrame->HasDisplayItem(uint32_t(DisplayItemType::TYPE_CONTAINER))) {
 | |
|     // If we now need a wrap list, we must previously have had no display items
 | |
|     // or a single one belonging to this frame. Mark the item itself as
 | |
|     // discarded so that RetainedDisplayListBuilder uses the ones we just built.
 | |
|     // We don't want to mark the frame as modified as that would invalidate
 | |
|     // positioned descendants that might be outside of this list, and might not
 | |
|     // have been rebuilt this time.
 | |
|     if (needsWrapList) {
 | |
|       DiscardOldItems(aFrame);
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       aList->RemoveBottom();
 | |
|       return item;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // The last case we could try to handle is when we previously had a wrap list,
 | |
|   // but no longer need it. Unfortunately we can't differentiate this case from
 | |
|   // a partial build where other children exist but we just didn't build them
 | |
|   // this time.
 | |
|   // TODO:RetainedDisplayListBuilder's merge phase has the full list and
 | |
|   // could strip them out.
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return MakeDisplayItem<nsDisplayContainer>(aBuilder, aFrame, aContainerASR,
 | |
|                                              aList);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * Check if a frame should be visited for building display list.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static bool DescendIntoChild(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
 | |
|                              const nsIFrame* aChild, const nsRect& aVisible,
 | |
|                              const nsRect& aDirty) {
 | |
|   if (aChild->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_FORCE_DISPLAY_LIST_DESCEND_INTO)) {
 | |
|     return true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // If the child is a scrollframe that we want to ignore, then we need
 | |
|   // to descend into it because its scrolled child may intersect the dirty
 | |
|   // area even if the scrollframe itself doesn't.
 | |
|   if (aChild == aBuilder->GetIgnoreScrollFrame()) {
 | |
|     return true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // There are cases where the "ignore scroll frame" on the builder is not set
 | |
|   // correctly, and so we additionally want to catch cases where the child is
 | |
|   // a root scrollframe and we are ignoring scrolling on the viewport.
 | |
|   if (aChild == aBuilder->GetPresShellIgnoreScrollFrame()) {
 | |
|     return true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsRect overflow = aChild->InkOverflowRect();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // On mobile, there may be a dynamic toolbar. The root content document's
 | |
|   // root scroll frame's ink overflow rect does not include the toolbar
 | |
|   // height, but if the toolbar is hidden, we still want to be able to target
 | |
|   // content underneath the toolbar, so expand the overflow rect here to
 | |
|   // allow display list building to descend into the scroll frame.
 | |
|   if (aBuilder->IsForEventDelivery() &&
 | |
|       aChild == aChild->PresShell()->GetRootScrollFrame() &&
 | |
|       aChild->PresContext()->IsRootContentDocumentCrossProcess() &&
 | |
|       aChild->PresContext()->HasDynamicToolbar()) {
 | |
|     overflow.SizeTo(nsLayoutUtils::ExpandHeightForDynamicToolbar(
 | |
|         aChild->PresContext(), overflow.Size()));
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aDirty.Intersects(overflow)) {
 | |
|     return true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aChild->ForceDescendIntoIfVisible() && aVisible.Intersects(overflow)) {
 | |
|     return true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aChild->IsFrameOfType(nsIFrame::eTablePart)) {
 | |
|     // Relative positioning and transforms can cause table parts to move, but we
 | |
|     // will still paint the backgrounds for their ancestor parts under them at
 | |
|     // their 'normal' position. That means that we must consider the overflow
 | |
|     // rects at both positions.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // We convert the overflow rect into the nsTableFrame's coordinate
 | |
|     // space, applying the normal position offset at each step. Then we
 | |
|     // compare that against the builder's cached dirty rect in table
 | |
|     // coordinate space.
 | |
|     const nsIFrame* f = aChild;
 | |
|     nsRect normalPositionOverflowRelativeToTable = overflow;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     while (f->IsFrameOfType(nsIFrame::eTablePart)) {
 | |
|       normalPositionOverflowRelativeToTable += f->GetNormalPosition();
 | |
|       f = f->GetParent();
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     nsDisplayTableBackgroundSet* tableBGs = aBuilder->GetTableBackgroundSet();
 | |
|     if (tableBGs && tableBGs->GetDirtyRect().Intersects(
 | |
|                         normalPositionOverflowRelativeToTable)) {
 | |
|       return true;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return false;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::BuildDisplayListForSimpleChild(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
 | |
|                                               nsIFrame* aChild,
 | |
|                                               const nsDisplayListSet& aLists) {
 | |
|   // This is the shortcut for frames been handled along the common
 | |
|   // path, the most common one of THE COMMON CASE mentioned later.
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aChild->Type() != LayoutFrameType::Placeholder);
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(!aBuilder->GetSelectedFramesOnly() &&
 | |
|                  !aBuilder->GetIncludeAllOutOfFlows(),
 | |
|              "It should be held for painting to window");
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aChild->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_SIMPLE_DISPLAYLIST));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const nsPoint offset = aChild->GetOffsetTo(this);
 | |
|   const nsRect visible = aBuilder->GetVisibleRect() - offset;
 | |
|   const nsRect dirty = aBuilder->GetDirtyRect() - offset;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!DescendIntoChild(aBuilder, aChild, visible, dirty)) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Child cannot be transformed since it is not a stacking context.
 | |
|   nsDisplayListBuilder::AutoBuildingDisplayList buildingForChild(
 | |
|       aBuilder, aChild, visible, dirty, false);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   UpdateCurrentHitTestInfo(aBuilder, aChild);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   aChild->MarkAbsoluteFramesForDisplayList(aBuilder);
 | |
|   aBuilder->AdjustWindowDraggingRegion(aChild);
 | |
|   aBuilder->Check();
 | |
|   aChild->BuildDisplayList(aBuilder, aLists);
 | |
|   aBuilder->Check();
 | |
|   aBuilder->DisplayCaret(aChild, aLists.Outlines());
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG
 | |
|   DisplayDebugBorders(aBuilder, aChild, aLists);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsIFrame::DisplayChildFlag nsIFrame::DisplayFlagForFlexOrGridItem() const {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(IsFlexOrGridItem(),
 | |
|              "Should only be called on flex or grid items!");
 | |
|   return DisplayChildFlag::ForcePseudoStackingContext;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static bool ShouldSkipFrame(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
 | |
|                             const nsIFrame* aFrame) {
 | |
|   // If painting is restricted to just the background of the top level frame,
 | |
|   // then we have nothing to do here.
 | |
|   if (aBuilder->IsBackgroundOnly()) {
 | |
|     return true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aBuilder->IsForGenerateGlyphMask() &&
 | |
|       (!aFrame->IsTextFrame() && aFrame->IsLeaf())) {
 | |
|     return true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // The placeholder frame should have the same content as the OOF frame.
 | |
|   if (aBuilder->GetSelectedFramesOnly() &&
 | |
|       (aFrame->IsLeaf() && !aFrame->IsSelected())) {
 | |
|     return true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   static const nsFrameState skipFlags =
 | |
|       (NS_FRAME_TOO_DEEP_IN_FRAME_TREE | NS_FRAME_IS_NONDISPLAY);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return aFrame->HasAnyStateBits(skipFlags);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::BuildDisplayListForChild(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
 | |
|                                         nsIFrame* aChild,
 | |
|                                         const nsDisplayListSet& aLists,
 | |
|                                         DisplayChildFlags aFlags) {
 | |
|   AutoCheckBuilder check(aBuilder);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (ShouldSkipFrame(aBuilder, aChild)) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIFrame* child = aChild;
 | |
|   auto* placeholder = child->IsPlaceholderFrame()
 | |
|                           ? static_cast<nsPlaceholderFrame*>(child)
 | |
|                           : nullptr;
 | |
|   nsIFrame* childOrOutOfFlow =
 | |
|       placeholder ? placeholder->GetOutOfFlowFrame() : child;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIFrame* parent = childOrOutOfFlow->GetParent();
 | |
|   const auto* parentDisplay = parent->StyleDisplay();
 | |
|   const auto overflowClipAxes =
 | |
|       parent->ShouldApplyOverflowClipping(parentDisplay);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const bool isPaintingToWindow = aBuilder->IsPaintingToWindow();
 | |
|   const bool doingShortcut =
 | |
|       isPaintingToWindow &&
 | |
|       child->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_SIMPLE_DISPLAYLIST) &&
 | |
|       // Animations may change the stacking context state.
 | |
|       // ShouldApplyOverflowClipping is affected by the parent style, which does
 | |
|       // not invalidate the NS_FRAME_SIMPLE_DISPLAYLIST bit.
 | |
|       !(overflowClipAxes != PhysicalAxes::None ||
 | |
|         child->MayHaveTransformAnimation() || child->MayHaveOpacityAnimation());
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aBuilder->IsForPainting()) {
 | |
|     aBuilder->ClearWillChangeBudgetStatus(child);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (StaticPrefs::layout_css_scroll_anchoring_highlight()) {
 | |
|     if (child->FirstContinuation()->IsScrollAnchor()) {
 | |
|       nsRect bounds = child->GetContentRectRelativeToSelf() +
 | |
|                       aBuilder->ToReferenceFrame(child);
 | |
|       nsDisplaySolidColor* color = MakeDisplayItem<nsDisplaySolidColor>(
 | |
|           aBuilder, child, bounds, NS_RGBA(255, 0, 255, 64));
 | |
|       if (color) {
 | |
|         color->SetOverrideZIndex(INT32_MAX);
 | |
|         aLists.PositionedDescendants()->AppendToTop(color);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (doingShortcut) {
 | |
|     BuildDisplayListForSimpleChild(aBuilder, child, aLists);
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // dirty rect in child-relative coordinates
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(aBuilder->GetCurrentFrame() == this, "Wrong coord space!");
 | |
|   const nsPoint offset = child->GetOffsetTo(this);
 | |
|   nsRect visible = aBuilder->GetVisibleRect() - offset;
 | |
|   nsRect dirty = aBuilder->GetDirtyRect() - offset;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsDisplayListBuilder::OutOfFlowDisplayData* savedOutOfFlowData = nullptr;
 | |
|   if (placeholder) {
 | |
|     if (placeholder->HasAnyStateBits(PLACEHOLDER_FOR_TOPLAYER)) {
 | |
|       // If the out-of-flow frame is in the top layer, the viewport frame
 | |
|       // will paint it. Skip it here. Note that, only out-of-flow frames
 | |
|       // with this property should be skipped, because non-HTML elements
 | |
|       // may stop their children from being out-of-flow. Those frames
 | |
|       // should still be handled in the normal in-flow path.
 | |
|       return;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     child = childOrOutOfFlow;
 | |
|     if (aBuilder->IsForPainting()) {
 | |
|       aBuilder->ClearWillChangeBudgetStatus(child);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // If 'child' is a pushed float then it's owned by a block that's not an
 | |
|     // ancestor of the placeholder, and it will be painted by that block and
 | |
|     // should not be painted through the placeholder. Also recheck
 | |
|     // NS_FRAME_TOO_DEEP_IN_FRAME_TREE and NS_FRAME_IS_NONDISPLAY.
 | |
|     static const nsFrameState skipFlags =
 | |
|         (NS_FRAME_IS_PUSHED_FLOAT | NS_FRAME_TOO_DEEP_IN_FRAME_TREE |
 | |
|          NS_FRAME_IS_NONDISPLAY);
 | |
|     if (child->HasAnyStateBits(skipFlags) || nsLayoutUtils::IsPopup(child)) {
 | |
|       return;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     MOZ_ASSERT(child->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_OUT_OF_FLOW));
 | |
|     savedOutOfFlowData = nsDisplayListBuilder::GetOutOfFlowData(child);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (aBuilder->GetIncludeAllOutOfFlows()) {
 | |
|       visible = child->InkOverflowRect();
 | |
|       dirty = child->InkOverflowRect();
 | |
|     } else if (savedOutOfFlowData) {
 | |
|       visible =
 | |
|           savedOutOfFlowData->GetVisibleRectForFrame(aBuilder, child, &dirty);
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       // The out-of-flow frame did not intersect the dirty area. We may still
 | |
|       // need to traverse into it, since it may contain placeholders we need
 | |
|       // to enter to reach other out-of-flow frames that are visible.
 | |
|       visible.SetEmpty();
 | |
|       dirty.SetEmpty();
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(!child->IsPlaceholderFrame(),
 | |
|                "Should have dealt with placeholders already");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!DescendIntoChild(aBuilder, child, visible, dirty)) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const bool isSVG = child->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_SVG_LAYOUT);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // This flag is raised if the control flow strays off the common path.
 | |
|   // The common path is the most common one of THE COMMON CASE mentioned later.
 | |
|   bool awayFromCommonPath = !isPaintingToWindow;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // true if this is a real or pseudo stacking context
 | |
|   bool pseudoStackingContext =
 | |
|       aFlags.contains(DisplayChildFlag::ForcePseudoStackingContext);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!pseudoStackingContext && !isSVG &&
 | |
|       aFlags.contains(DisplayChildFlag::Inline) &&
 | |
|       !child->IsFrameOfType(eLineParticipant)) {
 | |
|     // child is a non-inline frame in an inline context, i.e.,
 | |
|     // it acts like inline-block or inline-table. Therefore it is a
 | |
|     // pseudo-stacking-context.
 | |
|     pseudoStackingContext = true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const nsStyleDisplay* ourDisp = StyleDisplay();
 | |
|   // REVIEW: Taken from nsBoxFrame::Paint
 | |
|   // Don't paint our children if the theme object is a leaf.
 | |
|   if (IsThemed(ourDisp) && !PresContext()->Theme()->WidgetIsContainer(
 | |
|                                ourDisp->EffectiveAppearance()))
 | |
|     return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Since we're now sure that we're adding this frame to the display list
 | |
|   // (which means we're painting it, modulo occlusion), mark it as visible
 | |
|   // within the displayport.
 | |
|   if (isPaintingToWindow && child->TrackingVisibility()) {
 | |
|     child->PresShell()->EnsureFrameInApproximatelyVisibleList(child);
 | |
|     awayFromCommonPath = true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   child->SetBuiltDisplayList(true);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Child is composited if it's transformed, partially transparent, or has
 | |
|   // SVG effects or a blend mode..
 | |
|   const nsStyleDisplay* disp = child->StyleDisplay();
 | |
|   const nsStyleEffects* effects = child->StyleEffects();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const bool isPositioned = disp->IsPositionedStyle();
 | |
|   const bool isStackingContext =
 | |
|       aFlags.contains(DisplayChildFlag::ForceStackingContext) ||
 | |
|       child->IsStackingContext(disp, effects);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (pseudoStackingContext || isStackingContext || isPositioned ||
 | |
|       placeholder || (!isSVG && disp->IsFloating(child)) ||
 | |
|       (isSVG && effects->mClip.IsRect() && IsSVGContentWithCSSClip(child))) {
 | |
|     pseudoStackingContext = true;
 | |
|     awayFromCommonPath = true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(!isStackingContext || pseudoStackingContext,
 | |
|                "Stacking contexts must also be pseudo-stacking-contexts");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsDisplayListBuilder::AutoBuildingDisplayList buildingForChild(
 | |
|       aBuilder, child, visible, dirty);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   UpdateCurrentHitTestInfo(aBuilder, child);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   DisplayListClipState::AutoClipMultiple clipState(aBuilder);
 | |
|   nsDisplayListBuilder::AutoCurrentActiveScrolledRootSetter asrSetter(aBuilder);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (savedOutOfFlowData) {
 | |
|     aBuilder->SetBuildingInvisibleItems(false);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     clipState.SetClipChainForContainingBlockDescendants(
 | |
|         savedOutOfFlowData->mContainingBlockClipChain);
 | |
|     asrSetter.SetCurrentActiveScrolledRoot(
 | |
|         savedOutOfFlowData->mContainingBlockActiveScrolledRoot);
 | |
|     MOZ_ASSERT(awayFromCommonPath,
 | |
|                "It is impossible when savedOutOfFlowData is true");
 | |
|   } else if (HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_FORCE_DISPLAY_LIST_DESCEND_INTO) &&
 | |
|              placeholder) {
 | |
|     NS_ASSERTION(visible.IsEmpty(), "should have empty visible rect");
 | |
|     // Every item we build from now until we descent into an out of flow that
 | |
|     // does have saved out of flow data should be invisible. This state gets
 | |
|     // restored when AutoBuildingDisplayList gets out of scope.
 | |
|     aBuilder->SetBuildingInvisibleItems(true);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // If we have nested out-of-flow frames and the outer one isn't visible
 | |
|     // then we won't have stored clip data for it. We can just clear the clip
 | |
|     // instead since we know we won't render anything, and the inner out-of-flow
 | |
|     // frame will setup the correct clip for itself.
 | |
|     clipState.SetClipChainForContainingBlockDescendants(nullptr);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Setup clipping for the parent's overflow:clip,
 | |
|   // or overflow:hidden on elements that don't support scrolling (and therefore
 | |
|   // don't create nsHTML/XULScrollFrame). This clipping needs to not clip
 | |
|   // anything directly rendered by the parent, only the rendering of its
 | |
|   // children.
 | |
|   // Don't use overflowClip to restrict the dirty rect, since some of the
 | |
|   // descendants may not be clipped by it. Even if we end up with unnecessary
 | |
|   // display items, they'll be pruned during ComputeVisibility.
 | |
|   //
 | |
|   // FIXME(emilio): Why can't we handle this more similarly to `clip` (on the
 | |
|   // parent, rather than on the children)? Would ClipContentDescendants do what
 | |
|   // we want?
 | |
|   if (overflowClipAxes != PhysicalAxes::None) {
 | |
|     ApplyOverflowClipping(aBuilder, parent, overflowClipAxes, clipState);
 | |
|     awayFromCommonPath = true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsDisplayList list;
 | |
|   nsDisplayList extraPositionedDescendants;
 | |
|   const ActiveScrolledRoot* wrapListASR;
 | |
|   bool builtContainerItem = false;
 | |
|   if (isStackingContext) {
 | |
|     // True stacking context.
 | |
|     // For stacking contexts, BuildDisplayListForStackingContext handles
 | |
|     // clipping and MarkAbsoluteFramesForDisplayList.
 | |
|     nsDisplayListBuilder::AutoContainerASRTracker contASRTracker(aBuilder);
 | |
|     child->BuildDisplayListForStackingContext(aBuilder, &list,
 | |
|                                               &builtContainerItem);
 | |
|     wrapListASR = contASRTracker.GetContainerASR();
 | |
|     if (aBuilder->GetCaretFrame() == child) {
 | |
|       builtContainerItem = false;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     Maybe<nsRect> clipPropClip =
 | |
|         child->GetClipPropClipRect(disp, effects, child->GetSize());
 | |
|     if (clipPropClip) {
 | |
|       aBuilder->IntersectVisibleRect(*clipPropClip);
 | |
|       aBuilder->IntersectDirtyRect(*clipPropClip);
 | |
|       clipState.ClipContentDescendants(*clipPropClip +
 | |
|                                        aBuilder->ToReferenceFrame(child));
 | |
|       awayFromCommonPath = true;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     child->MarkAbsoluteFramesForDisplayList(aBuilder);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (!awayFromCommonPath &&
 | |
|         // Some SVG frames might change opacity without invalidating the frame,
 | |
|         // so exclude them from the fast-path.
 | |
|         !child->IsFrameOfType(nsIFrame::eSVG)) {
 | |
|       // The shortcut is available for the child for next time.
 | |
|       child->AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_SIMPLE_DISPLAYLIST);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (!pseudoStackingContext) {
 | |
|       // THIS IS THE COMMON CASE.
 | |
|       // Not a pseudo or real stacking context. Do the simple thing and
 | |
|       // return early.
 | |
|       aBuilder->AdjustWindowDraggingRegion(child);
 | |
|       aBuilder->Check();
 | |
|       child->BuildDisplayList(aBuilder, aLists);
 | |
|       aBuilder->Check();
 | |
|       aBuilder->DisplayCaret(child, aLists.Outlines());
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG
 | |
|       DisplayDebugBorders(aBuilder, child, aLists);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|       return;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // A pseudo-stacking context (e.g., a positioned element with z-index auto).
 | |
|     // We allow positioned descendants of the child to escape to our parent
 | |
|     // stacking context's positioned descendant list, because they might be
 | |
|     // z-index:non-auto
 | |
|     nsDisplayListCollection pseudoStack(aBuilder);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     aBuilder->AdjustWindowDraggingRegion(child);
 | |
|     nsDisplayListBuilder::AutoContainerASRTracker contASRTracker(aBuilder);
 | |
|     aBuilder->Check();
 | |
|     child->BuildDisplayList(aBuilder, pseudoStack);
 | |
|     aBuilder->Check();
 | |
|     if (aBuilder->DisplayCaret(child, pseudoStack.Outlines())) {
 | |
|       builtContainerItem = false;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     wrapListASR = contASRTracker.GetContainerASR();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     list.AppendToTop(pseudoStack.BorderBackground());
 | |
|     list.AppendToTop(pseudoStack.BlockBorderBackgrounds());
 | |
|     list.AppendToTop(pseudoStack.Floats());
 | |
|     list.AppendToTop(pseudoStack.Content());
 | |
|     list.AppendToTop(pseudoStack.Outlines());
 | |
|     extraPositionedDescendants.AppendToTop(pseudoStack.PositionedDescendants());
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG
 | |
|     DisplayDebugBorders(aBuilder, child, aLists);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   buildingForChild.RestoreBuildingInvisibleItemsValue();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (isPositioned || isStackingContext) {
 | |
|     // Genuine stacking contexts, and positioned pseudo-stacking-contexts,
 | |
|     // go in this level.
 | |
|     if (!list.IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|       nsDisplayItem* item = WrapInWrapList(aBuilder, child, &list, wrapListASR,
 | |
|                                            builtContainerItem);
 | |
|       if (isSVG) {
 | |
|         aLists.Content()->AppendToTop(item);
 | |
|       } else {
 | |
|         aLists.PositionedDescendants()->AppendToTop(item);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   } else if (!isSVG && disp->IsFloating(child)) {
 | |
|     if (!list.IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|       aLists.Floats()->AppendToTop(
 | |
|           WrapInWrapList(aBuilder, child, &list, wrapListASR));
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     aLists.Content()->AppendToTop(&list);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   // We delay placing the positioned descendants of positioned frames to here,
 | |
|   // because in the absence of z-index this is the correct order for them.
 | |
|   // This doesn't affect correctness because the positioned descendants list
 | |
|   // is sorted by z-order and content in BuildDisplayListForStackingContext,
 | |
|   // but it means that sort routine needs to do less work.
 | |
|   aLists.PositionedDescendants()->AppendToTop(&extraPositionedDescendants);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::MarkAbsoluteFramesForDisplayList(
 | |
|     nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder) {
 | |
|   if (IsAbsoluteContainer()) {
 | |
|     aBuilder->MarkFramesForDisplayList(
 | |
|         this, GetAbsoluteContainingBlock()->GetChildList());
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult nsIFrame::GetContentForEvent(WidgetEvent* aEvent,
 | |
|                                       nsIContent** aContent) {
 | |
|   nsIFrame* f = nsLayoutUtils::GetNonGeneratedAncestor(this);
 | |
|   *aContent = f->GetContent();
 | |
|   NS_IF_ADDREF(*aContent);
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::FireDOMEvent(const nsAString& aDOMEventName,
 | |
|                             nsIContent* aContent) {
 | |
|   nsIContent* target = aContent ? aContent : GetContent();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (target) {
 | |
|     RefPtr<AsyncEventDispatcher> asyncDispatcher = new AsyncEventDispatcher(
 | |
|         target, aDOMEventName, CanBubble::eYes, ChromeOnlyDispatch::eNo);
 | |
|     DebugOnly<nsresult> rv = asyncDispatcher->PostDOMEvent();
 | |
|     NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "AsyncEventDispatcher failed to dispatch");
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult nsIFrame::HandleEvent(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
 | |
|                                WidgetGUIEvent* aEvent,
 | |
|                                nsEventStatus* aEventStatus) {
 | |
|   if (aEvent->mMessage == eMouseMove) {
 | |
|     // XXX If the second argument of HandleDrag() is WidgetMouseEvent,
 | |
|     //     the implementation becomes simpler.
 | |
|     return HandleDrag(aPresContext, aEvent, aEventStatus);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if ((aEvent->mClass == eMouseEventClass &&
 | |
|        aEvent->AsMouseEvent()->mButton == MouseButton::ePrimary) ||
 | |
|       aEvent->mClass == eTouchEventClass) {
 | |
|     if (aEvent->mMessage == eMouseDown || aEvent->mMessage == eTouchStart) {
 | |
|       HandlePress(aPresContext, aEvent, aEventStatus);
 | |
|     } else if (aEvent->mMessage == eMouseUp || aEvent->mMessage == eTouchEnd) {
 | |
|       HandleRelease(aPresContext, aEvent, aEventStatus);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // When middle button is down, we need to just move selection and focus at
 | |
|   // the clicked point.  Note that even if middle click paste is not enabled,
 | |
|   // Chrome moves selection at middle mouse button down.  So, we should follow
 | |
|   // the behavior for the compatibility.
 | |
|   if (aEvent->mMessage == eMouseDown) {
 | |
|     WidgetMouseEvent* mouseEvent = aEvent->AsMouseEvent();
 | |
|     if (mouseEvent && mouseEvent->mButton == MouseButton::eMiddle) {
 | |
|       if (*aEventStatus == nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault) {
 | |
|         return NS_OK;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       return MoveCaretToEventPoint(aPresContext, mouseEvent, aEventStatus);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult nsIFrame::GetDataForTableSelection(
 | |
|     const nsFrameSelection* aFrameSelection, mozilla::PresShell* aPresShell,
 | |
|     WidgetMouseEvent* aMouseEvent, nsIContent** aParentContent,
 | |
|     int32_t* aContentOffset, TableSelectionMode* aTarget) {
 | |
|   if (!aFrameSelection || !aPresShell || !aMouseEvent || !aParentContent ||
 | |
|       !aContentOffset || !aTarget)
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   *aParentContent = nullptr;
 | |
|   *aContentOffset = 0;
 | |
|   *aTarget = TableSelectionMode::None;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   int16_t displaySelection = aPresShell->GetSelectionFlags();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   bool selectingTableCells = aFrameSelection->IsInTableSelectionMode();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // DISPLAY_ALL means we're in an editor.
 | |
|   // If already in cell selection mode,
 | |
|   //  continue selecting with mouse drag or end on mouse up,
 | |
|   //  or when using shift key to extend block of cells
 | |
|   //  (Mouse down does normal selection unless Ctrl/Cmd is pressed)
 | |
|   bool doTableSelection =
 | |
|       displaySelection == nsISelectionDisplay::DISPLAY_ALL &&
 | |
|       selectingTableCells &&
 | |
|       (aMouseEvent->mMessage == eMouseMove ||
 | |
|        (aMouseEvent->mMessage == eMouseUp &&
 | |
|         aMouseEvent->mButton == MouseButton::ePrimary) ||
 | |
|        aMouseEvent->IsShift());
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!doTableSelection) {
 | |
|     // In Browser, special 'table selection' key must be pressed for table
 | |
|     // selection or when just Shift is pressed and we're already in table/cell
 | |
|     // selection mode
 | |
| #ifdef XP_MACOSX
 | |
|     doTableSelection = aMouseEvent->IsMeta() ||
 | |
|                        (aMouseEvent->IsShift() && selectingTableCells);
 | |
| #else
 | |
|     doTableSelection = aMouseEvent->IsControl() ||
 | |
|                        (aMouseEvent->IsShift() && selectingTableCells);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (!doTableSelection) return NS_OK;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Get the cell frame or table frame (or parent) of the current content node
 | |
|   nsIFrame* frame = this;
 | |
|   bool foundCell = false;
 | |
|   bool foundTable = false;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Get the limiting node to stop parent frame search
 | |
|   nsIContent* limiter = aFrameSelection->GetLimiter();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // If our content node is an ancestor of the limiting node,
 | |
|   // we should stop the search right now.
 | |
|   if (limiter && limiter->IsInclusiveDescendantOf(GetContent())) return NS_OK;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // We don't initiate row/col selection from here now,
 | |
|   //  but we may in future
 | |
|   // bool selectColumn = false;
 | |
|   // bool selectRow = false;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   while (frame) {
 | |
|     // Check for a table cell by querying to a known CellFrame interface
 | |
|     nsITableCellLayout* cellElement = do_QueryFrame(frame);
 | |
|     if (cellElement) {
 | |
|       foundCell = true;
 | |
|       // TODO: If we want to use proximity to top or left border
 | |
|       //      for row and column selection, this is the place to do it
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       // If not a cell, check for table
 | |
|       // This will happen when starting frame is the table or child of a table,
 | |
|       //  such as a row (we were inbetween cells or in table border)
 | |
|       nsTableWrapperFrame* tableFrame = do_QueryFrame(frame);
 | |
|       if (tableFrame) {
 | |
|         foundTable = true;
 | |
|         // TODO: How can we select row when along left table edge
 | |
|         //  or select column when along top edge?
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|       } else {
 | |
|         frame = frame->GetParent();
 | |
|         // Stop if we have hit the selection's limiting content node
 | |
|         if (frame && frame->GetContent() == limiter) break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   // We aren't in a cell or table
 | |
|   if (!foundCell && !foundTable) return NS_OK;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIContent* tableOrCellContent = frame->GetContent();
 | |
|   if (!tableOrCellContent) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> parentContent = tableOrCellContent->GetParent();
 | |
|   if (!parentContent) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   int32_t offset = parentContent->ComputeIndexOf(tableOrCellContent);
 | |
|   // Not likely?
 | |
|   if (offset < 0) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Everything is OK -- set the return values
 | |
|   parentContent.forget(aParentContent);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   *aContentOffset = offset;
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if 0
 | |
|   if (selectRow)
 | |
|     *aTarget = TableSelectionMode::Row;
 | |
|   else if (selectColumn)
 | |
|     *aTarget = TableSelectionMode::Column;
 | |
|   else
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|   if (foundCell) {
 | |
|     *aTarget = TableSelectionMode::Cell;
 | |
|   } else if (foundTable) {
 | |
|     *aTarget = TableSelectionMode::Table;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static bool IsEditingHost(const nsIFrame* aFrame) {
 | |
|   auto* element = nsGenericHTMLElement::FromNodeOrNull(aFrame->GetContent());
 | |
|   return element && element->IsEditableRoot();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static StyleUserSelect UsedUserSelect(const nsIFrame* aFrame) {
 | |
|   if (aFrame->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_GENERATED_CONTENT)) {
 | |
|     return StyleUserSelect::None;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Per https://drafts.csswg.org/css-ui-4/#content-selection:
 | |
|   //
 | |
|   // The computed value is the specified value, except:
 | |
|   //
 | |
|   //   1 - on editable elements where the computed value is always 'contain'
 | |
|   //       regardless of the specified value.
 | |
|   //   2 - when the specified value is auto, which computes to one of the other
 | |
|   //       values [...]
 | |
|   //
 | |
|   // See https://github.com/w3c/csswg-drafts/issues/3344 to see why we do this
 | |
|   // at used-value time instead of at computed-value time.
 | |
|   //
 | |
|   // Also, we check for auto first to allow explicitly overriding the value for
 | |
|   // the editing host.
 | |
|   auto style = aFrame->StyleUIReset()->mUserSelect;
 | |
|   if (style != StyleUserSelect::Auto) {
 | |
|     return style;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aFrame->IsTextInputFrame() || IsEditingHost(aFrame)) {
 | |
|     // We don't implement 'contain' itself, but we make 'text' behave as
 | |
|     // 'contain' for contenteditable and <input> / <textarea> elements anyway so
 | |
|     // this is ok.
 | |
|     return StyleUserSelect::Text;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   auto* parent = nsLayoutUtils::GetParentOrPlaceholderFor(aFrame);
 | |
|   return parent ? UsedUserSelect(parent) : StyleUserSelect::Text;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::IsSelectable(StyleUserSelect* aSelectStyle) const {
 | |
|   auto style = UsedUserSelect(this);
 | |
|   if (aSelectStyle) {
 | |
|     *aSelectStyle = style;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return style != StyleUserSelect::None;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::ShouldHaveLineIfEmpty() const {
 | |
|   if (Style()->IsPseudoOrAnonBox() &&
 | |
|       Style()->GetPseudoType() != PseudoStyleType::scrolledContent) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return IsEditingHost(this);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * Handles the Mouse Press Event for the frame
 | |
|  */
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsIFrame::HandlePress(nsPresContext* aPresContext, WidgetGUIEvent* aEvent,
 | |
|                       nsEventStatus* aEventStatus) {
 | |
|   NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aEventStatus);
 | |
|   if (nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault == *aEventStatus) {
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aEvent);
 | |
|   if (aEvent->mClass == eTouchEventClass) {
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // We often get out of sync state issues with mousedown events that
 | |
|   // get interrupted by alerts/dialogs.
 | |
|   // Check with the ESM to see if we should process this one
 | |
|   if (!aPresContext->EventStateManager()->EventStatusOK(aEvent)) return NS_OK;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   mozilla::PresShell* presShell = aPresContext->GetPresShell();
 | |
|   if (!presShell) {
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   WidgetMouseEvent* mouseEvent = aEvent->AsMouseEvent();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!mouseEvent->IsAlt()) {
 | |
|     for (nsIContent* content = mContent; content;
 | |
|          content = content->GetFlattenedTreeParent()) {
 | |
|       if (nsContentUtils::ContentIsDraggable(content) &&
 | |
|           !content->IsEditable()) {
 | |
|         // coordinate stuff is the fix for bug #55921
 | |
|         if ((mRect - GetPosition())
 | |
|                 .Contains(nsLayoutUtils::GetEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(
 | |
|                     mouseEvent, RelativeTo{this}))) {
 | |
|           return NS_OK;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return MoveCaretToEventPoint(aPresContext, mouseEvent, aEventStatus);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult nsIFrame::MoveCaretToEventPoint(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
 | |
|                                          WidgetMouseEvent* aMouseEvent,
 | |
|                                          nsEventStatus* aEventStatus) {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aPresContext);
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aMouseEvent);
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aMouseEvent->mMessage == eMouseDown);
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aMouseEvent->mButton == MouseButton::ePrimary ||
 | |
|              aMouseEvent->mButton == MouseButton::eMiddle);
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aEventStatus);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   mozilla::PresShell* presShell = aPresContext->GetPresShell();
 | |
|   if (!presShell) {
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // if we are in Navigator and the click is in a draggable node, we don't want
 | |
|   // to start selection because we don't want to interfere with a potential
 | |
|   // drag of said node and steal all its glory.
 | |
|   int16_t isEditor = presShell->GetSelectionFlags();
 | |
|   // weaaak. only the editor can display frame selection not just text and
 | |
|   // images
 | |
|   isEditor = isEditor == nsISelectionDisplay::DISPLAY_ALL;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Don't do something if it's moddle button down event.
 | |
|   bool isPrimaryButtonDown = aMouseEvent->mButton == MouseButton::ePrimary;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // check whether style allows selection
 | |
|   // if not, don't tell selection the mouse event even occurred.
 | |
|   StyleUserSelect selectStyle;
 | |
|   // check for select: none
 | |
|   if (!IsSelectable(&selectStyle)) {
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (isPrimaryButtonDown) {
 | |
|     // If the mouse is dragged outside the nearest enclosing scrollable area
 | |
|     // while making a selection, the area will be scrolled. To do this, capture
 | |
|     // the mouse on the nearest scrollable frame. If there isn't a scrollable
 | |
|     // frame, or something else is already capturing the mouse, there's no
 | |
|     // reason to capture.
 | |
|     if (!PresShell::GetCapturingContent()) {
 | |
|       nsIScrollableFrame* scrollFrame =
 | |
|           nsLayoutUtils::GetNearestScrollableFrame(
 | |
|               this, nsLayoutUtils::SCROLLABLE_SAME_DOC |
 | |
|                         nsLayoutUtils::SCROLLABLE_INCLUDE_HIDDEN);
 | |
|       if (scrollFrame) {
 | |
|         nsIFrame* capturingFrame = do_QueryFrame(scrollFrame);
 | |
|         PresShell::SetCapturingContent(capturingFrame->GetContent(),
 | |
|                                        CaptureFlags::IgnoreAllowedState);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // XXX This is screwy; it really should use the selection frame, not the
 | |
|   // event frame
 | |
|   const nsFrameSelection* frameselection =
 | |
|       selectStyle == StyleUserSelect::Text ? GetConstFrameSelection()
 | |
|                                            : presShell->ConstFrameSelection();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!frameselection || frameselection->GetDisplaySelection() ==
 | |
|                              nsISelectionController::SELECTION_OFF) {
 | |
|     return NS_OK;  // nothing to do we cannot affect selection from here
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef XP_MACOSX
 | |
|   // If Control key is pressed on macOS, it should be treated as right click.
 | |
|   // So, don't change selection.
 | |
|   if (aMouseEvent->IsControl()) {
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   bool control = aMouseEvent->IsMeta();
 | |
| #else
 | |
|   bool control = aMouseEvent->IsControl();
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|   RefPtr<nsFrameSelection> fc = const_cast<nsFrameSelection*>(frameselection);
 | |
|   if (isPrimaryButtonDown && aMouseEvent->mClickCount > 1) {
 | |
|     // These methods aren't const but can't actually delete anything,
 | |
|     // so no need for AutoWeakFrame.
 | |
|     fc->SetDragState(true);
 | |
|     return HandleMultiplePress(aPresContext, aMouseEvent, aEventStatus,
 | |
|                                control);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsPoint pt = nsLayoutUtils::GetEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(aMouseEvent,
 | |
|                                                             RelativeTo{this});
 | |
|   ContentOffsets offsets = GetContentOffsetsFromPoint(pt, SKIP_HIDDEN);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!offsets.content) {
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (isPrimaryButtonDown) {
 | |
|     // Let Ctrl/Cmd + left mouse down do table selection instead of drag
 | |
|     // initiation.
 | |
|     nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> parentContent;
 | |
|     int32_t contentOffset;
 | |
|     TableSelectionMode target;
 | |
|     nsresult rv = GetDataForTableSelection(
 | |
|         frameselection, presShell, aMouseEvent, getter_AddRefs(parentContent),
 | |
|         &contentOffset, &target);
 | |
|     if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && parentContent) {
 | |
|       fc->SetDragState(true);
 | |
|       return fc->HandleTableSelection(parentContent, contentOffset, target,
 | |
|                                       aMouseEvent);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   fc->SetDelayedCaretData(0);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (isPrimaryButtonDown) {
 | |
|     // Check if any part of this frame is selected, and if the user clicked
 | |
|     // inside the selected region, and if it's the left button. If so, we delay
 | |
|     // starting a new selection since the user may be trying to drag the
 | |
|     // selected region to some other app.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (GetContent() && GetContent()->IsMaybeSelected()) {
 | |
|       bool inSelection = false;
 | |
|       UniquePtr<SelectionDetails> details = frameselection->LookUpSelection(
 | |
|           offsets.content, 0, offsets.EndOffset(), false);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       //
 | |
|       // If there are any details, check to see if the user clicked
 | |
|       // within any selected region of the frame.
 | |
|       //
 | |
| 
 | |
|       for (SelectionDetails* curDetail = details.get(); curDetail;
 | |
|            curDetail = curDetail->mNext.get()) {
 | |
|         //
 | |
|         // If the user clicked inside a selection, then just
 | |
|         // return without doing anything. We will handle placing
 | |
|         // the caret later on when the mouse is released. We ignore
 | |
|         // the spellcheck, find and url formatting selections.
 | |
|         //
 | |
|         if (curDetail->mSelectionType != SelectionType::eSpellCheck &&
 | |
|             curDetail->mSelectionType != SelectionType::eFind &&
 | |
|             curDetail->mSelectionType != SelectionType::eURLSecondary &&
 | |
|             curDetail->mSelectionType != SelectionType::eURLStrikeout &&
 | |
|             curDetail->mStart <= offsets.StartOffset() &&
 | |
|             offsets.EndOffset() <= curDetail->mEnd) {
 | |
|           inSelection = true;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (inSelection) {
 | |
|         fc->SetDragState(false);
 | |
|         fc->SetDelayedCaretData(aMouseEvent);
 | |
|         return NS_OK;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     fc->SetDragState(true);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Do not touch any nsFrame members after this point without adding
 | |
|   // weakFrame checks.
 | |
|   const nsFrameSelection::FocusMode focusMode = [&]() {
 | |
|     // If "Shift" and "Ctrl" are both pressed, "Shift" is given precedence. This
 | |
|     // mimics the old behaviour.
 | |
|     if (aMouseEvent->IsShift()) {
 | |
|       return nsFrameSelection::FocusMode::kExtendSelection;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (isPrimaryButtonDown && control) {
 | |
|       return nsFrameSelection::FocusMode::kMultiRangeSelection;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     return nsFrameSelection::FocusMode::kCollapseToNewPoint;
 | |
|   }();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsresult rv = fc->HandleClick(
 | |
|       MOZ_KnownLive(offsets.content) /* bug 1636889 */, offsets.StartOffset(),
 | |
|       offsets.EndOffset(), focusMode, offsets.associate);
 | |
|   if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
 | |
|     return rv;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // We don't handle mouse button up if it's middle button.
 | |
|   if (isPrimaryButtonDown && offsets.offset != offsets.secondaryOffset) {
 | |
|     fc->MaintainSelection();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (isPrimaryButtonDown && isEditor && !aMouseEvent->IsShift() &&
 | |
|       (offsets.EndOffset() - offsets.StartOffset()) == 1) {
 | |
|     // A single node is selected and we aren't extending an existing
 | |
|     // selection, which means the user clicked directly on an object (either
 | |
|     // -moz-user-select: all or a non-text node without children).
 | |
|     // Therefore, disable selection extension during mouse moves.
 | |
|     // XXX This is a bit hacky; shouldn't editor be able to deal with this?
 | |
|     fc->SetDragState(false);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult nsIFrame::SelectByTypeAtPoint(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
 | |
|                                        const nsPoint& aPoint,
 | |
|                                        nsSelectionAmount aBeginAmountType,
 | |
|                                        nsSelectionAmount aEndAmountType,
 | |
|                                        uint32_t aSelectFlags) {
 | |
|   NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aPresContext);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // No point in selecting if selection is turned off
 | |
|   if (DetermineDisplaySelection() == nsISelectionController::SELECTION_OFF) {
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   ContentOffsets offsets = GetContentOffsetsFromPoint(aPoint, SKIP_HIDDEN);
 | |
|   if (!offsets.content) {
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   int32_t offset;
 | |
|   nsIFrame* frame = nsFrameSelection::GetFrameForNodeOffset(
 | |
|       offsets.content, offsets.offset, offsets.associate, &offset);
 | |
|   if (!frame) {
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return frame->PeekBackwardAndForward(aBeginAmountType, aEndAmountType, offset,
 | |
|                                        aBeginAmountType != eSelectWord,
 | |
|                                        aSelectFlags);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * Multiple Mouse Press -- line or paragraph selection -- for the frame.
 | |
|  * Wouldn't it be nice if this didn't have to be hardwired into Frame code?
 | |
|  */
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsIFrame::HandleMultiplePress(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
 | |
|                               WidgetGUIEvent* aEvent,
 | |
|                               nsEventStatus* aEventStatus, bool aControlHeld) {
 | |
|   NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aEvent);
 | |
|   NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aEventStatus);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault == *aEventStatus ||
 | |
|       DetermineDisplaySelection() == nsISelectionController::SELECTION_OFF) {
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Find out whether we're doing line or paragraph selection.
 | |
|   // If browser.triple_click_selects_paragraph is true, triple-click selects
 | |
|   // paragraph. Otherwise, triple-click selects line, and quadruple-click
 | |
|   // selects paragraph (on platforms that support quadruple-click).
 | |
|   nsSelectionAmount beginAmount, endAmount;
 | |
|   WidgetMouseEvent* mouseEvent = aEvent->AsMouseEvent();
 | |
|   if (!mouseEvent) {
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (mouseEvent->mClickCount == 4) {
 | |
|     beginAmount = endAmount = eSelectParagraph;
 | |
|   } else if (mouseEvent->mClickCount == 3) {
 | |
|     if (Preferences::GetBool("browser.triple_click_selects_paragraph")) {
 | |
|       beginAmount = endAmount = eSelectParagraph;
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       beginAmount = eSelectBeginLine;
 | |
|       endAmount = eSelectEndLine;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   } else if (mouseEvent->mClickCount == 2) {
 | |
|     // We only want inline frames; PeekBackwardAndForward dislikes blocks
 | |
|     beginAmount = endAmount = eSelectWord;
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsPoint relPoint = nsLayoutUtils::GetEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(
 | |
|       mouseEvent, RelativeTo{this});
 | |
|   return SelectByTypeAtPoint(aPresContext, relPoint, beginAmount, endAmount,
 | |
|                              (aControlHeld ? SELECT_ACCUMULATE : 0));
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult nsIFrame::PeekBackwardAndForward(nsSelectionAmount aAmountBack,
 | |
|                                           nsSelectionAmount aAmountForward,
 | |
|                                           int32_t aStartPos, bool aJumpLines,
 | |
|                                           uint32_t aSelectFlags) {
 | |
|   nsIFrame* baseFrame = this;
 | |
|   int32_t baseOffset = aStartPos;
 | |
|   nsresult rv;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aAmountBack == eSelectWord) {
 | |
|     // To avoid selecting the previous word when at start of word,
 | |
|     // first move one character forward.
 | |
|     nsPeekOffsetStruct pos(eSelectCharacter, eDirNext, aStartPos, nsPoint(0, 0),
 | |
|                            aJumpLines,
 | |
|                            true,  // limit on scrolled views
 | |
|                            false, false, false);
 | |
|     rv = PeekOffset(&pos);
 | |
|     if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
 | |
|       baseFrame = pos.mResultFrame;
 | |
|       baseOffset = pos.mContentOffset;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Search backward for a boundary.
 | |
|   nsPeekOffsetStruct startpos(aAmountBack, eDirPrevious, baseOffset,
 | |
|                               nsPoint(0, 0), aJumpLines,
 | |
|                               true,  // limit on scrolled views
 | |
|                               false, false, false);
 | |
|   rv = baseFrame->PeekOffset(&startpos);
 | |
|   if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
 | |
|     return rv;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // If the backward search stayed within the same frame, search forward from
 | |
|   // that position for the end boundary; but if it crossed out to a sibling or
 | |
|   // ancestor, start from the original position.
 | |
|   if (startpos.mResultFrame == baseFrame) {
 | |
|     baseOffset = startpos.mContentOffset;
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     baseFrame = this;
 | |
|     baseOffset = aStartPos;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsPeekOffsetStruct endpos(aAmountForward, eDirNext, baseOffset, nsPoint(0, 0),
 | |
|                             aJumpLines,
 | |
|                             true,  // limit on scrolled views
 | |
|                             false, false, false);
 | |
|   rv = baseFrame->PeekOffset(&endpos);
 | |
|   if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
 | |
|     return rv;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Keep frameSelection alive.
 | |
|   RefPtr<nsFrameSelection> frameSelection = GetFrameSelection();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const nsFrameSelection::FocusMode focusMode =
 | |
|       (aSelectFlags & SELECT_ACCUMULATE)
 | |
|           ? nsFrameSelection::FocusMode::kMultiRangeSelection
 | |
|           : nsFrameSelection::FocusMode::kCollapseToNewPoint;
 | |
|   rv = frameSelection->HandleClick(
 | |
|       MOZ_KnownLive(startpos.mResultContent) /* bug 1636889 */,
 | |
|       startpos.mContentOffset, startpos.mContentOffset, focusMode,
 | |
|       CARET_ASSOCIATE_AFTER);
 | |
|   if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
 | |
|     return rv;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   rv = frameSelection->HandleClick(
 | |
|       MOZ_KnownLive(endpos.mResultContent) /* bug 1636889 */,
 | |
|       endpos.mContentOffset, endpos.mContentOffset,
 | |
|       nsFrameSelection::FocusMode::kExtendSelection, CARET_ASSOCIATE_BEFORE);
 | |
|   if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
 | |
|     return rv;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // maintain selection
 | |
|   return frameSelection->MaintainSelection(aAmountBack);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP nsIFrame::HandleDrag(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
 | |
|                                    WidgetGUIEvent* aEvent,
 | |
|                                    nsEventStatus* aEventStatus) {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aEvent->mClass == eMouseEventClass,
 | |
|              "HandleDrag can only handle mouse event");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aEventStatus);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (*aEventStatus == nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault) {
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   RefPtr<nsFrameSelection> frameselection = GetFrameSelection();
 | |
|   if (!frameselection) {
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   bool mouseDown = frameselection->GetDragState();
 | |
|   if (!mouseDown) {
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIFrame* scrollbar =
 | |
|       nsLayoutUtils::GetClosestFrameOfType(this, LayoutFrameType::Scrollbar);
 | |
|   if (!scrollbar) {
 | |
|     // XXX Do we really need to exclude non-selectable content here?
 | |
|     // GetContentOffsetsFromPoint can handle it just fine, although some
 | |
|     // other stuff might not like it.
 | |
|     // NOTE: DetermineDisplaySelection() returns SELECTION_OFF for
 | |
|     // non-selectable frames.
 | |
|     if (DetermineDisplaySelection() == nsISelectionController::SELECTION_OFF) {
 | |
|       return NS_OK;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   frameselection->StopAutoScrollTimer();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Check if we are dragging in a table cell
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> parentContent;
 | |
|   int32_t contentOffset;
 | |
|   TableSelectionMode target;
 | |
|   WidgetMouseEvent* mouseEvent = aEvent->AsMouseEvent();
 | |
|   mozilla::PresShell* presShell = aPresContext->PresShell();
 | |
|   nsresult result;
 | |
|   result = GetDataForTableSelection(frameselection, presShell, mouseEvent,
 | |
|                                     getter_AddRefs(parentContent),
 | |
|                                     &contentOffset, &target);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   AutoWeakFrame weakThis = this;
 | |
|   if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && parentContent) {
 | |
|     result = frameselection->HandleTableSelection(parentContent, contentOffset,
 | |
|                                                   target, mouseEvent);
 | |
|     if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(result))) {
 | |
|       return result;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     nsPoint pt = nsLayoutUtils::GetEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(mouseEvent,
 | |
|                                                               RelativeTo{this});
 | |
|     frameselection->HandleDrag(this, pt);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // The frameselection object notifies selection listeners synchronously above
 | |
|   // which might have killed us.
 | |
|   if (!weakThis.IsAlive()) {
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // get the nearest scrollframe
 | |
|   nsIScrollableFrame* scrollFrame = nsLayoutUtils::GetNearestScrollableFrame(
 | |
|       this, nsLayoutUtils::SCROLLABLE_SAME_DOC |
 | |
|                 nsLayoutUtils::SCROLLABLE_INCLUDE_HIDDEN);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (scrollFrame) {
 | |
|     nsIFrame* capturingFrame = scrollFrame->GetScrolledFrame();
 | |
|     if (capturingFrame) {
 | |
|       nsPoint pt = nsLayoutUtils::GetEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(
 | |
|           mouseEvent, RelativeTo{capturingFrame});
 | |
|       frameselection->StartAutoScrollTimer(capturingFrame, pt, 30);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * This static method handles part of the nsIFrame::HandleRelease in a way
 | |
|  * which doesn't rely on the nsFrame object to stay alive.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| MOZ_CAN_RUN_SCRIPT_BOUNDARY static nsresult HandleFrameSelection(
 | |
|     nsFrameSelection* aFrameSelection, nsIFrame::ContentOffsets& aOffsets,
 | |
|     bool aHandleTableSel, int32_t aContentOffsetForTableSel,
 | |
|     TableSelectionMode aTargetForTableSel,
 | |
|     nsIContent* aParentContentForTableSel, WidgetGUIEvent* aEvent,
 | |
|     const nsEventStatus* aEventStatus) {
 | |
|   if (!aFrameSelection) {
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsresult rv = NS_OK;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault != *aEventStatus) {
 | |
|     if (!aHandleTableSel) {
 | |
|       if (!aOffsets.content || !aFrameSelection->HasDelayedCaretData()) {
 | |
|         return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       // We are doing this to simulate what we would have done on HandlePress.
 | |
|       // We didn't do it there to give the user an opportunity to drag
 | |
|       // the text, but since they didn't drag, we want to place the
 | |
|       // caret.
 | |
|       // However, we'll use the mouse position from the release, since:
 | |
|       //  * it's easier
 | |
|       //  * that's the normal click position to use (although really, in
 | |
|       //    the normal case, small movements that don't count as a drag
 | |
|       //    can do selection)
 | |
|       aFrameSelection->SetDragState(true);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       const nsFrameSelection::FocusMode focusMode =
 | |
|           aFrameSelection->IsShiftDownInDelayedCaretData()
 | |
|               ? nsFrameSelection::FocusMode::kExtendSelection
 | |
|               : nsFrameSelection::FocusMode::kCollapseToNewPoint;
 | |
|       rv = aFrameSelection->HandleClick(
 | |
|           MOZ_KnownLive(aOffsets.content) /* bug 1636889 */,
 | |
|           aOffsets.StartOffset(), aOffsets.EndOffset(), focusMode,
 | |
|           aOffsets.associate);
 | |
|       if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
 | |
|         return rv;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     } else if (aParentContentForTableSel) {
 | |
|       aFrameSelection->SetDragState(false);
 | |
|       rv = aFrameSelection->HandleTableSelection(
 | |
|           aParentContentForTableSel, aContentOffsetForTableSel,
 | |
|           aTargetForTableSel, aEvent->AsMouseEvent());
 | |
|       if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
 | |
|         return rv;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     aFrameSelection->SetDelayedCaretData(0);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   aFrameSelection->SetDragState(false);
 | |
|   aFrameSelection->StopAutoScrollTimer();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP nsIFrame::HandleRelease(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
 | |
|                                       WidgetGUIEvent* aEvent,
 | |
|                                       nsEventStatus* aEventStatus) {
 | |
|   if (aEvent->mClass != eMouseEventClass) {
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIFrame* activeFrame = GetActiveSelectionFrame(aPresContext, this);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> captureContent = PresShell::GetCapturingContent();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   bool selectionOff =
 | |
|       (DetermineDisplaySelection() == nsISelectionController::SELECTION_OFF);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   RefPtr<nsFrameSelection> frameselection;
 | |
|   ContentOffsets offsets;
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> parentContent;
 | |
|   int32_t contentOffsetForTableSel = 0;
 | |
|   TableSelectionMode targetForTableSel = TableSelectionMode::None;
 | |
|   bool handleTableSelection = true;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!selectionOff) {
 | |
|     frameselection = GetFrameSelection();
 | |
|     if (nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault != *aEventStatus && frameselection) {
 | |
|       // Check if the frameselection recorded the mouse going down.
 | |
|       // If not, the user must have clicked in a part of the selection.
 | |
|       // Place the caret before continuing!
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (frameselection->MouseDownRecorded()) {
 | |
|         nsPoint pt = nsLayoutUtils::GetEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(
 | |
|             aEvent, RelativeTo{this});
 | |
|         offsets = GetContentOffsetsFromPoint(pt, SKIP_HIDDEN);
 | |
|         handleTableSelection = false;
 | |
|       } else {
 | |
|         GetDataForTableSelection(frameselection, PresShell(),
 | |
|                                  aEvent->AsMouseEvent(),
 | |
|                                  getter_AddRefs(parentContent),
 | |
|                                  &contentOffsetForTableSel, &targetForTableSel);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // We might be capturing in some other document and the event just happened to
 | |
|   // trickle down here. Make sure that document's frame selection is notified.
 | |
|   // Note, this may cause the current nsFrame object to be deleted, bug 336592.
 | |
|   RefPtr<nsFrameSelection> frameSelection;
 | |
|   if (activeFrame != this && activeFrame->DetermineDisplaySelection() !=
 | |
|                                  nsISelectionController::SELECTION_OFF) {
 | |
|     frameSelection = activeFrame->GetFrameSelection();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Also check the selection of the capturing content which might be in a
 | |
|   // different document.
 | |
|   if (!frameSelection && captureContent) {
 | |
|     if (Document* doc = captureContent->GetComposedDoc()) {
 | |
|       mozilla::PresShell* capturingPresShell = doc->GetPresShell();
 | |
|       if (capturingPresShell &&
 | |
|           capturingPresShell != PresContext()->GetPresShell()) {
 | |
|         frameSelection = capturingPresShell->FrameSelection();
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (frameSelection) {
 | |
|     AutoWeakFrame wf(this);
 | |
|     frameSelection->SetDragState(false);
 | |
|     frameSelection->StopAutoScrollTimer();
 | |
|     if (wf.IsAlive()) {
 | |
|       nsIScrollableFrame* scrollFrame =
 | |
|           nsLayoutUtils::GetNearestScrollableFrame(
 | |
|               this, nsLayoutUtils::SCROLLABLE_SAME_DOC |
 | |
|                         nsLayoutUtils::SCROLLABLE_INCLUDE_HIDDEN);
 | |
|       if (scrollFrame) {
 | |
|         // Perform any additional scrolling needed to maintain CSS snap point
 | |
|         // requirements when autoscrolling is over.
 | |
|         scrollFrame->ScrollSnap();
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Do not call any methods of the current object after this point!!!
 | |
|   // The object is perhaps dead!
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return selectionOff ? NS_OK
 | |
|                       : HandleFrameSelection(
 | |
|                             frameselection, offsets, handleTableSelection,
 | |
|                             contentOffsetForTableSel, targetForTableSel,
 | |
|                             parentContent, aEvent, aEventStatus);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct MOZ_STACK_CLASS FrameContentRange {
 | |
|   FrameContentRange(nsIContent* aContent, int32_t aStart, int32_t aEnd)
 | |
|       : content(aContent), start(aStart), end(aEnd) {}
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> content;
 | |
|   int32_t start;
 | |
|   int32_t end;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Retrieve the content offsets of a frame
 | |
| static FrameContentRange GetRangeForFrame(const nsIFrame* aFrame) {
 | |
|   nsIContent* content = aFrame->GetContent();
 | |
|   if (!content) {
 | |
|     NS_WARNING("Frame has no content");
 | |
|     return FrameContentRange(nullptr, -1, -1);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   LayoutFrameType type = aFrame->Type();
 | |
|   if (type == LayoutFrameType::Text) {
 | |
|     int32_t offset, offsetEnd;
 | |
|     aFrame->GetOffsets(offset, offsetEnd);
 | |
|     return FrameContentRange(content, offset, offsetEnd);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (type == LayoutFrameType::Br) {
 | |
|     nsIContent* parent = content->GetParent();
 | |
|     int32_t beginOffset = parent->ComputeIndexOf(content);
 | |
|     return FrameContentRange(parent, beginOffset, beginOffset);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   while (content->IsRootOfNativeAnonymousSubtree()) {
 | |
|     content = content->GetParent();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIContent* parent = content->GetParent();
 | |
|   if (aFrame->IsBlockOutside() || !parent) {
 | |
|     return FrameContentRange(content, 0, content->GetChildCount());
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // TODO(emilio): Revise this in presence of Shadow DOM / display: contents,
 | |
|   // it's likely that we don't want to just walk the light tree, and we need to
 | |
|   // change the representation of FrameContentRange.
 | |
|   int32_t index = parent->ComputeIndexOf(content);
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(index >= 0);
 | |
|   return FrameContentRange(parent, index, index + 1);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // The FrameTarget represents the closest frame to a point that can be selected
 | |
| // The frame is the frame represented, frameEdge says whether one end of the
 | |
| // frame is the result (in which case different handling is needed), and
 | |
| // afterFrame says which end is repersented if frameEdge is true
 | |
| struct FrameTarget {
 | |
|   FrameTarget(nsIFrame* aFrame, bool aFrameEdge, bool aAfterFrame)
 | |
|       : frame(aFrame), frameEdge(aFrameEdge), afterFrame(aAfterFrame) {}
 | |
| 
 | |
|   static FrameTarget Null() { return FrameTarget(nullptr, false, false); }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   bool IsNull() { return !frame; }
 | |
|   nsIFrame* frame;
 | |
|   bool frameEdge;
 | |
|   bool afterFrame;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| // See function implementation for information
 | |
| static FrameTarget GetSelectionClosestFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame,
 | |
|                                             const nsPoint& aPoint,
 | |
|                                             uint32_t aFlags);
 | |
| 
 | |
| static bool SelfIsSelectable(nsIFrame* aFrame, uint32_t aFlags) {
 | |
|   if ((aFlags & nsIFrame::SKIP_HIDDEN) &&
 | |
|       !aFrame->StyleVisibility()->IsVisible()) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return !aFrame->IsGeneratedContentFrame() &&
 | |
|          aFrame->StyleUIReset()->mUserSelect != StyleUserSelect::None;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static bool SelectionDescendToKids(nsIFrame* aFrame) {
 | |
|   // If we are only near (not directly over) then don't traverse
 | |
|   // frames with independent selection (e.g. text and list controls, see bug
 | |
|   // 268497).  Note that this prevents any of the users of this method from
 | |
|   // entering form controls.
 | |
|   // XXX We might want some way to allow using the up-arrow to go into a form
 | |
|   // control, but the focus didn't work right anyway; it'd probably be enough
 | |
|   // if the left and right arrows could enter textboxes (which I don't believe
 | |
|   // they can at the moment)
 | |
|   if (aFrame->IsTextInputFrame() || aFrame->IsListControlFrame()) {
 | |
|     MOZ_ASSERT(aFrame->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_INDEPENDENT_SELECTION));
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Failure in this assertion means a new type of frame forms the root of an
 | |
|   // NS_FRAME_INDEPENDENT_SELECTION subtree. In such case, the condition above
 | |
|   // should be changed to handle it.
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT_IF(
 | |
|       aFrame->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_INDEPENDENT_SELECTION),
 | |
|       aFrame->GetParent()->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_INDEPENDENT_SELECTION));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aFrame->IsGeneratedContentFrame()) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   auto style = aFrame->StyleUIReset()->mUserSelect;
 | |
|   return style != StyleUserSelect::All && style != StyleUserSelect::None;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static FrameTarget GetSelectionClosestFrameForChild(nsIFrame* aChild,
 | |
|                                                     const nsPoint& aPoint,
 | |
|                                                     uint32_t aFlags) {
 | |
|   nsIFrame* parent = aChild->GetParent();
 | |
|   if (SelectionDescendToKids(aChild)) {
 | |
|     nsPoint pt = aPoint - aChild->GetOffsetTo(parent);
 | |
|     return GetSelectionClosestFrame(aChild, pt, aFlags);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return FrameTarget(aChild, false, false);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // When the cursor needs to be at the beginning of a block, it shouldn't be
 | |
| // before the first child.  A click on a block whose first child is a block
 | |
| // should put the cursor in the child.  The cursor shouldn't be between the
 | |
| // blocks, because that's not where it's expected.
 | |
| // Note that this method is guaranteed to succeed.
 | |
| static FrameTarget DrillDownToSelectionFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame, bool aEndFrame,
 | |
|                                              uint32_t aFlags) {
 | |
|   if (SelectionDescendToKids(aFrame)) {
 | |
|     nsIFrame* result = nullptr;
 | |
|     nsIFrame* frame = aFrame->PrincipalChildList().FirstChild();
 | |
|     if (!aEndFrame) {
 | |
|       while (frame && (!SelfIsSelectable(frame, aFlags) || frame->IsEmpty()))
 | |
|         frame = frame->GetNextSibling();
 | |
|       if (frame) result = frame;
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       // Because the frame tree is singly linked, to find the last frame,
 | |
|       // we have to iterate through all the frames
 | |
|       // XXX I have a feeling this could be slow for long blocks, although
 | |
|       //     I can't find any slowdowns
 | |
|       while (frame) {
 | |
|         if (!frame->IsEmpty() && SelfIsSelectable(frame, aFlags))
 | |
|           result = frame;
 | |
|         frame = frame->GetNextSibling();
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (result) return DrillDownToSelectionFrame(result, aEndFrame, aFlags);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   // If the current frame has no targetable children, target the current frame
 | |
|   return FrameTarget(aFrame, true, aEndFrame);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // This method finds the closest valid FrameTarget on a given line; if there is
 | |
| // no valid FrameTarget on the line, it returns a null FrameTarget
 | |
| static FrameTarget GetSelectionClosestFrameForLine(
 | |
|     nsBlockFrame* aParent, nsBlockFrame::LineIterator aLine,
 | |
|     const nsPoint& aPoint, uint32_t aFlags) {
 | |
|   // Account for end of lines (any iterator from the block is valid)
 | |
|   if (aLine == aParent->LinesEnd())
 | |
|     return DrillDownToSelectionFrame(aParent, true, aFlags);
 | |
|   nsIFrame* frame = aLine->mFirstChild;
 | |
|   nsIFrame* closestFromIStart = nullptr;
 | |
|   nsIFrame* closestFromIEnd = nullptr;
 | |
|   nscoord closestIStart = aLine->IStart(), closestIEnd = aLine->IEnd();
 | |
|   WritingMode wm = aLine->mWritingMode;
 | |
|   LogicalPoint pt(wm, aPoint, aLine->mContainerSize);
 | |
|   bool canSkipBr = false;
 | |
|   bool lastFrameWasEditable = false;
 | |
|   for (int32_t n = aLine->GetChildCount(); n;
 | |
|        --n, frame = frame->GetNextSibling()) {
 | |
|     // Skip brFrames. Can only skip if the line contains at least
 | |
|     // one selectable and non-empty frame before. Also, avoid skipping brs if
 | |
|     // the previous thing had a different editableness than us, since then we
 | |
|     // may end up not being able to select after it if the br is the last thing
 | |
|     // on the line.
 | |
|     if (!SelfIsSelectable(frame, aFlags) || frame->IsEmpty() ||
 | |
|         (canSkipBr && frame->IsBrFrame() &&
 | |
|          lastFrameWasEditable == frame->GetContent()->IsEditable())) {
 | |
|       continue;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     canSkipBr = true;
 | |
|     lastFrameWasEditable =
 | |
|         frame->GetContent() && frame->GetContent()->IsEditable();
 | |
|     LogicalRect frameRect =
 | |
|         LogicalRect(wm, frame->GetRect(), aLine->mContainerSize);
 | |
|     if (pt.I(wm) >= frameRect.IStart(wm)) {
 | |
|       if (pt.I(wm) < frameRect.IEnd(wm)) {
 | |
|         return GetSelectionClosestFrameForChild(frame, aPoint, aFlags);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       if (frameRect.IEnd(wm) >= closestIStart) {
 | |
|         closestFromIStart = frame;
 | |
|         closestIStart = frameRect.IEnd(wm);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       if (frameRect.IStart(wm) <= closestIEnd) {
 | |
|         closestFromIEnd = frame;
 | |
|         closestIEnd = frameRect.IStart(wm);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (!closestFromIStart && !closestFromIEnd) {
 | |
|     // We should only get here if there are no selectable frames on a line
 | |
|     // XXX Do we need more elaborate handling here?
 | |
|     return FrameTarget::Null();
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (closestFromIStart &&
 | |
|       (!closestFromIEnd ||
 | |
|        (abs(pt.I(wm) - closestIStart) <= abs(pt.I(wm) - closestIEnd)))) {
 | |
|     return GetSelectionClosestFrameForChild(closestFromIStart, aPoint, aFlags);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return GetSelectionClosestFrameForChild(closestFromIEnd, aPoint, aFlags);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // This method is for the special handling we do for block frames; they're
 | |
| // special because they represent paragraphs and because they are organized
 | |
| // into lines, which have bounds that are not stored elsewhere in the
 | |
| // frame tree.  Returns a null FrameTarget for frames which are not
 | |
| // blocks or blocks with no lines except editable one.
 | |
| static FrameTarget GetSelectionClosestFrameForBlock(nsIFrame* aFrame,
 | |
|                                                     const nsPoint& aPoint,
 | |
|                                                     uint32_t aFlags) {
 | |
|   nsBlockFrame* bf = do_QueryFrame(aFrame);
 | |
|   if (!bf) return FrameTarget::Null();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // This code searches for the correct line
 | |
|   nsBlockFrame::LineIterator end = bf->LinesEnd();
 | |
|   nsBlockFrame::LineIterator curLine = bf->LinesBegin();
 | |
|   nsBlockFrame::LineIterator closestLine = end;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (curLine != end) {
 | |
|     // Convert aPoint into a LogicalPoint in the writing-mode of this block
 | |
|     WritingMode wm = curLine->mWritingMode;
 | |
|     LogicalPoint pt(wm, aPoint, curLine->mContainerSize);
 | |
|     do {
 | |
|       // Check to see if our point lies within the line's block-direction bounds
 | |
|       nscoord BCoord = pt.B(wm) - curLine->BStart();
 | |
|       nscoord BSize = curLine->BSize();
 | |
|       if (BCoord >= 0 && BCoord < BSize) {
 | |
|         closestLine = curLine;
 | |
|         break;  // We found the line; stop looking
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       if (BCoord < 0) break;
 | |
|       ++curLine;
 | |
|     } while (curLine != end);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (closestLine == end) {
 | |
|       nsBlockFrame::LineIterator prevLine = curLine.prev();
 | |
|       nsBlockFrame::LineIterator nextLine = curLine;
 | |
|       // Avoid empty lines
 | |
|       while (nextLine != end && nextLine->IsEmpty()) ++nextLine;
 | |
|       while (prevLine != end && prevLine->IsEmpty()) --prevLine;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       // This hidden pref dictates whether a point above or below all lines
 | |
|       // comes up with a line or the beginning or end of the frame; 0 on
 | |
|       // Windows, 1 on other platforms by default at the writing of this code
 | |
|       int32_t dragOutOfFrame =
 | |
|           Preferences::GetInt("browser.drag_out_of_frame_style");
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (prevLine == end) {
 | |
|         if (dragOutOfFrame == 1 || nextLine == end)
 | |
|           return DrillDownToSelectionFrame(aFrame, false, aFlags);
 | |
|         closestLine = nextLine;
 | |
|       } else if (nextLine == end) {
 | |
|         if (dragOutOfFrame == 1)
 | |
|           return DrillDownToSelectionFrame(aFrame, true, aFlags);
 | |
|         closestLine = prevLine;
 | |
|       } else {  // Figure out which line is closer
 | |
|         if (pt.B(wm) - prevLine->BEnd() < nextLine->BStart() - pt.B(wm))
 | |
|           closestLine = prevLine;
 | |
|         else
 | |
|           closestLine = nextLine;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   do {
 | |
|     FrameTarget target =
 | |
|         GetSelectionClosestFrameForLine(bf, closestLine, aPoint, aFlags);
 | |
|     if (!target.IsNull()) return target;
 | |
|     ++closestLine;
 | |
|   } while (closestLine != end);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Fall back to just targeting the last targetable place
 | |
|   return DrillDownToSelectionFrame(aFrame, true, aFlags);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // GetSelectionClosestFrame is the helper function that calculates the closest
 | |
| // frame to the given point.
 | |
| // It doesn't completely account for offset styles, so needs to be used in
 | |
| // restricted environments.
 | |
| // Cannot handle overlapping frames correctly, so it should receive the output
 | |
| // of GetFrameForPoint
 | |
| // Guaranteed to return a valid FrameTarget
 | |
| static FrameTarget GetSelectionClosestFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame,
 | |
|                                             const nsPoint& aPoint,
 | |
|                                             uint32_t aFlags) {
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     // Handle blocks; if the frame isn't a block, the method fails
 | |
|     FrameTarget target =
 | |
|         GetSelectionClosestFrameForBlock(aFrame, aPoint, aFlags);
 | |
|     if (!target.IsNull()) return target;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (nsIFrame* kid = aFrame->PrincipalChildList().FirstChild()) {
 | |
|     // Go through all the child frames to find the closest one
 | |
|     nsIFrame::FrameWithDistance closest = {nullptr, nscoord_MAX, nscoord_MAX};
 | |
|     for (; kid; kid = kid->GetNextSibling()) {
 | |
|       if (!SelfIsSelectable(kid, aFlags) || kid->IsEmpty()) continue;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       kid->FindCloserFrameForSelection(aPoint, &closest);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (closest.mFrame) {
 | |
|       if (SVGUtils::IsInSVGTextSubtree(closest.mFrame))
 | |
|         return FrameTarget(closest.mFrame, false, false);
 | |
|       return GetSelectionClosestFrameForChild(closest.mFrame, aPoint, aFlags);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Use frame edge for grid, flex, table, and non-editable image frames.
 | |
|   const bool useFrameEdge =
 | |
|       aFrame->IsFlexOrGridContainer() || aFrame->IsTableFrame() ||
 | |
|       (static_cast<nsImageFrame*>(do_QueryFrame(aFrame)) &&
 | |
|        !aFrame->GetContent()->IsEditable());
 | |
|   return FrameTarget(aFrame, useFrameEdge, false);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static nsIFrame::ContentOffsets OffsetsForSingleFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame,
 | |
|                                                       const nsPoint& aPoint) {
 | |
|   nsIFrame::ContentOffsets offsets;
 | |
|   FrameContentRange range = GetRangeForFrame(aFrame);
 | |
|   offsets.content = range.content;
 | |
|   // If there are continuations (meaning it's not one rectangle), this is the
 | |
|   // best this function can do
 | |
|   if (aFrame->GetNextContinuation() || aFrame->GetPrevContinuation()) {
 | |
|     offsets.offset = range.start;
 | |
|     offsets.secondaryOffset = range.end;
 | |
|     offsets.associate = CARET_ASSOCIATE_AFTER;
 | |
|     return offsets;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Figure out whether the offsets should be over, after, or before the frame
 | |
|   nsRect rect(nsPoint(0, 0), aFrame->GetSize());
 | |
| 
 | |
|   bool isBlock = !aFrame->StyleDisplay()->IsInlineFlow();
 | |
|   bool isRtl = (aFrame->StyleVisibility()->mDirection == StyleDirection::Rtl);
 | |
|   if ((isBlock && rect.y < aPoint.y) ||
 | |
|       (!isBlock && ((isRtl && rect.x + rect.width / 2 > aPoint.x) ||
 | |
|                     (!isRtl && rect.x + rect.width / 2 < aPoint.x)))) {
 | |
|     offsets.offset = range.end;
 | |
|     if (rect.Contains(aPoint))
 | |
|       offsets.secondaryOffset = range.start;
 | |
|     else
 | |
|       offsets.secondaryOffset = range.end;
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     offsets.offset = range.start;
 | |
|     if (rect.Contains(aPoint))
 | |
|       offsets.secondaryOffset = range.end;
 | |
|     else
 | |
|       offsets.secondaryOffset = range.start;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   offsets.associate = offsets.offset == range.start ? CARET_ASSOCIATE_AFTER
 | |
|                                                     : CARET_ASSOCIATE_BEFORE;
 | |
|   return offsets;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static nsIFrame* AdjustFrameForSelectionStyles(nsIFrame* aFrame) {
 | |
|   nsIFrame* adjustedFrame = aFrame;
 | |
|   for (nsIFrame* frame = aFrame; frame; frame = frame->GetParent()) {
 | |
|     // These are the conditions that make all children not able to handle
 | |
|     // a cursor.
 | |
|     StyleUserSelect userSelect = frame->StyleUIReset()->mUserSelect;
 | |
|     if (userSelect != StyleUserSelect::Auto &&
 | |
|         userSelect != StyleUserSelect::All) {
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (userSelect == StyleUserSelect::All ||
 | |
|         frame->IsGeneratedContentFrame()) {
 | |
|       adjustedFrame = frame;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return adjustedFrame;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsIFrame::ContentOffsets nsIFrame::GetContentOffsetsFromPoint(
 | |
|     const nsPoint& aPoint, uint32_t aFlags) {
 | |
|   nsIFrame* adjustedFrame;
 | |
|   if (aFlags & IGNORE_SELECTION_STYLE) {
 | |
|     adjustedFrame = this;
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     // This section of code deals with special selection styles.  Note that
 | |
|     // -moz-all exists, even though it doesn't need to be explicitly handled.
 | |
|     //
 | |
|     // The offset is forced not to end up in generated content; content offsets
 | |
|     // cannot represent content outside of the document's content tree.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     adjustedFrame = AdjustFrameForSelectionStyles(this);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // -moz-user-select: all needs special handling, because clicking on it
 | |
|     // should lead to the whole frame being selected
 | |
|     if (adjustedFrame->StyleUIReset()->mUserSelect == StyleUserSelect::All) {
 | |
|       nsPoint adjustedPoint = aPoint + this->GetOffsetTo(adjustedFrame);
 | |
|       return OffsetsForSingleFrame(adjustedFrame, adjustedPoint);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // For other cases, try to find a closest frame starting from the parent of
 | |
|     // the unselectable frame
 | |
|     if (adjustedFrame != this) adjustedFrame = adjustedFrame->GetParent();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsPoint adjustedPoint = aPoint + this->GetOffsetTo(adjustedFrame);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   FrameTarget closest =
 | |
|       GetSelectionClosestFrame(adjustedFrame, adjustedPoint, aFlags);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // If the correct offset is at one end of a frame, use offset-based
 | |
|   // calculation method
 | |
|   if (closest.frameEdge) {
 | |
|     ContentOffsets offsets;
 | |
|     FrameContentRange range = GetRangeForFrame(closest.frame);
 | |
|     offsets.content = range.content;
 | |
|     if (closest.afterFrame)
 | |
|       offsets.offset = range.end;
 | |
|     else
 | |
|       offsets.offset = range.start;
 | |
|     offsets.secondaryOffset = offsets.offset;
 | |
|     offsets.associate = offsets.offset == range.start ? CARET_ASSOCIATE_AFTER
 | |
|                                                       : CARET_ASSOCIATE_BEFORE;
 | |
|     return offsets;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsPoint pt;
 | |
|   if (closest.frame != this) {
 | |
|     if (SVGUtils::IsInSVGTextSubtree(closest.frame)) {
 | |
|       pt = nsLayoutUtils::TransformAncestorPointToFrame(
 | |
|           RelativeTo{closest.frame}, aPoint, RelativeTo{this});
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       pt = aPoint - closest.frame->GetOffsetTo(this);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     pt = aPoint;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return closest.frame->CalcContentOffsetsFromFramePoint(pt);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // XXX should I add some kind of offset standardization?
 | |
|   // consider <b>xxxxx</b><i>zzzzz</i>; should any click between the last
 | |
|   // x and first z put the cursor in the same logical position in addition
 | |
|   // to the same visual position?
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsIFrame::ContentOffsets nsIFrame::CalcContentOffsetsFromFramePoint(
 | |
|     const nsPoint& aPoint) {
 | |
|   return OffsetsForSingleFrame(this, aPoint);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::AssociateImage(const StyleImage& aImage) {
 | |
|   imgRequestProxy* req = aImage.GetImageRequest();
 | |
|   if (!req) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   mozilla::css::ImageLoader* loader =
 | |
|       PresContext()->Document()->StyleImageLoader();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   loader->AssociateRequestToFrame(req, this);
 | |
|   return true;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::DisassociateImage(const StyleImage& aImage) {
 | |
|   imgRequestProxy* req = aImage.GetImageRequest();
 | |
|   if (!req) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   mozilla::css::ImageLoader* loader =
 | |
|       PresContext()->Document()->StyleImageLoader();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   loader->DisassociateRequestFromFrame(req, this);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| Maybe<nsIFrame::Cursor> nsIFrame::GetCursor(const nsPoint&) {
 | |
|   StyleCursorKind kind = StyleUI()->mCursor.keyword;
 | |
|   if (kind == StyleCursorKind::Auto) {
 | |
|     // If this is editable, I-beam cursor is better for most elements.
 | |
|     kind = (mContent && mContent->IsEditable()) ? StyleCursorKind::Text
 | |
|                                                 : StyleCursorKind::Default;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (kind == StyleCursorKind::Text && GetWritingMode().IsVertical()) {
 | |
|     // Per CSS UI spec, UA may treat value 'text' as
 | |
|     // 'vertical-text' for vertical text.
 | |
|     kind = StyleCursorKind::VerticalText;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return Some(Cursor{kind, AllowCustomCursorImage::Yes});
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Resize and incremental reflow
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* virtual */
 | |
| void nsIFrame::MarkIntrinsicISizesDirty() {
 | |
|   // This version is meant only for what used to be box-to-block adaptors.
 | |
|   // It should not be called by other derived classes.
 | |
|   if (::IsXULBoxWrapped(this)) {
 | |
|     nsBoxLayoutMetrics* metrics = BoxMetrics();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     XULSizeNeedsRecalc(metrics->mPrefSize);
 | |
|     XULSizeNeedsRecalc(metrics->mMinSize);
 | |
|     XULSizeNeedsRecalc(metrics->mMaxSize);
 | |
|     XULSizeNeedsRecalc(metrics->mBlockPrefSize);
 | |
|     XULSizeNeedsRecalc(metrics->mBlockMinSize);
 | |
|     XULCoordNeedsRecalc(metrics->mFlex);
 | |
|     XULCoordNeedsRecalc(metrics->mAscent);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // If we're a flex item, clear our flex-item-specific cached measurements
 | |
|   // (which likely depended on our now-stale intrinsic isize).
 | |
|   if (IsFlexItem()) {
 | |
|     nsFlexContainerFrame::MarkCachedFlexMeasurementsDirty(this);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_FONT_INFLATION_FLOW_ROOT)) {
 | |
|     nsFontInflationData::MarkFontInflationDataTextDirty(this);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::MarkSubtreeDirty() {
 | |
|   if (HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_IS_DIRTY)) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   // Unconditionally mark given frame dirty.
 | |
|   AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_IS_DIRTY);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Mark all descendants dirty, unless:
 | |
|   // - Already dirty.
 | |
|   // - TableColGroup
 | |
|   // - XULBox
 | |
|   AutoTArray<nsIFrame*, 32> stack;
 | |
|   for (const auto& childLists : ChildLists()) {
 | |
|     for (nsIFrame* kid : childLists.mList) {
 | |
|       stack.AppendElement(kid);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   while (!stack.IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|     nsIFrame* f = stack.PopLastElement();
 | |
|     if (f->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_IS_DIRTY) || f->IsTableColGroupFrame() ||
 | |
|         f->IsXULBoxFrame()) {
 | |
|       continue;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     f->AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_IS_DIRTY);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     for (const auto& childLists : f->ChildLists()) {
 | |
|       for (nsIFrame* kid : childLists.mList) {
 | |
|         stack.AppendElement(kid);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* virtual */
 | |
| nscoord nsIFrame::GetMinISize(gfxContext* aRenderingContext) {
 | |
|   nscoord result = 0;
 | |
|   DISPLAY_MIN_INLINE_SIZE(this, result);
 | |
|   return result;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* virtual */
 | |
| nscoord nsIFrame::GetPrefISize(gfxContext* aRenderingContext) {
 | |
|   nscoord result = 0;
 | |
|   DISPLAY_PREF_INLINE_SIZE(this, result);
 | |
|   return result;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* virtual */
 | |
| void nsIFrame::AddInlineMinISize(gfxContext* aRenderingContext,
 | |
|                                  nsIFrame::InlineMinISizeData* aData) {
 | |
|   nscoord isize = nsLayoutUtils::IntrinsicForContainer(
 | |
|       aRenderingContext, this, IntrinsicISizeType::MinISize);
 | |
|   aData->DefaultAddInlineMinISize(this, isize);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* virtual */
 | |
| void nsIFrame::AddInlinePrefISize(gfxContext* aRenderingContext,
 | |
|                                   nsIFrame::InlinePrefISizeData* aData) {
 | |
|   nscoord isize = nsLayoutUtils::IntrinsicForContainer(
 | |
|       aRenderingContext, this, IntrinsicISizeType::PrefISize);
 | |
|   aData->DefaultAddInlinePrefISize(isize);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::InlineMinISizeData::DefaultAddInlineMinISize(nsIFrame* aFrame,
 | |
|                                                             nscoord aISize,
 | |
|                                                             bool aAllowBreak) {
 | |
|   auto parent = aFrame->GetParent();
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(parent, "Must have a parent if we get here!");
 | |
|   const bool mayBreak = aAllowBreak && !aFrame->CanContinueTextRun() &&
 | |
|                         !parent->Style()->ShouldSuppressLineBreak() &&
 | |
|                         parent->StyleText()->WhiteSpaceCanWrap(parent);
 | |
|   if (mayBreak) {
 | |
|     OptionallyBreak();
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   mTrailingWhitespace = 0;
 | |
|   mSkipWhitespace = false;
 | |
|   mCurrentLine += aISize;
 | |
|   mAtStartOfLine = false;
 | |
|   if (mayBreak) {
 | |
|     OptionallyBreak();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::InlinePrefISizeData::DefaultAddInlinePrefISize(nscoord aISize) {
 | |
|   mCurrentLine = NSCoordSaturatingAdd(mCurrentLine, aISize);
 | |
|   mTrailingWhitespace = 0;
 | |
|   mSkipWhitespace = false;
 | |
|   mLineIsEmpty = false;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::InlineMinISizeData::ForceBreak() {
 | |
|   mCurrentLine -= mTrailingWhitespace;
 | |
|   mPrevLines = std::max(mPrevLines, mCurrentLine);
 | |
|   mCurrentLine = mTrailingWhitespace = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   for (uint32_t i = 0, i_end = mFloats.Length(); i != i_end; ++i) {
 | |
|     nscoord float_min = mFloats[i].Width();
 | |
|     if (float_min > mPrevLines) mPrevLines = float_min;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   mFloats.Clear();
 | |
|   mSkipWhitespace = true;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::InlineMinISizeData::OptionallyBreak(nscoord aHyphenWidth) {
 | |
|   // If we can fit more content into a smaller width by staying on this
 | |
|   // line (because we're still at a negative offset due to negative
 | |
|   // text-indent or negative margin), don't break.  Otherwise, do the
 | |
|   // same as ForceBreak.  it doesn't really matter when we accumulate
 | |
|   // floats.
 | |
|   if (mCurrentLine + aHyphenWidth < 0 || mAtStartOfLine) return;
 | |
|   mCurrentLine += aHyphenWidth;
 | |
|   ForceBreak();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::InlinePrefISizeData::ForceBreak(StyleClear aBreakType) {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aBreakType == StyleClear::None || aBreakType == StyleClear::Both ||
 | |
|                  aBreakType == StyleClear::Left ||
 | |
|                  aBreakType == StyleClear::Right,
 | |
|              "Must be a physical break type");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // If this force break is not clearing any float, we can leave all the
 | |
|   // floats to the next force break.
 | |
|   if (mFloats.Length() != 0 && aBreakType != StyleClear::None) {
 | |
|     // preferred widths accumulated for floats that have already
 | |
|     // been cleared past
 | |
|     nscoord floats_done = 0,
 | |
|             // preferred widths accumulated for floats that have not yet
 | |
|             // been cleared past
 | |
|         floats_cur_left = 0, floats_cur_right = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     for (uint32_t i = 0, i_end = mFloats.Length(); i != i_end; ++i) {
 | |
|       const FloatInfo& floatInfo = mFloats[i];
 | |
|       const nsStyleDisplay* floatDisp = floatInfo.Frame()->StyleDisplay();
 | |
|       StyleClear breakType = floatDisp->mBreakType;
 | |
|       if (breakType == StyleClear::Left || breakType == StyleClear::Right ||
 | |
|           breakType == StyleClear::Both) {
 | |
|         nscoord floats_cur =
 | |
|             NSCoordSaturatingAdd(floats_cur_left, floats_cur_right);
 | |
|         if (floats_cur > floats_done) {
 | |
|           floats_done = floats_cur;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         if (breakType != StyleClear::Right) {
 | |
|           floats_cur_left = 0;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         if (breakType != StyleClear::Left) {
 | |
|           floats_cur_right = 0;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       StyleFloat floatStyle = floatDisp->mFloat;
 | |
|       nscoord& floats_cur =
 | |
|           floatStyle == StyleFloat::Left ? floats_cur_left : floats_cur_right;
 | |
|       nscoord floatWidth = floatInfo.Width();
 | |
|       // Negative-width floats don't change the available space so they
 | |
|       // shouldn't change our intrinsic line width either.
 | |
|       floats_cur = NSCoordSaturatingAdd(floats_cur, std::max(0, floatWidth));
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     nscoord floats_cur =
 | |
|         NSCoordSaturatingAdd(floats_cur_left, floats_cur_right);
 | |
|     if (floats_cur > floats_done) floats_done = floats_cur;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     mCurrentLine = NSCoordSaturatingAdd(mCurrentLine, floats_done);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (aBreakType == StyleClear::Both) {
 | |
|       mFloats.Clear();
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       // If the break type does not clear all floats, it means there may
 | |
|       // be some floats whose isize should contribute to the intrinsic
 | |
|       // isize of the next line. The code here scans the current mFloats
 | |
|       // and keeps floats which are not cleared by this break. Note that
 | |
|       // floats may be cleared directly or indirectly. See below.
 | |
|       nsTArray<FloatInfo> newFloats;
 | |
|       MOZ_ASSERT(
 | |
|           aBreakType == StyleClear::Left || aBreakType == StyleClear::Right,
 | |
|           "Other values should have been handled in other branches");
 | |
|       StyleFloat clearFloatType =
 | |
|           aBreakType == StyleClear::Left ? StyleFloat::Left : StyleFloat::Right;
 | |
|       // Iterate the array in reverse so that we can stop when there are
 | |
|       // no longer any floats we need to keep. See below.
 | |
|       for (FloatInfo& floatInfo : Reversed(mFloats)) {
 | |
|         const nsStyleDisplay* floatDisp = floatInfo.Frame()->StyleDisplay();
 | |
|         if (floatDisp->mFloat != clearFloatType) {
 | |
|           newFloats.AppendElement(floatInfo);
 | |
|         } else {
 | |
|           // This is a float on the side that this break directly clears
 | |
|           // which means we're not keeping it in mFloats. However, if
 | |
|           // this float clears floats on the opposite side (via a value
 | |
|           // of either 'both' or one of 'left'/'right'), any remaining
 | |
|           // (earlier) floats on that side would be indirectly cleared
 | |
|           // as well. Thus, we should break out of this loop and stop
 | |
|           // considering earlier floats to be kept in mFloats.
 | |
|           StyleClear floatBreakType = floatDisp->mBreakType;
 | |
|           if (floatBreakType != aBreakType &&
 | |
|               floatBreakType != StyleClear::None) {
 | |
|             break;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       newFloats.Reverse();
 | |
|       mFloats = std::move(newFloats);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   mCurrentLine =
 | |
|       NSCoordSaturatingSubtract(mCurrentLine, mTrailingWhitespace, nscoord_MAX);
 | |
|   mPrevLines = std::max(mPrevLines, mCurrentLine);
 | |
|   mCurrentLine = mTrailingWhitespace = 0;
 | |
|   mSkipWhitespace = true;
 | |
|   mLineIsEmpty = true;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static nscoord ResolveMargin(const LengthPercentageOrAuto& aStyle,
 | |
|                              nscoord aPercentageBasis) {
 | |
|   if (aStyle.IsAuto()) {
 | |
|     return nscoord(0);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return nsLayoutUtils::ResolveToLength<false>(aStyle.AsLengthPercentage(),
 | |
|                                                aPercentageBasis);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static nscoord ResolvePadding(const LengthPercentage& aStyle,
 | |
|                               nscoord aPercentageBasis) {
 | |
|   return nsLayoutUtils::ResolveToLength<true>(aStyle, aPercentageBasis);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static nsIFrame::IntrinsicSizeOffsetData IntrinsicSizeOffsets(
 | |
|     nsIFrame* aFrame, nscoord aPercentageBasis, bool aForISize) {
 | |
|   nsIFrame::IntrinsicSizeOffsetData result;
 | |
|   WritingMode wm = aFrame->GetWritingMode();
 | |
|   const auto& margin = aFrame->StyleMargin()->mMargin;
 | |
|   bool verticalAxis = aForISize == wm.IsVertical();
 | |
|   if (verticalAxis) {
 | |
|     result.margin += ResolveMargin(margin.Get(eSideTop), aPercentageBasis);
 | |
|     result.margin += ResolveMargin(margin.Get(eSideBottom), aPercentageBasis);
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     result.margin += ResolveMargin(margin.Get(eSideLeft), aPercentageBasis);
 | |
|     result.margin += ResolveMargin(margin.Get(eSideRight), aPercentageBasis);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const auto& padding = aFrame->StylePadding()->mPadding;
 | |
|   if (verticalAxis) {
 | |
|     result.padding += ResolvePadding(padding.Get(eSideTop), aPercentageBasis);
 | |
|     result.padding +=
 | |
|         ResolvePadding(padding.Get(eSideBottom), aPercentageBasis);
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     result.padding += ResolvePadding(padding.Get(eSideLeft), aPercentageBasis);
 | |
|     result.padding += ResolvePadding(padding.Get(eSideRight), aPercentageBasis);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const nsStyleBorder* styleBorder = aFrame->StyleBorder();
 | |
|   if (verticalAxis) {
 | |
|     result.border += styleBorder->GetComputedBorderWidth(eSideTop);
 | |
|     result.border += styleBorder->GetComputedBorderWidth(eSideBottom);
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     result.border += styleBorder->GetComputedBorderWidth(eSideLeft);
 | |
|     result.border += styleBorder->GetComputedBorderWidth(eSideRight);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const nsStyleDisplay* disp = aFrame->StyleDisplay();
 | |
|   if (aFrame->IsThemed(disp)) {
 | |
|     nsPresContext* presContext = aFrame->PresContext();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     LayoutDeviceIntMargin border = presContext->Theme()->GetWidgetBorder(
 | |
|         presContext->DeviceContext(), aFrame, disp->EffectiveAppearance());
 | |
|     result.border = presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(
 | |
|         verticalAxis ? border.TopBottom() : border.LeftRight());
 | |
| 
 | |
|     LayoutDeviceIntMargin padding;
 | |
|     if (presContext->Theme()->GetWidgetPadding(
 | |
|             presContext->DeviceContext(), aFrame, disp->EffectiveAppearance(),
 | |
|             &padding)) {
 | |
|       result.padding = presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(
 | |
|           verticalAxis ? padding.TopBottom() : padding.LeftRight());
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return result;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* virtual */ nsIFrame::IntrinsicSizeOffsetData nsIFrame::IntrinsicISizeOffsets(
 | |
|     nscoord aPercentageBasis) {
 | |
|   return IntrinsicSizeOffsets(this, aPercentageBasis, true);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsIFrame::IntrinsicSizeOffsetData nsIFrame::IntrinsicBSizeOffsets(
 | |
|     nscoord aPercentageBasis) {
 | |
|   return IntrinsicSizeOffsets(this, aPercentageBasis, false);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* virtual */
 | |
| IntrinsicSize nsIFrame::GetIntrinsicSize() {
 | |
|   return IntrinsicSize();  // default is width/height set to eStyleUnit_None
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| AspectRatio nsIFrame::GetAspectRatio() const {
 | |
|   // Per spec, 'aspect-ratio' property applies to all elements except inline
 | |
|   // boxes and internal ruby or table boxes.
 | |
|   // https://drafts.csswg.org/css-sizing-4/#aspect-ratio
 | |
|   // For those frame types that don't support aspect-ratio, they must not have
 | |
|   // the natural ratio, so this early return is fine.
 | |
|   if (!IsFrameOfType(eSupportsAspectRatio)) {
 | |
|     return AspectRatio();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const StyleAspectRatio& aspectRatio = StylePosition()->mAspectRatio;
 | |
|   // If aspect-ratio is zero or infinite, it's a degenerate ratio and behaves
 | |
|   // as auto.
 | |
|   // https://drafts.csswg.org/css-sizing-4/#valdef-aspect-ratio-ratio
 | |
|   if (!aspectRatio.BehavesAsAuto()) {
 | |
|     // Non-auto. Return the preferred aspect ratio from the aspect-ratio style.
 | |
|     return aspectRatio.ratio.AsRatio().ToLayoutRatio(UseBoxSizing::Yes);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // The rest of the cases are when aspect-ratio has 'auto'.
 | |
|   if (auto intrinsicRatio = GetIntrinsicRatio()) {
 | |
|     return intrinsicRatio;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aspectRatio.HasRatio()) {
 | |
|     // If it's a degenerate ratio, this returns 0. Just the same as the auto
 | |
|     // case.
 | |
|     return aspectRatio.ratio.AsRatio().ToLayoutRatio(UseBoxSizing::No);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return AspectRatio();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* virtual */
 | |
| AspectRatio nsIFrame::GetIntrinsicRatio() const { return AspectRatio(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static bool ShouldApplyAutomaticMinimumOnInlineAxis(
 | |
|     WritingMode aWM, const nsStyleDisplay* aDisplay,
 | |
|     const nsStylePosition* aPosition) {
 | |
|   // Apply the automatic minimum size for aspect ratio:
 | |
|   // Note: The replaced elements shouldn't be here, so we only check the scroll
 | |
|   // container.
 | |
|   // https://drafts.csswg.org/css-sizing-4/#aspect-ratio-minimum
 | |
|   return !aDisplay->IsScrollableOverflow() && aPosition->MinISize(aWM).IsAuto();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct MinMaxSize {
 | |
|   nscoord mMinSize = 0;
 | |
|   nscoord mMaxSize = NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nscoord ClampSizeToMinAndMax(nscoord aSize) const {
 | |
|     return NS_CSS_MINMAX(aSize, mMinSize, mMaxSize);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| };
 | |
| static MinMaxSize ComputeTransferredMinMaxInlineSize(
 | |
|     const WritingMode aWM, const AspectRatio& aAspectRatio,
 | |
|     const MinMaxSize& aMinMaxBSize, const LogicalSize& aBoxSizingAdjustment) {
 | |
|   // Note: the spec mentions that
 | |
|   // 1. This transferred minimum is capped by any definite preferred or maximum
 | |
|   //    size in the destination axis.
 | |
|   // 2. This transferred maximum is floored by any definite preferred or minimum
 | |
|   //    size in the destination axis
 | |
|   //
 | |
|   // https://drafts.csswg.org/css-sizing-4/#aspect-ratio
 | |
|   //
 | |
|   // The spec requires us to clamp these by the specified size (it calls it the
 | |
|   // preferred size). However, we actually don't need to worry about that,
 | |
|   // because we only use this if the inline size is indefinite.
 | |
|   //
 | |
|   // We do not need to clamp the transferred minimum and maximum as long as we
 | |
|   // always apply the transferred min/max size before the explicit min/max size,
 | |
|   // the result will be identical.
 | |
| 
 | |
|   MinMaxSize transferredISize;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aMinMaxBSize.mMinSize > 0) {
 | |
|     transferredISize.mMinSize = aAspectRatio.ComputeRatioDependentSize(
 | |
|         LogicalAxis::eLogicalAxisInline, aWM, aMinMaxBSize.mMinSize,
 | |
|         aBoxSizingAdjustment);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aMinMaxBSize.mMaxSize != NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE) {
 | |
|     transferredISize.mMaxSize = aAspectRatio.ComputeRatioDependentSize(
 | |
|         LogicalAxis::eLogicalAxisInline, aWM, aMinMaxBSize.mMaxSize,
 | |
|         aBoxSizingAdjustment);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Minimum size wins over maximum size.
 | |
|   transferredISize.mMaxSize =
 | |
|       std::max(transferredISize.mMinSize, transferredISize.mMaxSize);
 | |
|   return transferredISize;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* virtual */
 | |
| nsIFrame::SizeComputationResult nsIFrame::ComputeSize(
 | |
|     gfxContext* aRenderingContext, WritingMode aWM, const LogicalSize& aCBSize,
 | |
|     nscoord aAvailableISize, const LogicalSize& aMargin,
 | |
|     const LogicalSize& aBorderPadding, const StyleSizeOverrides& aSizeOverrides,
 | |
|     ComputeSizeFlags aFlags) {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(!GetIntrinsicRatio(),
 | |
|              "Please override this method and call "
 | |
|              "nsContainerFrame::ComputeSizeWithIntrinsicDimensions instead.");
 | |
|   LogicalSize result =
 | |
|       ComputeAutoSize(aRenderingContext, aWM, aCBSize, aAvailableISize, aMargin,
 | |
|                       aBorderPadding, aSizeOverrides, aFlags);
 | |
|   const nsStylePosition* stylePos = StylePosition();
 | |
|   const nsStyleDisplay* disp = StyleDisplay();
 | |
|   auto aspectRatioUsage = AspectRatioUsage::None;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const auto boxSizingAdjust = stylePos->mBoxSizing == StyleBoxSizing::Border
 | |
|                                    ? aBorderPadding
 | |
|                                    : LogicalSize(aWM);
 | |
|   nscoord boxSizingToMarginEdgeISize = aMargin.ISize(aWM) +
 | |
|                                        aBorderPadding.ISize(aWM) -
 | |
|                                        boxSizingAdjust.ISize(aWM);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const auto& styleISize = aSizeOverrides.mStyleISize
 | |
|                                ? *aSizeOverrides.mStyleISize
 | |
|                                : stylePos->ISize(aWM);
 | |
|   const auto& styleBSize = aSizeOverrides.mStyleBSize
 | |
|                                ? *aSizeOverrides.mStyleBSize
 | |
|                                : stylePos->BSize(aWM);
 | |
|   const auto& aspectRatio = aSizeOverrides.mAspectRatio
 | |
|                                 ? *aSizeOverrides.mAspectRatio
 | |
|                                 : GetAspectRatio();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   auto parentFrame = GetParent();
 | |
|   auto alignCB = parentFrame;
 | |
|   bool isGridItem = IsGridItem();
 | |
|   if (parentFrame && parentFrame->IsTableWrapperFrame() && IsTableFrame()) {
 | |
|     // An inner table frame is sized as a grid item if its table wrapper is,
 | |
|     // because they actually have the same CB (the wrapper's CB).
 | |
|     // @see ReflowInput::InitCBReflowInput
 | |
|     auto tableWrapper = GetParent();
 | |
|     auto grandParent = tableWrapper->GetParent();
 | |
|     isGridItem = grandParent->IsGridContainerFrame() &&
 | |
|                  !tableWrapper->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_OUT_OF_FLOW);
 | |
|     if (isGridItem) {
 | |
|       // When resolving justify/align-self below, we want to use the grid
 | |
|       // container's justify/align-items value and WritingMode.
 | |
|       alignCB = grandParent;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   const bool isFlexItem =
 | |
|       IsFlexItem() &&
 | |
|       !parentFrame->HasAnyStateBits(NS_STATE_FLEX_IS_EMULATING_LEGACY_BOX);
 | |
|   // This variable only gets set (and used) if isFlexItem is true.  It
 | |
|   // indicates which axis (in this frame's own WM) corresponds to its
 | |
|   // flex container's main axis.
 | |
|   LogicalAxis flexMainAxis =
 | |
|       eLogicalAxisInline;  // (init to make valgrind happy)
 | |
|   if (isFlexItem) {
 | |
|     flexMainAxis = nsFlexContainerFrame::IsItemInlineAxisMainAxis(this)
 | |
|                        ? eLogicalAxisInline
 | |
|                        : eLogicalAxisBlock;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const bool isOrthogonal = aWM.IsOrthogonalTo(alignCB->GetWritingMode());
 | |
|   const bool isAutoISize = styleISize.IsAuto();
 | |
|   // Compute inline-axis size
 | |
|   if (!isAutoISize) {
 | |
|     auto iSizeResult =
 | |
|         ComputeISizeValue(aRenderingContext, aWM, aCBSize, boxSizingAdjust,
 | |
|                           boxSizingToMarginEdgeISize, styleISize, aFlags);
 | |
|     result.ISize(aWM) = iSizeResult.mISize;
 | |
|     aspectRatioUsage = iSizeResult.mAspectRatioUsage;
 | |
|   } else if (aspectRatio &&
 | |
|              !nsLayoutUtils::IsAutoBSize(styleBSize, aCBSize.BSize(aWM))) {
 | |
|     auto bSize = nsLayoutUtils::ComputeBSizeValue(
 | |
|         aCBSize.BSize(aWM), boxSizingAdjust.BSize(aWM),
 | |
|         styleBSize.AsLengthPercentage());
 | |
|     result.ISize(aWM) = aspectRatio.ComputeRatioDependentSize(
 | |
|         LogicalAxis::eLogicalAxisInline, aWM, bSize, boxSizingAdjust);
 | |
|     aspectRatioUsage = AspectRatioUsage::ToComputeISize;
 | |
|   } else if (MOZ_UNLIKELY(isGridItem) && !IsTrueOverflowContainer()) {
 | |
|     // 'auto' inline-size for grid-level box - fill the CB for 'stretch' /
 | |
|     // 'normal' and clamp it to the CB if requested:
 | |
|     bool stretch = false;
 | |
|     if (!aFlags.contains(ComputeSizeFlag::ShrinkWrap) &&
 | |
|         !StyleMargin()->HasInlineAxisAuto(aWM) &&
 | |
|         !alignCB->IsMasonry(isOrthogonal ? eLogicalAxisBlock
 | |
|                                          : eLogicalAxisInline)) {
 | |
|       auto inlineAxisAlignment =
 | |
|           isOrthogonal ? StylePosition()->UsedAlignSelf(alignCB->Style())._0
 | |
|                        : StylePosition()->UsedJustifySelf(alignCB->Style())._0;
 | |
|       stretch = inlineAxisAlignment == StyleAlignFlags::NORMAL ||
 | |
|                 inlineAxisAlignment == StyleAlignFlags::STRETCH;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (stretch || aFlags.contains(ComputeSizeFlag::IClampMarginBoxMinSize)) {
 | |
|       auto iSizeToFillCB =
 | |
|           std::max(nscoord(0), aCBSize.ISize(aWM) - aBorderPadding.ISize(aWM) -
 | |
|                                    aMargin.ISize(aWM));
 | |
|       if (stretch || result.ISize(aWM) > iSizeToFillCB) {
 | |
|         result.ISize(aWM) = iSizeToFillCB;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Calculate and apply min max transferred size contraint.
 | |
|   // https://github.com/w3c/csswg-drafts/issues/5257
 | |
|   // If we have definite preferred size, the transferred minimum and maximum
 | |
|   // are clampled by it. This means transferred minimum and maximum don't have
 | |
|   // effects with definite preferred size.
 | |
|   //
 | |
|   // Note: The axis in which the preferred size calculation depends on this
 | |
|   // aspect ratio is called the ratio-dependent axis, and the resulting size
 | |
|   // is definite if its input sizes are also definite.
 | |
|   const bool isDefiniteISize =
 | |
|       styleISize.IsLengthPercentage() ||
 | |
|       aspectRatioUsage == AspectRatioUsage::ToComputeISize;
 | |
|   const bool isFlexItemInlineAxisMainAxis =
 | |
|       isFlexItem && flexMainAxis == eLogicalAxisInline;
 | |
|   const auto& minBSizeCoord = stylePos->MinBSize(aWM);
 | |
|   const auto& maxBSizeCoord = stylePos->MaxBSize(aWM);
 | |
|   const bool isAutoMinBSize =
 | |
|       nsLayoutUtils::IsAutoBSize(minBSizeCoord, aCBSize.BSize(aWM));
 | |
|   const bool isAutoMaxBSize =
 | |
|       nsLayoutUtils::IsAutoBSize(maxBSizeCoord, aCBSize.BSize(aWM));
 | |
|   if (aspectRatio && !isDefiniteISize && !isFlexItemInlineAxisMainAxis) {
 | |
|     const MinMaxSize minMaxBSize{
 | |
|         isAutoMinBSize ? 0
 | |
|                        : nsLayoutUtils::ComputeBSizeValue(
 | |
|                              aCBSize.BSize(aWM), boxSizingAdjust.BSize(aWM),
 | |
|                              minBSizeCoord.AsLengthPercentage()),
 | |
|         isAutoMaxBSize ? NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE
 | |
|                        : nsLayoutUtils::ComputeBSizeValue(
 | |
|                              aCBSize.BSize(aWM), boxSizingAdjust.BSize(aWM),
 | |
|                              maxBSizeCoord.AsLengthPercentage())};
 | |
|     MinMaxSize transferredMinMaxISize = ComputeTransferredMinMaxInlineSize(
 | |
|         aWM, aspectRatio, minMaxBSize, boxSizingAdjust);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     result.ISize(aWM) =
 | |
|         transferredMinMaxISize.ClampSizeToMinAndMax(result.ISize(aWM));
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Flex items ignore their min & max sizing properties in their
 | |
|   // flex container's main-axis.  (Those properties get applied later in
 | |
|   // the flexbox algorithm.)
 | |
|   const auto& maxISizeCoord = stylePos->MaxISize(aWM);
 | |
|   nscoord maxISize = NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE;
 | |
|   if (!maxISizeCoord.IsNone() && !isFlexItemInlineAxisMainAxis) {
 | |
|     maxISize =
 | |
|         ComputeISizeValue(aRenderingContext, aWM, aCBSize, boxSizingAdjust,
 | |
|                           boxSizingToMarginEdgeISize, maxISizeCoord, aFlags)
 | |
|             .mISize;
 | |
|     result.ISize(aWM) = std::min(maxISize, result.ISize(aWM));
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const auto& minISizeCoord = stylePos->MinISize(aWM);
 | |
|   nscoord minISize;
 | |
|   if (!minISizeCoord.IsAuto() && !isFlexItemInlineAxisMainAxis) {
 | |
|     minISize =
 | |
|         ComputeISizeValue(aRenderingContext, aWM, aCBSize, boxSizingAdjust,
 | |
|                           boxSizingToMarginEdgeISize, minISizeCoord, aFlags)
 | |
|             .mISize;
 | |
|   } else if (MOZ_UNLIKELY(
 | |
|                  aFlags.contains(ComputeSizeFlag::IApplyAutoMinSize))) {
 | |
|     // This implements "Implied Minimum Size of Grid Items".
 | |
|     // https://drafts.csswg.org/css-grid/#min-size-auto
 | |
|     minISize = std::min(maxISize, GetMinISize(aRenderingContext));
 | |
|     if (styleISize.IsLengthPercentage()) {
 | |
|       minISize = std::min(minISize, result.ISize(aWM));
 | |
|     } else if (aFlags.contains(ComputeSizeFlag::IClampMarginBoxMinSize)) {
 | |
|       // "if the grid item spans only grid tracks that have a fixed max track
 | |
|       // sizing function, its automatic minimum size in that dimension is
 | |
|       // further clamped to less than or equal to the size necessary to fit
 | |
|       // its margin box within the resulting grid area (flooring at zero)"
 | |
|       // https://drafts.csswg.org/css-grid/#min-size-auto
 | |
|       auto maxMinISize =
 | |
|           std::max(nscoord(0), aCBSize.ISize(aWM) - aBorderPadding.ISize(aWM) -
 | |
|                                    aMargin.ISize(aWM));
 | |
|       minISize = std::min(minISize, maxMinISize);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   } else if (aspectRatioUsage == AspectRatioUsage::ToComputeISize &&
 | |
|              ShouldApplyAutomaticMinimumOnInlineAxis(aWM, disp, stylePos)) {
 | |
|     // This means we successfully applied aspect-ratio and now need to check
 | |
|     // if we need to apply the implied minimum size:
 | |
|     // https://drafts.csswg.org/css-sizing-4/#aspect-ratio-minimum
 | |
|     MOZ_ASSERT(!IsFrameOfType(eReplaced),
 | |
|                "aspect-ratio minimums should not apply to replaced elements");
 | |
|     // The inline size computed by aspect-ratio shouldn't less than the content
 | |
|     // size.
 | |
|     minISize = GetMinISize(aRenderingContext);
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     // Treat "min-width: auto" as 0.
 | |
|     // NOTE: Technically, "auto" is supposed to behave like "min-content" on
 | |
|     // flex items. However, we don't need to worry about that here, because
 | |
|     // flex items' min-sizes are intentionally ignored until the flex
 | |
|     // container explicitly considers them during space distribution.
 | |
|     minISize = 0;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   result.ISize(aWM) = std::max(minISize, result.ISize(aWM));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Compute block-axis size
 | |
|   // (but not if we have auto bsize or if we received the "UseAutoBSize"
 | |
|   // flag -- then, we'll just stick with the bsize that we already calculated
 | |
|   // in the initial ComputeAutoSize() call.)
 | |
|   if (!aFlags.contains(ComputeSizeFlag::UseAutoBSize)) {
 | |
|     if (!nsLayoutUtils::IsAutoBSize(styleBSize, aCBSize.BSize(aWM))) {
 | |
|       result.BSize(aWM) = nsLayoutUtils::ComputeBSizeValue(
 | |
|           aCBSize.BSize(aWM), boxSizingAdjust.BSize(aWM),
 | |
|           styleBSize.AsLengthPercentage());
 | |
|     } else if (aspectRatio) {
 | |
|       // If both inline and block dimensions are auto (i.e. weak size
 | |
|       // constraints), the block axis is the ratio-dependent axis.
 | |
|       // If we have a super large inline size, aspect-ratio should still be
 | |
|       // applied. That's why we apply aspect-ratio unconditionally for auto
 | |
|       // block size here.
 | |
|       // FIXME: Bug 1690423 moves this part below the handle of grid, so this
 | |
|       // shouldn't affect grid layout.
 | |
|       result.BSize(aWM) = aspectRatio.ComputeRatioDependentSize(
 | |
|           LogicalAxis::eLogicalAxisBlock, aWM, result.ISize(aWM),
 | |
|           boxSizingAdjust);
 | |
|       MOZ_ASSERT(aspectRatioUsage == AspectRatioUsage::None);
 | |
|       aspectRatioUsage = AspectRatioUsage::ToComputeBSize;
 | |
|     } else if (MOZ_UNLIKELY(isGridItem) && styleBSize.IsAuto() &&
 | |
|                !IsTrueOverflowContainer() &&
 | |
|                !alignCB->IsMasonry(isOrthogonal ? eLogicalAxisInline
 | |
|                                                 : eLogicalAxisBlock)) {
 | |
|       auto cbSize = aCBSize.BSize(aWM);
 | |
|       if (cbSize != NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE) {
 | |
|         // 'auto' block-size for grid-level box - fill the CB for 'stretch' /
 | |
|         // 'normal' and clamp it to the CB if requested:
 | |
|         bool stretch = false;
 | |
|         if (!StyleMargin()->HasBlockAxisAuto(aWM)) {
 | |
|           auto blockAxisAlignment =
 | |
|               isOrthogonal
 | |
|                   ? StylePosition()->UsedJustifySelf(alignCB->Style())._0
 | |
|                   : StylePosition()->UsedAlignSelf(alignCB->Style())._0;
 | |
|           stretch = blockAxisAlignment == StyleAlignFlags::NORMAL ||
 | |
|                     blockAxisAlignment == StyleAlignFlags::STRETCH;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         if (stretch ||
 | |
|             aFlags.contains(ComputeSizeFlag::BClampMarginBoxMinSize)) {
 | |
|           auto bSizeToFillCB =
 | |
|               std::max(nscoord(0),
 | |
|                        cbSize - aBorderPadding.BSize(aWM) - aMargin.BSize(aWM));
 | |
|           if (stretch || (result.BSize(aWM) != NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE &&
 | |
|                           result.BSize(aWM) > bSizeToFillCB)) {
 | |
|             result.BSize(aWM) = bSizeToFillCB;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (result.BSize(aWM) != NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE) {
 | |
|     const bool isFlexItemBlockAxisMainAxis =
 | |
|         isFlexItem && flexMainAxis == eLogicalAxisBlock;
 | |
|     if (!isAutoMaxBSize && !isFlexItemBlockAxisMainAxis) {
 | |
|       nscoord maxBSize = nsLayoutUtils::ComputeBSizeValue(
 | |
|           aCBSize.BSize(aWM), boxSizingAdjust.BSize(aWM),
 | |
|           maxBSizeCoord.AsLengthPercentage());
 | |
|       result.BSize(aWM) = std::min(maxBSize, result.BSize(aWM));
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (!isAutoMinBSize && !isFlexItemBlockAxisMainAxis) {
 | |
|       nscoord minBSize = nsLayoutUtils::ComputeBSizeValue(
 | |
|           aCBSize.BSize(aWM), boxSizingAdjust.BSize(aWM),
 | |
|           minBSizeCoord.AsLengthPercentage());
 | |
|       result.BSize(aWM) = std::max(minBSize, result.BSize(aWM));
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (IsThemed(disp)) {
 | |
|     LayoutDeviceIntSize widget;
 | |
|     bool canOverride = true;
 | |
|     nsPresContext* presContext = PresContext();
 | |
|     presContext->Theme()->GetMinimumWidgetSize(
 | |
|         presContext, this, disp->EffectiveAppearance(), &widget, &canOverride);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Convert themed widget's physical dimensions to logical coords
 | |
|     LogicalSize size(aWM,
 | |
|                      nsSize(presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(widget.width),
 | |
|                             presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(widget.height)));
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // GetMinimumWidgetSize() returns border-box; we need content-box.
 | |
|     size -= aBorderPadding;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (size.BSize(aWM) > result.BSize(aWM) || !canOverride) {
 | |
|       result.BSize(aWM) = size.BSize(aWM);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (size.ISize(aWM) > result.ISize(aWM) || !canOverride) {
 | |
|       result.ISize(aWM) = size.ISize(aWM);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   result.ISize(aWM) = std::max(0, result.ISize(aWM));
 | |
|   result.BSize(aWM) = std::max(0, result.BSize(aWM));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return {result, aspectRatioUsage};
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsRect nsIFrame::ComputeTightBounds(DrawTarget* aDrawTarget) const {
 | |
|   return InkOverflowRect();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* virtual */
 | |
| nsresult nsIFrame::GetPrefWidthTightBounds(gfxContext* aContext, nscoord* aX,
 | |
|                                            nscoord* aXMost) {
 | |
|   return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* virtual */
 | |
| LogicalSize nsIFrame::ComputeAutoSize(
 | |
|     gfxContext* aRenderingContext, WritingMode aWM,
 | |
|     const mozilla::LogicalSize& aCBSize, nscoord aAvailableISize,
 | |
|     const mozilla::LogicalSize& aMargin,
 | |
|     const mozilla::LogicalSize& aBorderPadding,
 | |
|     const StyleSizeOverrides& aSizeOverrides, ComputeSizeFlags aFlags) {
 | |
|   // Use basic shrink-wrapping as a default implementation.
 | |
|   LogicalSize result(aWM, 0xdeadbeef, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // don't bother setting it if the result won't be used
 | |
|   const auto& styleISize = aSizeOverrides.mStyleISize
 | |
|                                ? *aSizeOverrides.mStyleISize
 | |
|                                : StylePosition()->ISize(aWM);
 | |
|   if (styleISize.IsAuto()) {
 | |
|     nscoord availBased =
 | |
|         aAvailableISize - aMargin.ISize(aWM) - aBorderPadding.ISize(aWM);
 | |
|     result.ISize(aWM) = ShrinkWidthToFit(aRenderingContext, availBased, aFlags);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return result;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nscoord nsIFrame::ShrinkWidthToFit(gfxContext* aRenderingContext,
 | |
|                                    nscoord aISizeInCB,
 | |
|                                    ComputeSizeFlags aFlags) {
 | |
|   // If we're a container for font size inflation, then shrink
 | |
|   // wrapping inside of us should not apply font size inflation.
 | |
|   AutoMaybeDisableFontInflation an(this);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nscoord result;
 | |
|   nscoord minISize = GetMinISize(aRenderingContext);
 | |
|   if (minISize > aISizeInCB) {
 | |
|     const bool clamp = aFlags.contains(ComputeSizeFlag::IClampMarginBoxMinSize);
 | |
|     result = MOZ_UNLIKELY(clamp) ? aISizeInCB : minISize;
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     nscoord prefISize = GetPrefISize(aRenderingContext);
 | |
|     if (prefISize > aISizeInCB) {
 | |
|       result = aISizeInCB;
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       result = prefISize;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return result;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| Maybe<nscoord> nsIFrame::ComputeInlineSizeFromAspectRatio(
 | |
|     WritingMode aWM, const LogicalSize& aCBSize,
 | |
|     const LogicalSize& aContentEdgeToBoxSizing, ComputeSizeFlags aFlags) const {
 | |
|   // FIXME: Bug 1670151: Use GetAspectRatio() to cover replaced elements (and
 | |
|   // then we can drop the check of eSupportsAspectRatio).
 | |
|   const AspectRatio aspectRatio = StylePosition()->mAspectRatio.ToLayoutRatio();
 | |
|   if (!IsFrameOfType(eSupportsAspectRatio) || !aspectRatio) {
 | |
|     return Nothing();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const StyleSize& styleBSize = StylePosition()->BSize(aWM);
 | |
|   if (aFlags.contains(ComputeSizeFlag::UseAutoBSize) ||
 | |
|       nsLayoutUtils::IsAutoBSize(styleBSize, aCBSize.BSize(aWM))) {
 | |
|     return Nothing();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(styleBSize.IsLengthPercentage());
 | |
|   nscoord bSize = nsLayoutUtils::ComputeBSizeValue(
 | |
|       aCBSize.BSize(aWM), aContentEdgeToBoxSizing.BSize(aWM),
 | |
|       styleBSize.AsLengthPercentage());
 | |
|   return Some(aspectRatio.ComputeRatioDependentSize(
 | |
|       LogicalAxis::eLogicalAxisInline, aWM, bSize, aContentEdgeToBoxSizing));
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsIFrame::ISizeComputationResult nsIFrame::ComputeISizeValue(
 | |
|     gfxContext* aRenderingContext, const WritingMode aWM,
 | |
|     const LogicalSize& aContainingBlockSize,
 | |
|     const LogicalSize& aContentEdgeToBoxSizing, nscoord aBoxSizingToMarginEdge,
 | |
|     ExtremumLength aSize, ComputeSizeFlags aFlags) {
 | |
|   // If 'this' is a container for font size inflation, then shrink
 | |
|   // wrapping inside of it should not apply font size inflation.
 | |
|   AutoMaybeDisableFontInflation an(this);
 | |
|   // If we have an aspect-ratio and a definite block size, we resolve the
 | |
|   // min-content and max-content size by the aspect-ratio and the block size.
 | |
|   // https://github.com/w3c/csswg-drafts/issues/5032
 | |
|   Maybe<nscoord> intrinsicSizeFromAspectRatio =
 | |
|       aSize == ExtremumLength::MozAvailable
 | |
|           ? Nothing()
 | |
|           : ComputeInlineSizeFromAspectRatio(aWM, aContainingBlockSize,
 | |
|                                              aContentEdgeToBoxSizing, aFlags);
 | |
|   nscoord result;
 | |
|   switch (aSize) {
 | |
|     case ExtremumLength::MaxContent:
 | |
|       result = intrinsicSizeFromAspectRatio ? *intrinsicSizeFromAspectRatio
 | |
|                                             : GetPrefISize(aRenderingContext);
 | |
|       NS_ASSERTION(result >= 0, "inline-size less than zero");
 | |
|       return {result, intrinsicSizeFromAspectRatio
 | |
|                           ? AspectRatioUsage::ToComputeISize
 | |
|                           : AspectRatioUsage::None};
 | |
|     case ExtremumLength::MinContent:
 | |
|       result = intrinsicSizeFromAspectRatio ? *intrinsicSizeFromAspectRatio
 | |
|                                             : GetMinISize(aRenderingContext);
 | |
|       NS_ASSERTION(result >= 0, "inline-size less than zero");
 | |
|       if (MOZ_UNLIKELY(
 | |
|               aFlags.contains(ComputeSizeFlag::IClampMarginBoxMinSize))) {
 | |
|         auto available =
 | |
|             aContainingBlockSize.ISize(aWM) -
 | |
|             (aBoxSizingToMarginEdge + aContentEdgeToBoxSizing.ISize(aWM));
 | |
|         result = std::min(available, result);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       return {result, intrinsicSizeFromAspectRatio
 | |
|                           ? AspectRatioUsage::ToComputeISize
 | |
|                           : AspectRatioUsage::None};
 | |
|     case ExtremumLength::MozFitContent: {
 | |
|       nscoord pref = NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE;
 | |
|       nscoord min = 0;
 | |
|       if (intrinsicSizeFromAspectRatio) {
 | |
|         // The min-content and max-content size are identical and equal to the
 | |
|         // size computed from the block size and the aspect ratio.
 | |
|         pref = min = *intrinsicSizeFromAspectRatio;
 | |
|       } else {
 | |
|         pref = GetPrefISize(aRenderingContext);
 | |
|         min = GetMinISize(aRenderingContext);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       nscoord fill =
 | |
|           aContainingBlockSize.ISize(aWM) -
 | |
|           (aBoxSizingToMarginEdge + aContentEdgeToBoxSizing.ISize(aWM));
 | |
|       if (MOZ_UNLIKELY(
 | |
|               aFlags.contains(ComputeSizeFlag::IClampMarginBoxMinSize))) {
 | |
|         min = std::min(min, fill);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       result = std::max(min, std::min(pref, fill));
 | |
|       NS_ASSERTION(result >= 0, "inline-size less than zero");
 | |
|       return {result};
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     case ExtremumLength::MozAvailable:
 | |
|       return {aContainingBlockSize.ISize(aWM) -
 | |
|               (aBoxSizingToMarginEdge + aContentEdgeToBoxSizing.ISize(aWM))};
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE("Unknown extremum length?");
 | |
|   return {};
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nscoord nsIFrame::ComputeISizeValue(const WritingMode aWM,
 | |
|                                     const LogicalSize& aContainingBlockSize,
 | |
|                                     const LogicalSize& aContentEdgeToBoxSizing,
 | |
|                                     const LengthPercentage& aSize) {
 | |
|   LAYOUT_WARN_IF_FALSE(
 | |
|       aContainingBlockSize.ISize(aWM) != NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE,
 | |
|       "have unconstrained inline-size; this should only result from "
 | |
|       "very large sizes, not attempts at intrinsic inline-size "
 | |
|       "calculation");
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(aContainingBlockSize.ISize(aWM) >= 0,
 | |
|                "inline-size less than zero");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nscoord result = aSize.Resolve(aContainingBlockSize.ISize(aWM));
 | |
|   // The result of a calc() expression might be less than 0; we
 | |
|   // should clamp at runtime (below).  (Percentages and coords that
 | |
|   // are less than 0 have already been dropped by the parser.)
 | |
|   result -= aContentEdgeToBoxSizing.ISize(aWM);
 | |
|   return std::max(0, result);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::DidReflow(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
 | |
|                          const ReflowInput* aReflowInput) {
 | |
|   NS_FRAME_TRACE(NS_FRAME_TRACE_CALLS, ("nsIFrame::DidReflow"));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   SVGObserverUtils::InvalidateDirectRenderingObservers(
 | |
|       this, SVGObserverUtils::INVALIDATE_REFLOW);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   RemoveStateBits(NS_FRAME_IN_REFLOW | NS_FRAME_FIRST_REFLOW |
 | |
|                   NS_FRAME_IS_DIRTY | NS_FRAME_HAS_DIRTY_CHILDREN);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Clear state that was used in ReflowInput::InitResizeFlags (see
 | |
|   // comment there for why we can't clear it there).
 | |
|   SetHasBSizeChange(false);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Notify the percent bsize observer if there is a percent bsize.
 | |
|   // The observer may be able to initiate another reflow with a computed
 | |
|   // bsize. This happens in the case where a table cell has no computed
 | |
|   // bsize but can fabricate one when the cell bsize is known.
 | |
|   if (aReflowInput && aReflowInput->mPercentBSizeObserver && !GetPrevInFlow()) {
 | |
|     const auto& bsize =
 | |
|         aReflowInput->mStylePosition->BSize(aReflowInput->GetWritingMode());
 | |
|     if (bsize.HasPercent()) {
 | |
|       aReflowInput->mPercentBSizeObserver->NotifyPercentBSize(*aReflowInput);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   aPresContext->ReflowedFrame();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::FinishReflowWithAbsoluteFrames(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
 | |
|                                               ReflowOutput& aDesiredSize,
 | |
|                                               const ReflowInput& aReflowInput,
 | |
|                                               nsReflowStatus& aStatus,
 | |
|                                               bool aConstrainBSize) {
 | |
|   ReflowAbsoluteFrames(aPresContext, aDesiredSize, aReflowInput, aStatus,
 | |
|                        aConstrainBSize);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   FinishAndStoreOverflow(&aDesiredSize, aReflowInput.mStyleDisplay);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::ReflowAbsoluteFrames(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
 | |
|                                     ReflowOutput& aDesiredSize,
 | |
|                                     const ReflowInput& aReflowInput,
 | |
|                                     nsReflowStatus& aStatus,
 | |
|                                     bool aConstrainBSize) {
 | |
|   if (HasAbsolutelyPositionedChildren()) {
 | |
|     nsAbsoluteContainingBlock* absoluteContainer = GetAbsoluteContainingBlock();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Let the absolutely positioned container reflow any absolutely positioned
 | |
|     // child frames that need to be reflowed
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // The containing block for the abs pos kids is formed by our padding edge.
 | |
|     nsMargin usedBorder = GetUsedBorder();
 | |
|     nscoord containingBlockWidth =
 | |
|         std::max(0, aDesiredSize.Width() - usedBorder.LeftRight());
 | |
|     nscoord containingBlockHeight =
 | |
|         std::max(0, aDesiredSize.Height() - usedBorder.TopBottom());
 | |
|     nsContainerFrame* container = do_QueryFrame(this);
 | |
|     NS_ASSERTION(container,
 | |
|                  "Abs-pos children only supported on container frames for now");
 | |
| 
 | |
|     nsRect containingBlock(0, 0, containingBlockWidth, containingBlockHeight);
 | |
|     AbsPosReflowFlags flags =
 | |
|         AbsPosReflowFlags::CBWidthAndHeightChanged;  // XXX could be optimized
 | |
|     if (aConstrainBSize) {
 | |
|       flags |= AbsPosReflowFlags::ConstrainHeight;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     absoluteContainer->Reflow(container, aPresContext, aReflowInput, aStatus,
 | |
|                               containingBlock, flags,
 | |
|                               &aDesiredSize.mOverflowAreas);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* virtual */
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::CanContinueTextRun() const {
 | |
|   // By default, a frame will *not* allow a text run to be continued
 | |
|   // through it.
 | |
|   return false;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::Reflow(nsPresContext* aPresContext, ReflowOutput& aDesiredSize,
 | |
|                       const ReflowInput& aReflowInput,
 | |
|                       nsReflowStatus& aStatus) {
 | |
|   MarkInReflow();
 | |
|   DO_GLOBAL_REFLOW_COUNT("nsFrame");
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aStatus.IsEmpty(), "Caller should pass a fresh reflow status!");
 | |
|   aDesiredSize.ClearSize();
 | |
|   NS_FRAME_SET_TRUNCATION(aStatus, aReflowInput, aDesiredSize);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::IsContentDisabled() const {
 | |
|   // FIXME(emilio): Doing this via CSS means callers must ensure the style is up
 | |
|   // to date, and they don't!
 | |
|   if (StyleUI()->mUserInput == StyleUserInput::None) {
 | |
|     return true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   auto* element = nsGenericHTMLElement::FromNodeOrNull(GetContent());
 | |
|   return element && element->IsDisabled();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult nsIFrame::CharacterDataChanged(const CharacterDataChangeInfo&) {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE("should only be called for text frames");
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult nsIFrame::AttributeChanged(int32_t aNameSpaceID, nsAtom* aAttribute,
 | |
|                                     int32_t aModType) {
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Flow member functions
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsIFrame* nsIFrame::GetPrevContinuation() const { return nullptr; }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::SetPrevContinuation(nsIFrame* aPrevContinuation) {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(false, "not splittable");
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsIFrame* nsIFrame::GetNextContinuation() const { return nullptr; }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::SetNextContinuation(nsIFrame*) {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(false, "not splittable");
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsIFrame* nsIFrame::GetPrevInFlow() const { return nullptr; }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::SetPrevInFlow(nsIFrame* aPrevInFlow) {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(false, "not splittable");
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsIFrame* nsIFrame::GetNextInFlow() const { return nullptr; }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::SetNextInFlow(nsIFrame*) { MOZ_ASSERT(false, "not splittable"); }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsIFrame* nsIFrame::GetTailContinuation() {
 | |
|   nsIFrame* frame = this;
 | |
|   while (frame->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_IS_OVERFLOW_CONTAINER)) {
 | |
|     frame = frame->GetPrevContinuation();
 | |
|     NS_ASSERTION(frame, "first continuation can't be overflow container");
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   for (nsIFrame* next = frame->GetNextContinuation();
 | |
|        next && !next->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_IS_OVERFLOW_CONTAINER);
 | |
|        next = frame->GetNextContinuation()) {
 | |
|     frame = next;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(frame, "illegal state in continuation chain.");
 | |
|   return frame;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Associated view object
 | |
| void nsIFrame::SetView(nsView* aView) {
 | |
|   if (aView) {
 | |
|     aView->SetFrame(this);
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG
 | |
|     LayoutFrameType frameType = Type();
 | |
|     NS_ASSERTION(frameType == LayoutFrameType::SubDocument ||
 | |
|                      frameType == LayoutFrameType::ListControl ||
 | |
|                      frameType == LayoutFrameType::Viewport ||
 | |
|                      frameType == LayoutFrameType::MenuPopup,
 | |
|                  "Only specific frame types can have an nsView");
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Store the view on the frame.
 | |
|     SetViewInternal(aView);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Set the frame state bit that says the frame has a view
 | |
|     AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_HAS_VIEW);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Let all of the ancestors know they have a descendant with a view.
 | |
|     for (nsIFrame* f = GetParent();
 | |
|          f && !f->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_HAS_CHILD_WITH_VIEW);
 | |
|          f = f->GetParent())
 | |
|       f->AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_HAS_CHILD_WITH_VIEW);
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     MOZ_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE("Destroying a view while the frame is alive?");
 | |
|     RemoveStateBits(NS_FRAME_HAS_VIEW);
 | |
|     SetViewInternal(nullptr);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Find the first geometric parent that has a view
 | |
| nsIFrame* nsIFrame::GetAncestorWithView() const {
 | |
|   for (nsIFrame* f = GetParent(); nullptr != f; f = f->GetParent()) {
 | |
|     if (f->HasView()) {
 | |
|       return f;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return nullptr;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| template <nsPoint (nsIFrame::*PositionGetter)() const>
 | |
| static nsPoint OffsetCalculator(const nsIFrame* aThis, const nsIFrame* aOther) {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aOther, "Must have frame for destination coordinate system!");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(aThis->PresContext() == aOther->PresContext(),
 | |
|                "GetOffsetTo called on frames in different documents");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsPoint offset(0, 0);
 | |
|   const nsIFrame* f;
 | |
|   for (f = aThis; f != aOther && f; f = f->GetParent()) {
 | |
|     offset += (f->*PositionGetter)();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (f != aOther) {
 | |
|     // Looks like aOther wasn't an ancestor of |this|.  So now we have
 | |
|     // the root-frame-relative position of |this| in |offset|.  Convert back
 | |
|     // to the coordinates of aOther
 | |
|     while (aOther) {
 | |
|       offset -= (aOther->*PositionGetter)();
 | |
|       aOther = aOther->GetParent();
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return offset;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsPoint nsIFrame::GetOffsetTo(const nsIFrame* aOther) const {
 | |
|   return OffsetCalculator<&nsIFrame::GetPosition>(this, aOther);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsPoint nsIFrame::GetOffsetToIgnoringScrolling(const nsIFrame* aOther) const {
 | |
|   return OffsetCalculator<&nsIFrame::GetPositionIgnoringScrolling>(this,
 | |
|                                                                    aOther);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsPoint nsIFrame::GetOffsetToCrossDoc(const nsIFrame* aOther) const {
 | |
|   return GetOffsetToCrossDoc(aOther, PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel());
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsPoint nsIFrame::GetOffsetToCrossDoc(const nsIFrame* aOther,
 | |
|                                       const int32_t aAPD) const {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aOther, "Must have frame for destination coordinate system!");
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(PresContext()->GetRootPresContext() ==
 | |
|                    aOther->PresContext()->GetRootPresContext(),
 | |
|                "trying to get the offset between frames in different document "
 | |
|                "hierarchies?");
 | |
|   if (PresContext()->GetRootPresContext() !=
 | |
|       aOther->PresContext()->GetRootPresContext()) {
 | |
|     // crash right away, we are almost certainly going to crash anyway.
 | |
|     MOZ_CRASH(
 | |
|         "trying to get the offset between frames in different "
 | |
|         "document hierarchies?");
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const nsIFrame* root = nullptr;
 | |
|   // offset will hold the final offset
 | |
|   // docOffset holds the currently accumulated offset at the current APD, it
 | |
|   // will be converted and added to offset when the current APD changes.
 | |
|   nsPoint offset(0, 0), docOffset(0, 0);
 | |
|   const nsIFrame* f = this;
 | |
|   int32_t currAPD = PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
 | |
|   while (f && f != aOther) {
 | |
|     docOffset += f->GetPosition();
 | |
|     nsIFrame* parent = f->GetParent();
 | |
|     if (parent) {
 | |
|       f = parent;
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       nsPoint newOffset(0, 0);
 | |
|       root = f;
 | |
|       f = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(f, &newOffset);
 | |
|       int32_t newAPD = f ? f->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel() : 0;
 | |
|       if (!f || newAPD != currAPD) {
 | |
|         // Convert docOffset to the right APD and add it to offset.
 | |
|         offset += docOffset.ScaleToOtherAppUnits(currAPD, aAPD);
 | |
|         docOffset.x = docOffset.y = 0;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       currAPD = newAPD;
 | |
|       docOffset += newOffset;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (f == aOther) {
 | |
|     offset += docOffset.ScaleToOtherAppUnits(currAPD, aAPD);
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     // Looks like aOther wasn't an ancestor of |this|.  So now we have
 | |
|     // the root-document-relative position of |this| in |offset|. Subtract the
 | |
|     // root-document-relative position of |aOther| from |offset|.
 | |
|     // This call won't try to recurse again because root is an ancestor of
 | |
|     // aOther.
 | |
|     nsPoint negOffset = aOther->GetOffsetToCrossDoc(root, aAPD);
 | |
|     offset -= negOffset;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return offset;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| CSSIntRect nsIFrame::GetScreenRect() const {
 | |
|   return CSSIntRect::FromAppUnitsToNearest(GetScreenRectInAppUnits());
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsRect nsIFrame::GetScreenRectInAppUnits() const {
 | |
|   nsPresContext* presContext = PresContext();
 | |
|   nsIFrame* rootFrame = presContext->PresShell()->GetRootFrame();
 | |
|   nsPoint rootScreenPos(0, 0);
 | |
|   nsPoint rootFrameOffsetInParent(0, 0);
 | |
|   nsIFrame* rootFrameParent = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(
 | |
|       rootFrame, &rootFrameOffsetInParent);
 | |
|   if (rootFrameParent) {
 | |
|     nsRect parentScreenRectAppUnits =
 | |
|         rootFrameParent->GetScreenRectInAppUnits();
 | |
|     nsPresContext* parentPresContext = rootFrameParent->PresContext();
 | |
|     double parentScale = double(presContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel()) /
 | |
|                          parentPresContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
 | |
|     nsPoint rootPt =
 | |
|         parentScreenRectAppUnits.TopLeft() + rootFrameOffsetInParent;
 | |
|     rootScreenPos.x = NS_round(parentScale * rootPt.x);
 | |
|     rootScreenPos.y = NS_round(parentScale * rootPt.y);
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     nsCOMPtr<nsIWidget> rootWidget;
 | |
|     presContext->PresShell()->GetViewManager()->GetRootWidget(
 | |
|         getter_AddRefs(rootWidget));
 | |
|     if (rootWidget) {
 | |
|       LayoutDeviceIntPoint rootDevPx = rootWidget->WidgetToScreenOffset();
 | |
|       rootScreenPos.x = presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(rootDevPx.x);
 | |
|       rootScreenPos.y = presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(rootDevPx.y);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return nsRect(rootScreenPos + GetOffsetTo(rootFrame), GetSize());
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Returns the offset from this frame to the closest geometric parent that
 | |
| // has a view. Also returns the containing view or null in case of error
 | |
| void nsIFrame::GetOffsetFromView(nsPoint& aOffset, nsView** aView) const {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(nullptr != aView, "null OUT parameter pointer");
 | |
|   nsIFrame* frame = const_cast<nsIFrame*>(this);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   *aView = nullptr;
 | |
|   aOffset.MoveTo(0, 0);
 | |
|   do {
 | |
|     aOffset += frame->GetPosition();
 | |
|     frame = frame->GetParent();
 | |
|   } while (frame && !frame->HasView());
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (frame) {
 | |
|     *aView = frame->GetView();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsIWidget* nsIFrame::GetNearestWidget() const {
 | |
|   return GetClosestView()->GetNearestWidget(nullptr);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsIWidget* nsIFrame::GetNearestWidget(nsPoint& aOffset) const {
 | |
|   nsPoint offsetToView;
 | |
|   nsPoint offsetToWidget;
 | |
|   nsIWidget* widget =
 | |
|       GetClosestView(&offsetToView)->GetNearestWidget(&offsetToWidget);
 | |
|   aOffset = offsetToView + offsetToWidget;
 | |
|   return widget;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| Matrix4x4Flagged nsIFrame::GetTransformMatrix(ViewportType aViewportType,
 | |
|                                               RelativeTo aStopAtAncestor,
 | |
|                                               nsIFrame** aOutAncestor,
 | |
|                                               uint32_t aFlags) const {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aOutAncestor, "Need a place to put the ancestor!");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* If we're transformed, we want to hand back the combination
 | |
|    * transform/translate matrix that will apply our current transform, then
 | |
|    * shift us to our parent.
 | |
|    */
 | |
|   const bool isTransformed = IsTransformed();
 | |
|   const nsIFrame* zoomedContentRoot = nullptr;
 | |
|   if (aStopAtAncestor.mViewportType == ViewportType::Visual) {
 | |
|     zoomedContentRoot = ViewportUtils::IsZoomedContentRoot(this);
 | |
|     if (zoomedContentRoot) {
 | |
|       MOZ_ASSERT(aViewportType != ViewportType::Visual);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (isTransformed || zoomedContentRoot) {
 | |
|     Matrix4x4 result;
 | |
|     int32_t scaleFactor =
 | |
|         ((aFlags & IN_CSS_UNITS) ? AppUnitsPerCSSPixel()
 | |
|                                  : PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel());
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Compute the delta to the parent, which we need because we are converting
 | |
|      * coordinates to our parent.
 | |
|      */
 | |
|     if (isTransformed) {
 | |
|       NS_ASSERTION(nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrameInProcess(this),
 | |
|                    "Cannot transform the viewport frame!");
 | |
| 
 | |
|       result = result * nsDisplayTransform::GetResultingTransformMatrix(
 | |
|                             this, nsPoint(0, 0), scaleFactor,
 | |
|                             nsDisplayTransform::INCLUDE_PERSPECTIVE |
 | |
|                                 nsDisplayTransform::OFFSET_BY_ORIGIN);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // The offset from a zoomed content root to its parent (e.g. from
 | |
|     // a canvas frame to a scroll frame) is in layout coordinates, so
 | |
|     // apply it before applying any layout-to-visual transform.
 | |
|     *aOutAncestor = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(this);
 | |
|     nsPoint delta = GetOffsetToCrossDoc(*aOutAncestor);
 | |
|     /* Combine the raw transform with a translation to our parent. */
 | |
|     result.PostTranslate(NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(delta.x, scaleFactor),
 | |
|                          NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(delta.y, scaleFactor), 0.0f);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (zoomedContentRoot) {
 | |
|       Matrix4x4 layoutToVisual;
 | |
|       ScrollableLayerGuid::ViewID targetScrollId =
 | |
|           nsLayoutUtils::FindOrCreateIDFor(zoomedContentRoot->GetContent());
 | |
|       if (aFlags & nsIFrame::IN_CSS_UNITS) {
 | |
|         layoutToVisual =
 | |
|             ViewportUtils::GetVisualToLayoutTransform(targetScrollId)
 | |
|                 .Inverse()
 | |
|                 .ToUnknownMatrix();
 | |
|       } else {
 | |
|         layoutToVisual =
 | |
|             ViewportUtils::GetVisualToLayoutTransform<LayoutDevicePixel>(
 | |
|                 targetScrollId)
 | |
|                 .Inverse()
 | |
|                 .ToUnknownMatrix();
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       result = result * layoutToVisual;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     return result;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (nsLayoutUtils::IsPopup(this) && IsListControlFrame()) {
 | |
|     nsPresContext* presContext = PresContext();
 | |
|     nsIFrame* docRootFrame = presContext->PresShell()->GetRootFrame();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Compute a matrix that transforms from the popup widget to the toplevel
 | |
|     // widget. We use the widgets because they're the simplest and most
 | |
|     // accurate approach --- this should work no matter how the widget position
 | |
|     // was chosen.
 | |
|     nsIWidget* widget = GetView()->GetWidget();
 | |
|     nsPresContext* rootPresContext = PresContext()->GetRootPresContext();
 | |
|     // Maybe the widget hasn't been created yet? Popups without widgets are
 | |
|     // treated as regular frames. That should work since they'll be rendered
 | |
|     // as part of the page if they're rendered at all.
 | |
|     if (widget && rootPresContext) {
 | |
|       nsIWidget* toplevel = rootPresContext->GetNearestWidget();
 | |
|       if (toplevel) {
 | |
|         LayoutDeviceIntRect screenBounds = widget->GetClientBounds();
 | |
|         LayoutDeviceIntRect toplevelScreenBounds = toplevel->GetClientBounds();
 | |
|         LayoutDeviceIntPoint translation =
 | |
|             screenBounds.TopLeft() - toplevelScreenBounds.TopLeft();
 | |
| 
 | |
|         Matrix4x4 transformToTop;
 | |
|         transformToTop._41 = translation.x;
 | |
|         transformToTop._42 = translation.y;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         *aOutAncestor = docRootFrame;
 | |
|         Matrix4x4 docRootTransformToTop =
 | |
|             nsLayoutUtils::GetTransformToAncestor(RelativeTo{docRootFrame},
 | |
|                                                   RelativeTo{nullptr})
 | |
|                 .GetMatrix();
 | |
|         if (docRootTransformToTop.IsSingular()) {
 | |
|           NS_WARNING(
 | |
|               "Containing document is invisible, we can't compute a valid "
 | |
|               "transform");
 | |
|         } else {
 | |
|           docRootTransformToTop.Invert();
 | |
|           return transformToTop * docRootTransformToTop;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   *aOutAncestor = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(this);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Otherwise, we're not transformed.  In that case, we'll walk up the frame
 | |
|    * tree until we either hit the root frame or something that may be
 | |
|    * transformed.  We'll then change coordinates into that frame, since we're
 | |
|    * guaranteed that nothing in-between can be transformed.  First, however,
 | |
|    * we have to check to see if we have a parent.  If not, we'll set the
 | |
|    * outparam to null (indicating that there's nothing left) and will hand back
 | |
|    * the identity matrix.
 | |
|    */
 | |
|   if (!*aOutAncestor) return Matrix4x4();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Keep iterating while the frame can't possibly be transformed. */
 | |
|   const nsIFrame* current = this;
 | |
|   auto shouldStopAt = [](const nsIFrame* aCurrent, nsIFrame* aAncestor,
 | |
|                          uint32_t aFlags) {
 | |
|     return aAncestor->IsTransformed() || nsLayoutUtils::IsPopup(aAncestor) ||
 | |
|            ViewportUtils::IsZoomedContentRoot(aAncestor) ||
 | |
|            ((aFlags & STOP_AT_STACKING_CONTEXT_AND_DISPLAY_PORT) &&
 | |
|             (aAncestor->IsStackingContext() ||
 | |
|              DisplayPortUtils::FrameHasDisplayPort(aAncestor, aCurrent)));
 | |
|   };
 | |
|   while (*aOutAncestor != aStopAtAncestor.mFrame &&
 | |
|          !shouldStopAt(current, *aOutAncestor, aFlags)) {
 | |
|     /* If no parent, stop iterating.  Otherwise, update the ancestor. */
 | |
|     nsIFrame* parent = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(*aOutAncestor);
 | |
|     if (!parent) break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     current = *aOutAncestor;
 | |
|     *aOutAncestor = parent;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(*aOutAncestor, "Somehow ended up with a null ancestor...?");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Translate from this frame to our ancestor, if it exists.  That's the
 | |
|    * entire transform, so we're done.
 | |
|    */
 | |
|   nsPoint delta = GetOffsetToCrossDoc(*aOutAncestor);
 | |
|   int32_t scaleFactor =
 | |
|       ((aFlags & IN_CSS_UNITS) ? AppUnitsPerCSSPixel()
 | |
|                                : PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel());
 | |
|   return Matrix4x4::Translation(NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(delta.x, scaleFactor),
 | |
|                                 NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(delta.y, scaleFactor),
 | |
|                                 0.0f);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void InvalidateRenderingObservers(nsIFrame* aDisplayRoot,
 | |
|                                          nsIFrame* aFrame,
 | |
|                                          bool aFrameChanged = true) {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aDisplayRoot == nsLayoutUtils::GetDisplayRootFrame(aFrame));
 | |
|   SVGObserverUtils::InvalidateDirectRenderingObservers(aFrame);
 | |
|   nsIFrame* parent = aFrame;
 | |
|   while (parent != aDisplayRoot &&
 | |
|          (parent = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrameInProcess(parent)) &&
 | |
|          !parent->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_DESCENDANT_NEEDS_PAINT)) {
 | |
|     SVGObserverUtils::InvalidateDirectRenderingObservers(parent);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!aFrameChanged) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   aFrame->MarkNeedsDisplayItemRebuild();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void SchedulePaintInternal(
 | |
|     nsIFrame* aDisplayRoot, nsIFrame* aFrame,
 | |
|     nsIFrame::PaintType aType = nsIFrame::PAINT_DEFAULT) {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aDisplayRoot == nsLayoutUtils::GetDisplayRootFrame(aFrame));
 | |
|   nsPresContext* pres = aDisplayRoot->PresContext()->GetRootPresContext();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // No need to schedule a paint for an external document since they aren't
 | |
|   // painted directly.
 | |
|   if (!pres || (pres->Document() && pres->Document()->IsResourceDoc())) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (!pres->GetContainerWeak()) {
 | |
|     NS_WARNING("Shouldn't call SchedulePaint in a detached pres context");
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   pres->PresShell()->ScheduleViewManagerFlush(
 | |
|       aType == nsIFrame::PAINT_DELAYED_COMPRESS ? PaintType::DelayedCompress
 | |
|                                                 : PaintType::Default);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aType == nsIFrame::PAINT_DELAYED_COMPRESS) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aType == nsIFrame::PAINT_DEFAULT) {
 | |
|     aDisplayRoot->AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_UPDATE_LAYER_TREE);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void InvalidateFrameInternal(nsIFrame* aFrame, bool aHasDisplayItem,
 | |
|                                     bool aRebuildDisplayItems) {
 | |
|   if (aHasDisplayItem) {
 | |
|     aFrame->AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_NEEDS_PAINT);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aRebuildDisplayItems) {
 | |
|     aFrame->MarkNeedsDisplayItemRebuild();
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   SVGObserverUtils::InvalidateDirectRenderingObservers(aFrame);
 | |
|   bool needsSchedulePaint = false;
 | |
|   if (nsLayoutUtils::IsPopup(aFrame)) {
 | |
|     needsSchedulePaint = true;
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     nsIFrame* parent = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrameInProcess(aFrame);
 | |
|     while (parent &&
 | |
|            !parent->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_DESCENDANT_NEEDS_PAINT)) {
 | |
|       if (aHasDisplayItem && !parent->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_IS_NONDISPLAY)) {
 | |
|         parent->AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_DESCENDANT_NEEDS_PAINT);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       SVGObserverUtils::InvalidateDirectRenderingObservers(parent);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       // If we're inside a popup, then we need to make sure that we
 | |
|       // call schedule paint so that the NS_FRAME_UPDATE_LAYER_TREE
 | |
|       // flag gets added to the popup display root frame.
 | |
|       if (nsLayoutUtils::IsPopup(parent)) {
 | |
|         needsSchedulePaint = true;
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       parent = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrameInProcess(parent);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (!parent) {
 | |
|       needsSchedulePaint = true;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (!aHasDisplayItem) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (needsSchedulePaint) {
 | |
|     nsIFrame* displayRoot = nsLayoutUtils::GetDisplayRootFrame(aFrame);
 | |
|     SchedulePaintInternal(displayRoot, aFrame);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (aFrame->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_HAS_INVALID_RECT)) {
 | |
|     aFrame->RemoveProperty(nsIFrame::InvalidationRect());
 | |
|     aFrame->RemoveStateBits(NS_FRAME_HAS_INVALID_RECT);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::InvalidateFrameSubtree(bool aRebuildDisplayItems /* = true */) {
 | |
|   InvalidateFrame(0, aRebuildDisplayItems);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_ALL_DESCENDANTS_NEED_PAINT)) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_ALL_DESCENDANTS_NEED_PAINT);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   for (const auto& childList : CrossDocChildLists()) {
 | |
|     for (nsIFrame* child : childList.mList) {
 | |
|       // Don't explicitly rebuild display items for our descendants,
 | |
|       // since we should be marked and it implicitly includes all
 | |
|       // descendants.
 | |
|       child->InvalidateFrameSubtree(false);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::ClearInvalidationStateBits() {
 | |
|   if (HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_DESCENDANT_NEEDS_PAINT)) {
 | |
|     for (const auto& childList : CrossDocChildLists()) {
 | |
|       for (nsIFrame* child : childList.mList) {
 | |
|         child->ClearInvalidationStateBits();
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   RemoveStateBits(NS_FRAME_NEEDS_PAINT | NS_FRAME_DESCENDANT_NEEDS_PAINT |
 | |
|                   NS_FRAME_ALL_DESCENDANTS_NEED_PAINT);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::InvalidateFrame(uint32_t aDisplayItemKey,
 | |
|                                bool aRebuildDisplayItems /* = true */) {
 | |
|   bool hasDisplayItem = !aDisplayItemKey || HasDisplayItem(aDisplayItemKey);
 | |
|   InvalidateFrameInternal(this, hasDisplayItem, aRebuildDisplayItems);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::InvalidateFrameWithRect(const nsRect& aRect,
 | |
|                                        uint32_t aDisplayItemKey,
 | |
|                                        bool aRebuildDisplayItems /* = true */) {
 | |
|   if (aRect.IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   bool hasDisplayItem = !aDisplayItemKey || HasDisplayItem(aDisplayItemKey);
 | |
|   bool alreadyInvalid = false;
 | |
|   if (!HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_NEEDS_PAINT)) {
 | |
|     InvalidateFrameInternal(this, hasDisplayItem, aRebuildDisplayItems);
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     alreadyInvalid = true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!hasDisplayItem) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsRect* rect;
 | |
|   if (HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_HAS_INVALID_RECT)) {
 | |
|     rect = GetProperty(InvalidationRect());
 | |
|     MOZ_ASSERT(rect);
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     if (alreadyInvalid) {
 | |
|       return;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     rect = new nsRect();
 | |
|     AddProperty(InvalidationRect(), rect);
 | |
|     AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_HAS_INVALID_RECT);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   *rect = rect->Union(aRect);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*static*/
 | |
| uint8_t nsIFrame::sLayerIsPrerenderedDataKey;
 | |
| 
 | |
| static bool DoesLayerHaveOutOfDateFrameMetrics(Layer* aLayer) {
 | |
|   for (uint32_t i = 0; i < aLayer->GetScrollMetadataCount(); i++) {
 | |
|     const FrameMetrics& metrics = aLayer->GetFrameMetrics(i);
 | |
|     if (!metrics.IsScrollable()) {
 | |
|       continue;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     nsIScrollableFrame* scrollableFrame =
 | |
|         nsLayoutUtils::FindScrollableFrameFor(metrics.GetScrollId());
 | |
|     if (!scrollableFrame) {
 | |
|       // This shouldn't happen, so let's do the safe thing and trigger a full
 | |
|       // paint if it does.
 | |
|       return true;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     nsPoint scrollPosition = scrollableFrame->GetScrollPosition();
 | |
|     if (metrics.GetLayoutScrollOffset() !=
 | |
|         CSSPoint::FromAppUnits(scrollPosition)) {
 | |
|       return true;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return false;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static bool DoesLayerOrAncestorsHaveOutOfDateFrameMetrics(Layer* aLayer) {
 | |
|   for (Layer* layer = aLayer; layer; layer = layer->GetParent()) {
 | |
|     if (DoesLayerHaveOutOfDateFrameMetrics(layer)) {
 | |
|       return true;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return false;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::TryUpdateTransformOnly(Layer** aLayerResult) {
 | |
|   // If we move a transformed layer when we have a merged display
 | |
|   // list, then it can end up intersecting other items for which
 | |
|   // we don't have a defined ordering.
 | |
|   // We could allow this if the display list is in the canonical
 | |
|   // ordering (correctly sorted for all intersections), but we
 | |
|   // don't have a way to check that yet.
 | |
|   if (nsLayoutUtils::AreRetainedDisplayListsEnabled()) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   Layer* layer = FrameLayerBuilder::GetDedicatedLayer(
 | |
|       this, DisplayItemType::TYPE_TRANSFORM);
 | |
|   if (!layer || !layer->HasUserData(LayerIsPrerenderedDataKey())) {
 | |
|     // If this layer isn't prerendered or we clip composites to our OS
 | |
|     // window, then we can't correctly optimize to an empty
 | |
|     // transaction in general.
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (DoesLayerOrAncestorsHaveOutOfDateFrameMetrics(layer)) {
 | |
|     // At least one scroll frame that can affect the position of this layer
 | |
|     // has changed its scroll offset since the last paint. Schedule a full
 | |
|     // paint to make sure that this layer's transform and all the frame
 | |
|     // metrics that affect it are in sync.
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   gfx::Matrix4x4Flagged transform3d;
 | |
|   if (!nsLayoutUtils::GetLayerTransformForFrame(this, &transform3d)) {
 | |
|     // We're not able to compute a layer transform that we know would
 | |
|     // be used at the next layers transaction, so we can't only update
 | |
|     // the transform and will need to schedule an invalidating paint.
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   gfx::Matrix transform;
 | |
|   gfx::Matrix previousTransform;
 | |
|   // FIXME/bug 796690 and 796705: in general, changes to 3D
 | |
|   // transforms, or transform changes to properties other than
 | |
|   // translation, may lead us to choose a different rendering
 | |
|   // resolution for our layer.  So if the transform is 3D or has a
 | |
|   // non-translation change, bail and schedule an invalidating paint.
 | |
|   // (We can often do better than this, for example for scale-down
 | |
|   // changes.)
 | |
|   static const gfx::Float kError = 0.0001f;
 | |
|   if (!transform3d.Is2D(&transform) ||
 | |
|       !layer->GetBaseTransform().Is2D(&previousTransform) ||
 | |
|       !gfx::FuzzyEqual(transform._11, previousTransform._11, kError) ||
 | |
|       !gfx::FuzzyEqual(transform._22, previousTransform._22, kError) ||
 | |
|       !gfx::FuzzyEqual(transform._21, previousTransform._21, kError) ||
 | |
|       !gfx::FuzzyEqual(transform._12, previousTransform._12, kError)) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   layer->SetBaseTransformForNextTransaction(transform3d.GetMatrix());
 | |
|   *aLayerResult = layer;
 | |
|   return true;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::IsInvalid(nsRect& aRect) {
 | |
|   if (!HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_NEEDS_PAINT)) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_HAS_INVALID_RECT)) {
 | |
|     nsRect* rect = GetProperty(InvalidationRect());
 | |
|     NS_ASSERTION(
 | |
|         rect, "Must have an invalid rect if NS_FRAME_HAS_INVALID_RECT is set!");
 | |
|     aRect = *rect;
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     aRect.SetEmpty();
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return true;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::SchedulePaint(PaintType aType, bool aFrameChanged) {
 | |
|   nsIFrame* displayRoot = nsLayoutUtils::GetDisplayRootFrame(this);
 | |
|   InvalidateRenderingObservers(displayRoot, this, aFrameChanged);
 | |
|   SchedulePaintInternal(displayRoot, this, aType);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::SchedulePaintWithoutInvalidatingObservers(PaintType aType) {
 | |
|   nsIFrame* displayRoot = nsLayoutUtils::GetDisplayRootFrame(this);
 | |
|   SchedulePaintInternal(displayRoot, this, aType);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| Layer* nsIFrame::InvalidateLayer(DisplayItemType aDisplayItemKey,
 | |
|                                  const nsIntRect* aDamageRect,
 | |
|                                  const nsRect* aFrameDamageRect,
 | |
|                                  uint32_t aFlags /* = 0 */) {
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(aDisplayItemKey > DisplayItemType::TYPE_ZERO, "Need a key");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   Layer* layer = FrameLayerBuilder::GetDedicatedLayer(this, aDisplayItemKey);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIFrame* displayRoot = nsLayoutUtils::GetDisplayRootFrame(this);
 | |
|   InvalidateRenderingObservers(displayRoot, this, false);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Check if frame supports WebRender's async update
 | |
|   if ((aFlags & UPDATE_IS_ASYNC) &&
 | |
|       WebRenderUserData::SupportsAsyncUpdate(this)) {
 | |
|     // WebRender does not use layer, then return nullptr.
 | |
|     return nullptr;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // If the layer is being updated asynchronously, and it's being forwarded
 | |
|   // to a compositor, then we don't need to invalidate.
 | |
|   if ((aFlags & UPDATE_IS_ASYNC) && layer && layer->SupportsAsyncUpdate()) {
 | |
|     return layer;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!layer) {
 | |
|     if (aFrameDamageRect && aFrameDamageRect->IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|       return nullptr;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // In the bug 930056, dialer app startup but not shown on the
 | |
|     // screen because sometimes we don't have any retainned data
 | |
|     // for remote type displayitem and thus Repaint event is not
 | |
|     // triggered. So, always invalidate in this case.
 | |
|     DisplayItemType displayItemKey = aDisplayItemKey;
 | |
|     if (aDisplayItemKey == DisplayItemType::TYPE_REMOTE) {
 | |
|       displayItemKey = DisplayItemType::TYPE_ZERO;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (aFrameDamageRect) {
 | |
|       InvalidateFrameWithRect(*aFrameDamageRect,
 | |
|                               static_cast<uint32_t>(displayItemKey));
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       InvalidateFrame(static_cast<uint32_t>(displayItemKey));
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     return nullptr;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aDamageRect && aDamageRect->IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|     return layer;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aDamageRect) {
 | |
|     layer->AddInvalidRect(*aDamageRect);
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     layer->SetInvalidRectToVisibleRegion();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   SchedulePaintInternal(displayRoot, this, PAINT_COMPOSITE_ONLY);
 | |
|   return layer;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static nsRect ComputeEffectsRect(nsIFrame* aFrame, const nsRect& aOverflowRect,
 | |
|                                  const nsSize& aNewSize) {
 | |
|   nsRect r = aOverflowRect;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aFrame->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_SVG_LAYOUT)) {
 | |
|     // For SVG frames, we only need to account for filters.
 | |
|     // TODO: We could also take account of clipPath and mask to reduce the
 | |
|     // ink overflow, but that's not essential.
 | |
|     if (aFrame->StyleEffects()->HasFilters()) {
 | |
|       SetOrUpdateRectValuedProperty(aFrame, nsIFrame::PreEffectsBBoxProperty(),
 | |
|                                     r);
 | |
|       r = SVGUtils::GetPostFilterInkOverflowRect(aFrame, aOverflowRect);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     return r;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // box-shadow
 | |
|   r.UnionRect(r, nsLayoutUtils::GetBoxShadowRectForFrame(aFrame, aNewSize));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // border-image-outset.
 | |
|   // We need to include border-image-outset because it can cause the
 | |
|   // border image to be drawn beyond the border box.
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // (1) It's important we not check whether there's a border-image
 | |
|   //     since the style hint for a change in border image doesn't cause
 | |
|   //     reflow, and that's probably more important than optimizing the
 | |
|   //     overflow areas for the silly case of border-image-outset without
 | |
|   //     border-image
 | |
|   // (2) It's important that we not check whether the border-image
 | |
|   //     is actually loaded, since that would require us to reflow when
 | |
|   //     the image loads.
 | |
|   const nsStyleBorder* styleBorder = aFrame->StyleBorder();
 | |
|   nsMargin outsetMargin = styleBorder->GetImageOutset();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (outsetMargin != nsMargin(0, 0, 0, 0)) {
 | |
|     nsRect outsetRect(nsPoint(0, 0), aNewSize);
 | |
|     outsetRect.Inflate(outsetMargin);
 | |
|     r.UnionRect(r, outsetRect);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Note that we don't remove the outlineInnerRect if a frame loses outline
 | |
|   // style. That would require an extra property lookup for every frame,
 | |
|   // or a new frame state bit to track whether a property had been stored,
 | |
|   // or something like that. It's not worth doing that here. At most it's
 | |
|   // only one heap-allocated rect per frame and it will be cleaned up when
 | |
|   // the frame dies.
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (SVGIntegrationUtils::UsingOverflowAffectingEffects(aFrame)) {
 | |
|     SetOrUpdateRectValuedProperty(aFrame, nsIFrame::PreEffectsBBoxProperty(),
 | |
|                                   r);
 | |
|     r = SVGIntegrationUtils::ComputePostEffectsInkOverflowRect(aFrame, r);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return r;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::MovePositionBy(const nsPoint& aTranslation) {
 | |
|   nsPoint position = GetNormalPosition() + aTranslation;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const nsMargin* computedOffsets = nullptr;
 | |
|   if (IsRelativelyPositioned()) {
 | |
|     computedOffsets = GetProperty(nsIFrame::ComputedOffsetProperty());
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   ReflowInput::ApplyRelativePositioning(
 | |
|       this, computedOffsets ? *computedOffsets : nsMargin(), &position);
 | |
|   SetPosition(position);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsRect nsIFrame::GetNormalRect() const {
 | |
|   // It might be faster to first check
 | |
|   // StyleDisplay()->IsRelativelyPositionedStyle().
 | |
|   nsPoint* normalPosition = GetProperty(NormalPositionProperty());
 | |
|   if (normalPosition) {
 | |
|     return nsRect(*normalPosition, GetSize());
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return GetRect();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsRect nsIFrame::GetBoundingClientRect() {
 | |
|   return nsLayoutUtils::GetAllInFlowRectsUnion(
 | |
|       this, nsLayoutUtils::GetContainingBlockForClientRect(this),
 | |
|       nsLayoutUtils::RECTS_ACCOUNT_FOR_TRANSFORMS);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsPoint nsIFrame::GetPositionIgnoringScrolling() const {
 | |
|   return GetParent() ? GetParent()->GetPositionOfChildIgnoringScrolling(this)
 | |
|                      : GetPosition();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsRect nsIFrame::GetOverflowRect(OverflowType aType) const {
 | |
|   // Note that in some cases the overflow area might not have been
 | |
|   // updated (yet) to reflect any outline set on the frame or the area
 | |
|   // of child frames. That's OK because any reflow that updates these
 | |
|   // areas will invalidate the appropriate area, so any (mis)uses of
 | |
|   // this method will be fixed up.
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (mOverflow.mType == OverflowStorageType::Large) {
 | |
|     // there is an overflow rect, and it's not stored as deltas but as
 | |
|     // a separately-allocated rect
 | |
|     return GetOverflowAreasProperty()->Overflow(aType);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aType == OverflowType::Ink &&
 | |
|       mOverflow.mType != OverflowStorageType::None) {
 | |
|     return InkOverflowFromDeltas();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return nsRect(nsPoint(0, 0), GetSize());
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| OverflowAreas nsIFrame::GetOverflowAreas() const {
 | |
|   if (mOverflow.mType == OverflowStorageType::Large) {
 | |
|     // there is an overflow rect, and it's not stored as deltas but as
 | |
|     // a separately-allocated rect
 | |
|     return *GetOverflowAreasProperty();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return OverflowAreas(InkOverflowFromDeltas(),
 | |
|                        nsRect(nsPoint(0, 0), GetSize()));
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| OverflowAreas nsIFrame::GetOverflowAreasRelativeToSelf() const {
 | |
|   if (IsTransformed()) {
 | |
|     OverflowAreas* preTransformOverflows =
 | |
|         GetProperty(PreTransformOverflowAreasProperty());
 | |
|     if (preTransformOverflows) {
 | |
|       return OverflowAreas(preTransformOverflows->InkOverflow(),
 | |
|                            preTransformOverflows->ScrollableOverflow());
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return OverflowAreas(InkOverflowRect(), ScrollableOverflowRect());
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| OverflowAreas nsIFrame::GetOverflowAreasRelativeToParent() const {
 | |
|   return GetOverflowAreas() + mRect.TopLeft();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsRect nsIFrame::ScrollableOverflowRectRelativeToParent() const {
 | |
|   return ScrollableOverflowRect() + mRect.TopLeft();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsRect nsIFrame::InkOverflowRectRelativeToParent() const {
 | |
|   return InkOverflowRect() + mRect.TopLeft();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsRect nsIFrame::ScrollableOverflowRectRelativeToSelf() const {
 | |
|   if (IsTransformed()) {
 | |
|     OverflowAreas* preTransformOverflows =
 | |
|         GetProperty(PreTransformOverflowAreasProperty());
 | |
|     if (preTransformOverflows)
 | |
|       return preTransformOverflows->ScrollableOverflow();
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return ScrollableOverflowRect();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsRect nsIFrame::InkOverflowRectRelativeToSelf() const {
 | |
|   if (IsTransformed()) {
 | |
|     OverflowAreas* preTransformOverflows =
 | |
|         GetProperty(PreTransformOverflowAreasProperty());
 | |
|     if (preTransformOverflows) return preTransformOverflows->InkOverflow();
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return InkOverflowRect();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsRect nsIFrame::PreEffectsInkOverflowRect() const {
 | |
|   nsRect* r = GetProperty(nsIFrame::PreEffectsBBoxProperty());
 | |
|   return r ? *r : InkOverflowRectRelativeToSelf();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::UpdateOverflow() {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(FrameMaintainsOverflow(),
 | |
|              "Non-display SVG do not maintain ink overflow rects");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsRect rect(nsPoint(0, 0), GetSize());
 | |
|   OverflowAreas overflowAreas(rect, rect);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!ComputeCustomOverflow(overflowAreas)) {
 | |
|     // If updating overflow wasn't supported by this frame, then it should
 | |
|     // have scheduled any necessary reflows. We can return false to say nothing
 | |
|     // changed, and wait for reflow to correct it.
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   UnionChildOverflow(overflowAreas);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (FinishAndStoreOverflow(overflowAreas, GetSize())) {
 | |
|     nsView* view = GetView();
 | |
|     if (view) {
 | |
|       ReflowChildFlags flags = GetXULLayoutFlags();
 | |
|       if (!(flags & ReflowChildFlags::NoSizeView)) {
 | |
|         // Make sure the frame's view is properly sized.
 | |
|         nsViewManager* vm = view->GetViewManager();
 | |
|         vm->ResizeView(view, overflowAreas.InkOverflow(), true);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     return true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Frames that combine their 3d transform with their ancestors
 | |
|   // only compute a pre-transform overflow rect, and then contribute
 | |
|   // to the normal overflow rect of the preserve-3d root. Always return
 | |
|   // true here so that we propagate changes up to the root for final
 | |
|   // calculation.
 | |
|   return Combines3DTransformWithAncestors();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* virtual */
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::ComputeCustomOverflow(OverflowAreas& aOverflowAreas) {
 | |
|   return true;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* virtual */
 | |
| void nsIFrame::UnionChildOverflow(OverflowAreas& aOverflowAreas) {
 | |
|   if (!DoesClipChildrenInBothAxes() &&
 | |
|       !(IsXULCollapsed() && (IsXULBoxFrame() || ::IsXULBoxWrapped(this)))) {
 | |
|     nsLayoutUtils::UnionChildOverflow(this, aOverflowAreas);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Return true if this form control element's preferred size property (but not
 | |
| // percentage max size property) contains a percentage value that should be
 | |
| // resolved against zero when calculating its min-content contribution in the
 | |
| // corresponding axis.
 | |
| //
 | |
| // For proper replaced elements, the percentage value in both their max size
 | |
| // property or preferred size property should be resolved against zero. This is
 | |
| // handled in IsPercentageResolvedAgainstZero().
 | |
| inline static bool FormControlShrinksForPercentSize(const nsIFrame* aFrame) {
 | |
|   if (!aFrame->IsFrameOfType(nsIFrame::eReplaced)) {
 | |
|     // Quick test to reject most frames.
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   LayoutFrameType fType = aFrame->Type();
 | |
|   if (fType == LayoutFrameType::Meter || fType == LayoutFrameType::Progress ||
 | |
|       fType == LayoutFrameType::Range) {
 | |
|     // progress, meter and range do have this shrinking behavior
 | |
|     // FIXME: Maybe these should be nsIFormControlFrame?
 | |
|     return true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!static_cast<nsIFormControlFrame*>(do_QueryFrame(aFrame))) {
 | |
|     // Not a form control.  This includes fieldsets, which do not
 | |
|     // shrink.
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (fType == LayoutFrameType::GfxButtonControl ||
 | |
|       fType == LayoutFrameType::HTMLButtonControl) {
 | |
|     // Buttons don't have this shrinking behavior.  (Note that color
 | |
|     // inputs do, even though they inherit from button, so we can't use
 | |
|     // do_QueryFrame here.)
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return true;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::IsPercentageResolvedAgainstZero(
 | |
|     const StyleSize& aStyleSize, const StyleMaxSize& aStyleMaxSize) const {
 | |
|   const bool sizeHasPercent = aStyleSize.HasPercent();
 | |
|   return ((sizeHasPercent || aStyleMaxSize.HasPercent()) &&
 | |
|           IsFrameOfType(nsIFrame::eReplacedSizing)) ||
 | |
|          (sizeHasPercent && FormControlShrinksForPercentSize(this));
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::IsBlockWrapper() const {
 | |
|   auto pseudoType = Style()->GetPseudoType();
 | |
|   return pseudoType == PseudoStyleType::mozBlockInsideInlineWrapper ||
 | |
|          pseudoType == PseudoStyleType::buttonContent ||
 | |
|          pseudoType == PseudoStyleType::cellContent ||
 | |
|          pseudoType == PseudoStyleType::columnSpanWrapper;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::IsBlockFrameOrSubclass() const {
 | |
|   const nsBlockFrame* thisAsBlock = do_QueryFrame(this);
 | |
|   return !!thisAsBlock;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static nsIFrame* GetNearestBlockContainer(nsIFrame* frame) {
 | |
|   // The block wrappers we use to wrap blocks inside inlines aren't
 | |
|   // described in the CSS spec.  We need to make them not be containing
 | |
|   // blocks.
 | |
|   // Since the parent of such a block is either a normal block or
 | |
|   // another such pseudo, this shouldn't cause anything bad to happen.
 | |
|   // Also the anonymous blocks inside table cells are not containing blocks.
 | |
|   //
 | |
|   // If we ever start skipping table row groups from being containing blocks,
 | |
|   // you need to remove the StickyScrollContainer hack referencing bug 1421660.
 | |
|   while (frame->IsFrameOfType(nsIFrame::eLineParticipant) ||
 | |
|          frame->IsBlockWrapper() ||
 | |
|          // Table rows are not containing blocks either
 | |
|          frame->IsTableRowFrame()) {
 | |
|     frame = frame->GetParent();
 | |
|     NS_ASSERTION(
 | |
|         frame,
 | |
|         "How come we got to the root frame without seeing a containing block?");
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return frame;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsIFrame* nsIFrame::GetContainingBlock(
 | |
|     uint32_t aFlags, const nsStyleDisplay* aStyleDisplay) const {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aStyleDisplay == StyleDisplay());
 | |
|   if (!GetParent()) {
 | |
|     return nullptr;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   // MathML frames might have absolute positioning style, but they would
 | |
|   // still be in-flow.  So we have to check to make sure that the frame
 | |
|   // is really out-of-flow too.
 | |
|   nsIFrame* f;
 | |
|   if (IsAbsolutelyPositioned(aStyleDisplay)) {
 | |
|     f = GetParent();  // the parent is always the containing block
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     f = GetNearestBlockContainer(GetParent());
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aFlags & SKIP_SCROLLED_FRAME && f &&
 | |
|       f->Style()->GetPseudoType() == PseudoStyleType::scrolledContent) {
 | |
|     f = f->GetParent();
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return f;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG_FRAME_DUMP
 | |
| 
 | |
| int32_t nsIFrame::ContentIndexInContainer(const nsIFrame* aFrame) {
 | |
|   int32_t result = -1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIContent* content = aFrame->GetContent();
 | |
|   if (content) {
 | |
|     nsIContent* parentContent = content->GetParent();
 | |
|     if (parentContent) {
 | |
|       result = parentContent->ComputeIndexOf(content);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return result;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsAutoCString nsIFrame::ListTag() const {
 | |
|   nsAutoString tmp;
 | |
|   GetFrameName(tmp);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsAutoCString tag;
 | |
|   tag += NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(tmp);
 | |
|   tag += nsPrintfCString("@%p", static_cast<const void*>(this));
 | |
|   return tag;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| std::string nsIFrame::ConvertToString(const LogicalRect& aRect,
 | |
|                                       const WritingMode aWM, ListFlags aFlags) {
 | |
|   if (aFlags.contains(ListFlag::DisplayInCSSPixels)) {
 | |
|     // Abuse CSSRect to store all LogicalRect's dimensions in CSS pixels.
 | |
|     return ToString(mozilla::CSSRect(CSSPixel::FromAppUnits(aRect.IStart(aWM)),
 | |
|                                      CSSPixel::FromAppUnits(aRect.BStart(aWM)),
 | |
|                                      CSSPixel::FromAppUnits(aRect.ISize(aWM)),
 | |
|                                      CSSPixel::FromAppUnits(aRect.BSize(aWM))));
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return ToString(aRect);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| std::string nsIFrame::ConvertToString(const LogicalSize& aSize,
 | |
|                                       const WritingMode aWM, ListFlags aFlags) {
 | |
|   if (aFlags.contains(ListFlag::DisplayInCSSPixels)) {
 | |
|     // Abuse CSSSize to store all LogicalSize's dimensions in CSS pixels.
 | |
|     return ToString(CSSSize(CSSPixel::FromAppUnits(aSize.ISize(aWM)),
 | |
|                             CSSPixel::FromAppUnits(aSize.BSize(aWM))));
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return ToString(aSize);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Debugging
 | |
| void nsIFrame::ListGeneric(nsACString& aTo, const char* aPrefix,
 | |
|                            ListFlags aFlags) const {
 | |
|   aTo += aPrefix;
 | |
|   aTo += ListTag();
 | |
|   if (HasView()) {
 | |
|     aTo += nsPrintfCString(" [view=%p]", static_cast<void*>(GetView()));
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (GetParent()) {
 | |
|     aTo += nsPrintfCString(" parent=%p", static_cast<void*>(GetParent()));
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (GetNextSibling()) {
 | |
|     aTo += nsPrintfCString(" next=%p", static_cast<void*>(GetNextSibling()));
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (GetPrevContinuation()) {
 | |
|     bool fluid = GetPrevInFlow() == GetPrevContinuation();
 | |
|     aTo += nsPrintfCString(" prev-%s=%p", fluid ? "in-flow" : "continuation",
 | |
|                            static_cast<void*>(GetPrevContinuation()));
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (GetNextContinuation()) {
 | |
|     bool fluid = GetNextInFlow() == GetNextContinuation();
 | |
|     aTo += nsPrintfCString(" next-%s=%p", fluid ? "in-flow" : "continuation",
 | |
|                            static_cast<void*>(GetNextContinuation()));
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   void* IBsibling = GetProperty(IBSplitSibling());
 | |
|   if (IBsibling) {
 | |
|     aTo += nsPrintfCString(" IBSplitSibling=%p", IBsibling);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   void* IBprevsibling = GetProperty(IBSplitPrevSibling());
 | |
|   if (IBprevsibling) {
 | |
|     aTo += nsPrintfCString(" IBSplitPrevSibling=%p", IBprevsibling);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (nsLayoutUtils::FontSizeInflationEnabled(PresContext())) {
 | |
|     if (HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_FONT_INFLATION_FLOW_ROOT)) {
 | |
|       aTo += nsPrintfCString(" FFR");
 | |
|       if (nsFontInflationData* data =
 | |
|               nsFontInflationData::FindFontInflationDataFor(this)) {
 | |
|         aTo += nsPrintfCString(
 | |
|             ",enabled=%s,UIS=%s", data->InflationEnabled() ? "yes" : "no",
 | |
|             ConvertToString(data->UsableISize(), aFlags).c_str());
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_FONT_INFLATION_CONTAINER)) {
 | |
|       aTo += nsPrintfCString(" FIC");
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     aTo += nsPrintfCString(" FI=%f", nsLayoutUtils::FontSizeInflationFor(this));
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   aTo += nsPrintfCString(" %s", ConvertToString(mRect, aFlags).c_str());
 | |
| 
 | |
|   mozilla::WritingMode wm = GetWritingMode();
 | |
|   if (wm.IsVertical() || wm.IsBidiRTL()) {
 | |
|     aTo +=
 | |
|         nsPrintfCString(" wm=%s logical-size=(%s)", ToString(wm).c_str(),
 | |
|                         ConvertToString(GetLogicalSize(), wm, aFlags).c_str());
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIFrame* parent = GetParent();
 | |
|   if (parent) {
 | |
|     WritingMode pWM = parent->GetWritingMode();
 | |
|     if (pWM.IsVertical() || pWM.IsBidiRTL()) {
 | |
|       nsSize containerSize = parent->mRect.Size();
 | |
|       LogicalRect lr(pWM, mRect, containerSize);
 | |
|       aTo += nsPrintfCString(" parent-wm=%s cs=(%s) logical-rect=%s",
 | |
|                              ToString(pWM).c_str(),
 | |
|                              ConvertToString(containerSize, aFlags).c_str(),
 | |
|                              ConvertToString(lr, pWM, aFlags).c_str());
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   nsIFrame* f = const_cast<nsIFrame*>(this);
 | |
|   if (f->HasOverflowAreas()) {
 | |
|     nsRect vo = f->InkOverflowRect();
 | |
|     if (!vo.IsEqualEdges(mRect)) {
 | |
|       aTo += nsPrintfCString(" ink-overflow=%s",
 | |
|                              ConvertToString(vo, aFlags).c_str());
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     nsRect so = f->ScrollableOverflowRect();
 | |
|     if (!so.IsEqualEdges(mRect)) {
 | |
|       aTo += nsPrintfCString(" scr-overflow=%s",
 | |
|                              ConvertToString(so, aFlags).c_str());
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   bool hasNormalPosition;
 | |
|   nsPoint normalPosition = GetNormalPosition(&hasNormalPosition);
 | |
|   if (hasNormalPosition) {
 | |
|     aTo += nsPrintfCString(" normal-position=%s",
 | |
|                            ConvertToString(normalPosition, aFlags).c_str());
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (HasProperty(BidiDataProperty())) {
 | |
|     FrameBidiData bidi = GetBidiData();
 | |
|     aTo += nsPrintfCString(" bidi(%d,%d,%d)", bidi.baseLevel,
 | |
|                            bidi.embeddingLevel, bidi.precedingControl);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (IsTransformed()) {
 | |
|     aTo += nsPrintfCString(" transformed");
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (ChildrenHavePerspective()) {
 | |
|     aTo += nsPrintfCString(" perspective");
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (Extend3DContext()) {
 | |
|     aTo += nsPrintfCString(" extend-3d");
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (Combines3DTransformWithAncestors()) {
 | |
|     aTo += nsPrintfCString(" combines-3d-transform-with-ancestors");
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (mContent) {
 | |
|     aTo += nsPrintfCString(" [content=%p]", static_cast<void*>(mContent));
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   aTo += nsPrintfCString(" [cs=%p", static_cast<void*>(mComputedStyle));
 | |
|   if (mComputedStyle) {
 | |
|     auto pseudoType = mComputedStyle->GetPseudoType();
 | |
|     aTo += ToString(pseudoType).c_str();
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   aTo += "]";
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::List(FILE* out, const char* aPrefix, ListFlags aFlags) const {
 | |
|   nsCString str;
 | |
|   ListGeneric(str, aPrefix, aFlags);
 | |
|   fprintf_stderr(out, "%s\n", str.get());
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::ListTextRuns(FILE* out) const {
 | |
|   nsTHashSet<const void*> seen;
 | |
|   ListTextRuns(out, seen);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::ListTextRuns(FILE* out, nsTHashSet<const void*>& aSeen) const {
 | |
|   for (const auto& childList : ChildLists()) {
 | |
|     for (const nsIFrame* kid : childList.mList) {
 | |
|       kid->ListTextRuns(out, aSeen);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::ListMatchedRules(FILE* out, const char* aPrefix) const {
 | |
|   nsTArray<const RawServoStyleRule*> rawRuleList;
 | |
|   Servo_ComputedValues_GetStyleRuleList(mComputedStyle, &rawRuleList);
 | |
|   for (const RawServoStyleRule* rawRule : rawRuleList) {
 | |
|     nsAutoCString ruleText;
 | |
|     Servo_StyleRule_GetCssText(rawRule, &ruleText);
 | |
|     fprintf_stderr(out, "%s%s\n", aPrefix, ruleText.get());
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::ListWithMatchedRules(FILE* out, const char* aPrefix) const {
 | |
|   fprintf_stderr(out, "%s%s\n", aPrefix, ListTag().get());
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsCString rulePrefix;
 | |
|   rulePrefix += aPrefix;
 | |
|   rulePrefix += "    ";
 | |
|   ListMatchedRules(out, rulePrefix.get());
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult nsIFrame::GetFrameName(nsAString& aResult) const {
 | |
|   return MakeFrameName(u"Frame"_ns, aResult);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult nsIFrame::MakeFrameName(const nsAString& aType,
 | |
|                                  nsAString& aResult) const {
 | |
|   aResult = aType;
 | |
|   if (mContent && !mContent->IsText()) {
 | |
|     nsAutoString buf;
 | |
|     mContent->NodeInfo()->NameAtom()->ToString(buf);
 | |
|     if (IsSubDocumentFrame()) {
 | |
|       nsAutoString src;
 | |
|       mContent->AsElement()->GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::src, src);
 | |
|       buf.AppendLiteral(" src=");
 | |
|       buf.Append(src);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     aResult.Append('(');
 | |
|     aResult.Append(buf);
 | |
|     aResult.Append(')');
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   aResult.Append('(');
 | |
|   aResult.AppendInt(ContentIndexInContainer(this));
 | |
|   aResult.Append(')');
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::DumpFrameTree() const {
 | |
|   PresShell()->GetRootFrame()->List(stderr);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::DumpFrameTreeInCSSPixels() const {
 | |
|   PresShell()->GetRootFrame()->List(stderr, "", ListFlag::DisplayInCSSPixels);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::DumpFrameTreeLimited() const { List(stderr); }
 | |
| void nsIFrame::DumpFrameTreeLimitedInCSSPixels() const {
 | |
|   List(stderr, "", ListFlag::DisplayInCSSPixels);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::IsVisibleForPainting() { return StyleVisibility()->IsVisible(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::IsVisibleOrCollapsedForPainting() {
 | |
|   return StyleVisibility()->IsVisibleOrCollapsed();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* virtual */
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::IsEmpty() { return false; }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::CachedIsEmpty() {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(!HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_IS_DIRTY),
 | |
|              "Must only be called on reflowed lines");
 | |
|   return IsEmpty();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* virtual */
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::IsSelfEmpty() { return false; }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult nsIFrame::GetSelectionController(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
 | |
|                                           nsISelectionController** aSelCon) {
 | |
|   if (!aPresContext || !aSelCon) return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIFrame* frame = this;
 | |
|   while (frame && frame->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_INDEPENDENT_SELECTION)) {
 | |
|     nsITextControlFrame* tcf = do_QueryFrame(frame);
 | |
|     if (tcf) {
 | |
|       return tcf->GetOwnedSelectionController(aSelCon);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     frame = frame->GetParent();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   *aSelCon = do_AddRef(aPresContext->PresShell()).take();
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| already_AddRefed<nsFrameSelection> nsIFrame::GetFrameSelection() {
 | |
|   RefPtr<nsFrameSelection> fs =
 | |
|       const_cast<nsFrameSelection*>(GetConstFrameSelection());
 | |
|   return fs.forget();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| const nsFrameSelection* nsIFrame::GetConstFrameSelection() const {
 | |
|   nsIFrame* frame = const_cast<nsIFrame*>(this);
 | |
|   while (frame && frame->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_INDEPENDENT_SELECTION)) {
 | |
|     nsITextControlFrame* tcf = do_QueryFrame(frame);
 | |
|     if (tcf) {
 | |
|       return tcf->GetOwnedFrameSelection();
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     frame = frame->GetParent();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return PresShell()->ConstFrameSelection();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::IsFrameSelected() const {
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(!GetContent() || GetContent()->IsMaybeSelected(),
 | |
|                "use the public IsSelected() instead");
 | |
|   return GetContent()->IsSelected(0, GetContent()->GetChildCount());
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult nsIFrame::GetPointFromOffset(int32_t inOffset, nsPoint* outPoint) {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(outPoint != nullptr, "Null parameter");
 | |
|   nsRect contentRect = GetContentRectRelativeToSelf();
 | |
|   nsPoint pt = contentRect.TopLeft();
 | |
|   if (mContent) {
 | |
|     nsIContent* newContent = mContent->GetParent();
 | |
|     if (newContent) {
 | |
|       int32_t newOffset = newContent->ComputeIndexOf(mContent);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       // Find the direction of the frame from the EmbeddingLevelProperty,
 | |
|       // which is the resolved bidi level set in
 | |
|       // nsBidiPresUtils::ResolveParagraph (odd levels = right-to-left).
 | |
|       // If the embedding level isn't set, just use the CSS direction
 | |
|       // property.
 | |
|       bool hasBidiData;
 | |
|       FrameBidiData bidiData = GetProperty(BidiDataProperty(), &hasBidiData);
 | |
|       bool isRTL = hasBidiData
 | |
|                        ? IS_LEVEL_RTL(bidiData.embeddingLevel)
 | |
|                        : StyleVisibility()->mDirection == StyleDirection::Rtl;
 | |
|       if ((!isRTL && inOffset > newOffset) ||
 | |
|           (isRTL && inOffset <= newOffset)) {
 | |
|         pt = contentRect.TopRight();
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   *outPoint = pt;
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult nsIFrame::GetCharacterRectsInRange(int32_t aInOffset, int32_t aLength,
 | |
|                                             nsTArray<nsRect>& aOutRect) {
 | |
|   /* no text */
 | |
|   return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult nsIFrame::GetChildFrameContainingOffset(int32_t inContentOffset,
 | |
|                                                  bool inHint,
 | |
|                                                  int32_t* outFrameContentOffset,
 | |
|                                                  nsIFrame** outChildFrame) {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(outChildFrame && outFrameContentOffset, "Null parameter");
 | |
|   *outFrameContentOffset = (int32_t)inHint;
 | |
|   // the best frame to reflect any given offset would be a visible frame if
 | |
|   // possible i.e. we are looking for a valid frame to place the blinking caret
 | |
|   nsRect rect = GetRect();
 | |
|   if (!rect.width || !rect.height) {
 | |
|     // if we have a 0 width or height then lets look for another frame that
 | |
|     // possibly has the same content.  If we have no frames in flow then just
 | |
|     // let us return 'this' frame
 | |
|     nsIFrame* nextFlow = GetNextInFlow();
 | |
|     if (nextFlow)
 | |
|       return nextFlow->GetChildFrameContainingOffset(
 | |
|           inContentOffset, inHint, outFrameContentOffset, outChildFrame);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   *outChildFrame = this;
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| //
 | |
| // What I've pieced together about this routine:
 | |
| // Starting with a block frame (from which a line frame can be gotten)
 | |
| // and a line number, drill down and get the first/last selectable
 | |
| // frame on that line, depending on aPos->mDirection.
 | |
| // aOutSideLimit != 0 means ignore aLineStart, instead work from
 | |
| // the end (if > 0) or beginning (if < 0).
 | |
| //
 | |
| nsresult nsIFrame::GetNextPrevLineFromeBlockFrame(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
 | |
|                                                   nsPeekOffsetStruct* aPos,
 | |
|                                                   nsIFrame* aBlockFrame,
 | |
|                                                   int32_t aLineStart,
 | |
|                                                   int8_t aOutSideLimit) {
 | |
|   // magic numbers aLineStart will be -1 for end of block 0 will be start of
 | |
|   // block
 | |
|   if (!aBlockFrame || !aPos) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   aPos->mResultFrame = nullptr;
 | |
|   aPos->mResultContent = nullptr;
 | |
|   aPos->mAttach = aPos->mDirection == eDirNext ? CARET_ASSOCIATE_AFTER
 | |
|                                                : CARET_ASSOCIATE_BEFORE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const nsAutoLineIterator it = aBlockFrame->GetLineIterator();
 | |
|   if (!it) {
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   int32_t searchingLine = aLineStart;
 | |
|   int32_t countLines = it->GetNumLines();
 | |
|   if (aOutSideLimit > 0)  // start at end
 | |
|     searchingLine = countLines;
 | |
|   else if (aOutSideLimit < 0)  // start at beginning
 | |
|     searchingLine = -1;        //"next" will be 0
 | |
|   else if ((aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious && searchingLine == 0) ||
 | |
|            (aPos->mDirection == eDirNext &&
 | |
|             searchingLine >= (countLines - 1))) {
 | |
|     // we need to jump to new block frame.
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   nsIFrame* resultFrame = nullptr;
 | |
|   nsIFrame* farStoppingFrame = nullptr;  // we keep searching until we find a
 | |
|                                          // "this" frame then we go to next line
 | |
|   nsIFrame* nearStoppingFrame = nullptr;  // if we are backing up from edge,
 | |
|                                           // stop here
 | |
|   nsIFrame* firstFrame;
 | |
|   nsIFrame* lastFrame;
 | |
|   bool isBeforeFirstFrame, isAfterLastFrame;
 | |
|   bool found = false;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsresult result = NS_OK;
 | |
|   while (!found) {
 | |
|     if (aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious)
 | |
|       searchingLine--;
 | |
|     else
 | |
|       searchingLine++;
 | |
|     if ((aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious && searchingLine < 0) ||
 | |
|         (aPos->mDirection == eDirNext && searchingLine >= countLines)) {
 | |
|       // we need to jump to new block frame.
 | |
|       return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     auto line = it->GetLine(searchingLine).unwrap();
 | |
|     if (!line.mNumFramesOnLine) {
 | |
|       continue;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     lastFrame = firstFrame = line.mFirstFrameOnLine;
 | |
|     for (int32_t lineFrameCount = line.mNumFramesOnLine; lineFrameCount > 1;
 | |
|          lineFrameCount--) {
 | |
|       result = it->GetNextSiblingOnLine(lastFrame, searchingLine);
 | |
|       if (NS_FAILED(result) || !lastFrame) {
 | |
|         NS_ERROR("GetLine promised more frames than could be found");
 | |
|         return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     GetLastLeaf(&lastFrame);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (aPos->mDirection == eDirNext) {
 | |
|       nearStoppingFrame = firstFrame;
 | |
|       farStoppingFrame = lastFrame;
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       nearStoppingFrame = lastFrame;
 | |
|       farStoppingFrame = firstFrame;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     nsPoint offset;
 | |
|     nsView* view;  // used for call of get offset from view
 | |
|     aBlockFrame->GetOffsetFromView(offset, &view);
 | |
|     nsPoint newDesiredPos =
 | |
|         aPos->mDesiredCaretPos -
 | |
|         offset;  // get desired position into blockframe coords
 | |
|     result = it->FindFrameAt(searchingLine, newDesiredPos, &resultFrame,
 | |
|                              &isBeforeFirstFrame, &isAfterLastFrame);
 | |
|     if (NS_FAILED(result)) {
 | |
|       continue;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (resultFrame) {
 | |
|       // check to see if this is ANOTHER blockframe inside the other one if so
 | |
|       // then call into its lines
 | |
|       nsAutoLineIterator newIt = resultFrame->GetLineIterator();
 | |
|       if (newIt) {
 | |
|         aPos->mResultFrame = resultFrame;
 | |
|         return NS_OK;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       // resultFrame is not a block frame
 | |
|       result = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       nsCOMPtr<nsIFrameEnumerator> frameTraversal;
 | |
|       result = NS_NewFrameTraversal(getter_AddRefs(frameTraversal),
 | |
|                                     aPresContext, resultFrame, ePostOrder,
 | |
|                                     false,  // aVisual
 | |
|                                     aPos->mScrollViewStop,
 | |
|                                     false,  // aFollowOOFs
 | |
|                                     false   // aSkipPopupChecks
 | |
|       );
 | |
|       if (NS_FAILED(result)) return result;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       auto FoundValidFrame = [aPos](const ContentOffsets& aOffsets,
 | |
|                                     const nsIFrame* aFrame) {
 | |
|         if (!aOffsets.content) {
 | |
|           return false;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         if (!aFrame->IsSelectable(nullptr)) {
 | |
|           return false;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         if (aPos->mForceEditableRegion && !aOffsets.content->IsEditable()) {
 | |
|           return false;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         return true;
 | |
|       };
 | |
| 
 | |
|       nsIFrame* storeOldResultFrame = resultFrame;
 | |
|       while (!found) {
 | |
|         nsPoint point;
 | |
|         nsRect tempRect = resultFrame->GetRect();
 | |
|         nsPoint offset;
 | |
|         nsView* view;  // used for call of get offset from view
 | |
|         resultFrame->GetOffsetFromView(offset, &view);
 | |
|         if (!view) {
 | |
|           return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         if (resultFrame->GetWritingMode().IsVertical()) {
 | |
|           point.y = aPos->mDesiredCaretPos.y;
 | |
|           point.x = tempRect.width + offset.x;
 | |
|         } else {
 | |
|           point.y = tempRect.height + offset.y;
 | |
|           point.x = aPos->mDesiredCaretPos.x;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         // special check. if we allow non-text selection then we can allow a hit
 | |
|         // location to fall before a table. otherwise there is no way to get and
 | |
|         // click signal to fall before a table (it being a line iterator itself)
 | |
|         mozilla::PresShell* presShell = aPresContext->GetPresShell();
 | |
|         if (!presShell) {
 | |
|           return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         int16_t isEditor = presShell->GetSelectionFlags();
 | |
|         isEditor = isEditor == nsISelectionDisplay::DISPLAY_ALL;
 | |
|         if (isEditor) {
 | |
|           if (resultFrame->IsTableWrapperFrame()) {
 | |
|             if (((point.x - offset.x + tempRect.x) < 0) ||
 | |
|                 ((point.x - offset.x + tempRect.x) >
 | |
|                  tempRect.width))  // off left/right side
 | |
|             {
 | |
|               nsIContent* content = resultFrame->GetContent();
 | |
|               if (content) {
 | |
|                 nsIContent* parent = content->GetParent();
 | |
|                 if (parent) {
 | |
|                   aPos->mResultContent = parent;
 | |
|                   aPos->mContentOffset = parent->ComputeIndexOf(content);
 | |
|                   aPos->mAttach = CARET_ASSOCIATE_BEFORE;
 | |
|                   if ((point.x - offset.x + tempRect.x) > tempRect.width) {
 | |
|                     aPos->mContentOffset++;  // go to end of this frame
 | |
|                     aPos->mAttach = CARET_ASSOCIATE_AFTER;
 | |
|                   }
 | |
|                   // result frame is the result frames parent.
 | |
|                   aPos->mResultFrame = resultFrame->GetParent();
 | |
|                   return NS_POSITION_BEFORE_TABLE;
 | |
|                 }
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (!resultFrame->HasView()) {
 | |
|           nsView* view;
 | |
|           nsPoint offset;
 | |
|           resultFrame->GetOffsetFromView(offset, &view);
 | |
|           ContentOffsets offsets =
 | |
|               resultFrame->GetContentOffsetsFromPoint(point - offset);
 | |
|           aPos->mResultContent = offsets.content;
 | |
|           aPos->mContentOffset = offsets.offset;
 | |
|           aPos->mAttach = offsets.associate;
 | |
|           if (FoundValidFrame(offsets, resultFrame)) {
 | |
|             found = true;
 | |
|             break;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious &&
 | |
|             (resultFrame == farStoppingFrame))
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|         if (aPos->mDirection == eDirNext && (resultFrame == nearStoppingFrame))
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|         // always try previous on THAT line if that fails go the other way
 | |
|         resultFrame = frameTraversal->Traverse(/* aForward = */ false);
 | |
|         if (!resultFrame) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (!found) {
 | |
|         resultFrame = storeOldResultFrame;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         result = NS_NewFrameTraversal(getter_AddRefs(frameTraversal),
 | |
|                                       aPresContext, resultFrame, eLeaf,
 | |
|                                       false,  // aVisual
 | |
|                                       aPos->mScrollViewStop,
 | |
|                                       false,  // aFollowOOFs
 | |
|                                       false   // aSkipPopupChecks
 | |
|         );
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       while (!found) {
 | |
|         nsPoint point = aPos->mDesiredCaretPos;
 | |
|         nsView* view;
 | |
|         nsPoint offset;
 | |
|         resultFrame->GetOffsetFromView(offset, &view);
 | |
|         ContentOffsets offsets =
 | |
|             resultFrame->GetContentOffsetsFromPoint(point - offset);
 | |
|         aPos->mResultContent = offsets.content;
 | |
|         aPos->mContentOffset = offsets.offset;
 | |
|         aPos->mAttach = offsets.associate;
 | |
|         if (FoundValidFrame(offsets, resultFrame)) {
 | |
|           found = true;
 | |
|           if (resultFrame == farStoppingFrame)
 | |
|             aPos->mAttach = CARET_ASSOCIATE_BEFORE;
 | |
|           else
 | |
|             aPos->mAttach = CARET_ASSOCIATE_AFTER;
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         if (aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious &&
 | |
|             (resultFrame == nearStoppingFrame))
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|         if (aPos->mDirection == eDirNext && (resultFrame == farStoppingFrame))
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|         // previous didnt work now we try "next"
 | |
|         nsIFrame* tempFrame = frameTraversal->Traverse(/* aForward = */ true);
 | |
|         if (!tempFrame) break;
 | |
|         resultFrame = tempFrame;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       aPos->mResultFrame = resultFrame;
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       // we need to jump to new block frame.
 | |
|       aPos->mAmount = eSelectLine;
 | |
|       aPos->mStartOffset = 0;
 | |
|       aPos->mAttach = aPos->mDirection == eDirNext ? CARET_ASSOCIATE_BEFORE
 | |
|                                                    : CARET_ASSOCIATE_AFTER;
 | |
|       if (aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious)
 | |
|         aPos->mStartOffset = -1;  // start from end
 | |
|       return aBlockFrame->PeekOffset(aPos);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsIFrame::CaretPosition nsIFrame::GetExtremeCaretPosition(bool aStart) {
 | |
|   CaretPosition result;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   FrameTarget targetFrame = DrillDownToSelectionFrame(this, !aStart, 0);
 | |
|   FrameContentRange range = GetRangeForFrame(targetFrame.frame);
 | |
|   result.mResultContent = range.content;
 | |
|   result.mContentOffset = aStart ? range.start : range.end;
 | |
|   return result;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // If this is a preformatted text frame, see if it ends with a newline
 | |
| static nsContentAndOffset FindLineBreakInText(nsIFrame* aFrame,
 | |
|                                               nsDirection aDirection) {
 | |
|   nsContentAndOffset result;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aFrame->IsGeneratedContentFrame() ||
 | |
|       !aFrame->HasSignificantTerminalNewline()) {
 | |
|     return result;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   int32_t startOffset, endOffset;
 | |
|   aFrame->GetOffsets(startOffset, endOffset);
 | |
|   result.mContent = aFrame->GetContent();
 | |
|   result.mOffset = endOffset - (aDirection == eDirPrevious ? 0 : 1);
 | |
|   return result;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Find the first (or last) descendant of the given frame
 | |
| // which is either a block-level frame or a BRFrame, or some other kind of break
 | |
| // which stops the line.
 | |
| static nsContentAndOffset FindLineBreakingFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame,
 | |
|                                                 nsDirection aDirection) {
 | |
|   nsContentAndOffset result;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aFrame->IsGeneratedContentFrame()) {
 | |
|     return result;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Treat form controls as inline leaves
 | |
|   // XXX we really need a way to determine whether a frame is inline-level
 | |
|   if (static_cast<nsIFormControlFrame*>(do_QueryFrame(aFrame))) {
 | |
|     return result;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Check the frame itself
 | |
|   // Fall through block-in-inline split frames because their mContent is
 | |
|   // the content of the inline frames they were created from. The
 | |
|   // first/last child of such frames is the real block frame we're
 | |
|   // looking for.
 | |
|   if ((aFrame->IsBlockOutside() &&
 | |
|        !aFrame->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_PART_OF_IBSPLIT)) ||
 | |
|       aFrame->IsBrFrame()) {
 | |
|     nsIContent* content = aFrame->GetContent();
 | |
|     result.mContent = content->GetParent();
 | |
|     // In some cases (bug 310589, bug 370174) we end up here with a null
 | |
|     // content. This probably shouldn't ever happen, but since it sometimes
 | |
|     // does, we want to avoid crashing here.
 | |
|     NS_ASSERTION(result.mContent, "Unexpected orphan content");
 | |
|     if (result.mContent)
 | |
|       result.mOffset = result.mContent->ComputeIndexOf(content) +
 | |
|                        (aDirection == eDirPrevious ? 1 : 0);
 | |
|     return result;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   result = FindLineBreakInText(aFrame, aDirection);
 | |
|   if (result.mContent) {
 | |
|     return result;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Iterate over children and call ourselves recursively
 | |
|   if (aDirection == eDirPrevious) {
 | |
|     nsIFrame* child =
 | |
|         aFrame->GetChildList(nsIFrame::kPrincipalList).LastChild();
 | |
|     while (child && !result.mContent) {
 | |
|       result = FindLineBreakingFrame(child, aDirection);
 | |
|       child = child->GetPrevSibling();
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   } else {  // eDirNext
 | |
|     nsIFrame* child = aFrame->PrincipalChildList().FirstChild();
 | |
|     while (child && !result.mContent) {
 | |
|       result = FindLineBreakingFrame(child, aDirection);
 | |
|       child = child->GetNextSibling();
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return result;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult nsIFrame::PeekOffsetForParagraph(nsPeekOffsetStruct* aPos) {
 | |
|   nsIFrame* frame = this;
 | |
|   nsContentAndOffset blockFrameOrBR;
 | |
|   blockFrameOrBR.mContent = nullptr;
 | |
|   bool reachedLimit = frame->IsBlockOutside() || IsEditingHost(frame);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   auto traverse = [&aPos](nsIFrame* current) {
 | |
|     return aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious ? current->GetPrevSibling()
 | |
|                                             : current->GetNextSibling();
 | |
|   };
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Go through containing frames until reaching a block frame.
 | |
|   // In each step, search the previous (or next) siblings for the closest
 | |
|   // "stop frame" (a block frame or a BRFrame).
 | |
|   // If found, set it to be the selection boundary and abort.
 | |
|   while (!reachedLimit) {
 | |
|     nsIFrame* parent = frame->GetParent();
 | |
|     // Treat a frame associated with the root content as if it were a block
 | |
|     // frame.
 | |
|     if (!frame->mContent || !frame->mContent->GetParent()) {
 | |
|       reachedLimit = true;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (aPos->mDirection == eDirNext) {
 | |
|       // Try to find our own line-break before looking at our siblings.
 | |
|       blockFrameOrBR = FindLineBreakInText(frame, eDirNext);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     nsIFrame* sibling = traverse(frame);
 | |
|     while (sibling && !blockFrameOrBR.mContent) {
 | |
|       blockFrameOrBR = FindLineBreakingFrame(sibling, aPos->mDirection);
 | |
|       sibling = traverse(sibling);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (blockFrameOrBR.mContent) {
 | |
|       aPos->mResultContent = blockFrameOrBR.mContent;
 | |
|       aPos->mContentOffset = blockFrameOrBR.mOffset;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     frame = parent;
 | |
|     reachedLimit = frame && (frame->IsBlockOutside() || IsEditingHost(frame));
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (reachedLimit) {  // no "stop frame" found
 | |
|     aPos->mResultContent = frame->GetContent();
 | |
|     if (aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious) {
 | |
|       aPos->mContentOffset = 0;
 | |
|     } else if (aPos->mResultContent) {
 | |
|       aPos->mContentOffset = aPos->mResultContent->GetChildCount();
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Determine movement direction relative to frame
 | |
| static bool IsMovingInFrameDirection(const nsIFrame* frame,
 | |
|                                      nsDirection aDirection, bool aVisual) {
 | |
|   bool isReverseDirection =
 | |
|       aVisual && nsBidiPresUtils::IsReversedDirectionFrame(frame);
 | |
|   return aDirection == (isReverseDirection ? eDirPrevious : eDirNext);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Determines "are we looking for a boundary between whitespace and
 | |
| // non-whitespace (in the direction we're moving in)". It is true when moving
 | |
| // forward and looking for a beginning of a word, or when moving backwards and
 | |
| // looking for an end of a word.
 | |
| static bool ShouldWordSelectionEatSpace(const nsPeekOffsetStruct& aPos) {
 | |
|   if (aPos.mWordMovementType != eDefaultBehavior) {
 | |
|     // aPos->mWordMovementType possible values:
 | |
|     //       eEndWord: eat the space if we're moving backwards
 | |
|     //       eStartWord: eat the space if we're moving forwards
 | |
|     return (aPos.mWordMovementType == eEndWord) ==
 | |
|            (aPos.mDirection == eDirPrevious);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   // Use the hidden preference which is based on operating system
 | |
|   // behavior. This pref only affects whether moving forward by word
 | |
|   // should go to the end of this word or start of the next word. When
 | |
|   // going backwards, the start of the word is always used, on every
 | |
|   // operating system.
 | |
|   return aPos.mDirection == eDirNext &&
 | |
|          StaticPrefs::layout_word_select_eat_space_to_next_word();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| enum class OffsetIsAtLineEdge : bool { No, Yes };
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void SetPeekResultFromFrame(nsPeekOffsetStruct& aPos, nsIFrame* aFrame,
 | |
|                                    int32_t aOffset,
 | |
|                                    OffsetIsAtLineEdge aAtLineEdge) {
 | |
|   FrameContentRange range = GetRangeForFrame(aFrame);
 | |
|   aPos.mResultFrame = aFrame;
 | |
|   aPos.mResultContent = range.content;
 | |
|   // Output offset is relative to content, not frame
 | |
|   aPos.mContentOffset =
 | |
|       aOffset < 0 ? range.end + aOffset + 1 : range.start + aOffset;
 | |
|   if (aAtLineEdge == OffsetIsAtLineEdge::Yes) {
 | |
|     aPos.mAttach = aPos.mContentOffset == range.start ? CARET_ASSOCIATE_AFTER
 | |
|                                                       : CARET_ASSOCIATE_BEFORE;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::SelectablePeekReport::TransferTo(
 | |
|     nsPeekOffsetStruct& aPos) const {
 | |
|   return SetPeekResultFromFrame(aPos, mFrame, mOffset, OffsetIsAtLineEdge::No);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsIFrame::SelectablePeekReport::SelectablePeekReport(
 | |
|     const mozilla::GenericErrorResult<nsresult>&& aErr) {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(NS_FAILED(aErr.operator nsresult()));
 | |
|   // Return an empty report
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult nsIFrame::PeekOffsetForCharacter(nsPeekOffsetStruct* aPos,
 | |
|                                           int32_t aOffset) {
 | |
|   SelectablePeekReport current{this, aOffset};
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIFrame::FrameSearchResult peekSearchState = CONTINUE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   while (peekSearchState != FOUND) {
 | |
|     bool movingInFrameDirection = IsMovingInFrameDirection(
 | |
|         current.mFrame, aPos->mDirection, aPos->mVisual);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (current.mJumpedLine) {
 | |
|       // If we jumped lines, it's as if we found a character, but we still need
 | |
|       // to eat non-renderable content on the new line.
 | |
|       peekSearchState = current.PeekOffsetNoAmount(movingInFrameDirection);
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       PeekOffsetCharacterOptions options;
 | |
|       options.mRespectClusters = aPos->mAmount == eSelectCluster;
 | |
|       peekSearchState =
 | |
|           current.PeekOffsetCharacter(movingInFrameDirection, options);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     current.mMovedOverNonSelectableText |=
 | |
|         peekSearchState == CONTINUE_UNSELECTABLE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (peekSearchState != FOUND) {
 | |
|       SelectablePeekReport next = current.mFrame->GetFrameFromDirection(*aPos);
 | |
|       if (next.Failed()) {
 | |
|         return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       next.mJumpedLine |= current.mJumpedLine;
 | |
|       next.mMovedOverNonSelectableText |= current.mMovedOverNonSelectableText;
 | |
|       next.mHasSelectableFrame |= current.mHasSelectableFrame;
 | |
|       current = next;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Found frame, but because we moved over non selectable text we want
 | |
|     // the offset to be at the frame edge. Note that if we are extending the
 | |
|     // selection, this doesn't matter.
 | |
|     if (peekSearchState == FOUND && current.mMovedOverNonSelectableText &&
 | |
|         (!aPos->mExtend || current.mHasSelectableFrame)) {
 | |
|       int32_t start, end;
 | |
|       current.mFrame->GetOffsets(start, end);
 | |
|       current.mOffset = aPos->mDirection == eDirNext ? 0 : end - start;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Set outputs
 | |
|   current.TransferTo(*aPos);
 | |
|   // If we're dealing with a text frame and moving backward positions us at
 | |
|   // the end of that line, decrease the offset by one to make sure that
 | |
|   // we're placed before the linefeed character on the previous line.
 | |
|   if (current.mOffset < 0 && current.mJumpedLine &&
 | |
|       aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious &&
 | |
|       current.mFrame->HasSignificantTerminalNewline() &&
 | |
|       !current.mIgnoredBrFrame) {
 | |
|     --aPos->mContentOffset;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult nsIFrame::PeekOffsetForWord(nsPeekOffsetStruct* aPos,
 | |
|                                      int32_t aOffset) {
 | |
|   SelectablePeekReport current{this, aOffset};
 | |
|   bool shouldStopAtHardBreak =
 | |
|       aPos->mWordMovementType == eDefaultBehavior &&
 | |
|       StaticPrefs::layout_word_select_eat_space_to_next_word();
 | |
|   bool wordSelectEatSpace = ShouldWordSelectionEatSpace(*aPos);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   PeekWordState state;
 | |
|   while (true) {
 | |
|     bool movingInFrameDirection = IsMovingInFrameDirection(
 | |
|         current.mFrame, aPos->mDirection, aPos->mVisual);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     FrameSearchResult searchResult = current.mFrame->PeekOffsetWord(
 | |
|         movingInFrameDirection, wordSelectEatSpace, aPos->mIsKeyboardSelect,
 | |
|         ¤t.mOffset, &state, aPos->mTrimSpaces);
 | |
|     if (searchResult == FOUND) {
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     SelectablePeekReport next = current.mFrame->GetFrameFromDirection(*aPos);
 | |
|     if (next.Failed()) {
 | |
|       // If we've crossed the line boundary, check to make sure that we
 | |
|       // have not consumed a trailing newline as whitespace if it's
 | |
|       // significant.
 | |
|       if (next.mJumpedLine && wordSelectEatSpace &&
 | |
|           current.mFrame->HasSignificantTerminalNewline() &&
 | |
|           current.mFrame->StyleText()->mWhiteSpace !=
 | |
|               StyleWhiteSpace::PreLine) {
 | |
|         current.mOffset -= 1;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (next.mJumpedLine && !wordSelectEatSpace && state.mSawBeforeType) {
 | |
|       // We can't jump lines if we're looking for whitespace following
 | |
|       // non-whitespace, and we already encountered non-whitespace.
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (shouldStopAtHardBreak && next.mJumpedHardBreak) {
 | |
|       /**
 | |
|        * Prev, always: Jump and stop right there
 | |
|        * Next, saw inline: just stop
 | |
|        * Next, no inline: Jump and consume whitespaces
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       if (aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious) {
 | |
|         // Try moving to the previous line if exists
 | |
|         current.TransferTo(*aPos);
 | |
|         current.mFrame->PeekOffsetForCharacter(aPos, current.mOffset);
 | |
|         return NS_OK;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       if (state.mSawInlineCharacter || current.mJumpedHardBreak) {
 | |
|         if (current.mFrame->HasSignificantTerminalNewline()) {
 | |
|           current.mOffset -= 1;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         current.TransferTo(*aPos);
 | |
|         return NS_OK;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       // Mark the state as whitespace and continue
 | |
|       state.Update(false, true);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (next.mJumpedLine) {
 | |
|       state.mContext.Truncate();
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     current = next;
 | |
|     // Jumping a line is equivalent to encountering whitespace
 | |
|     // This affects only when it already met an actual character
 | |
|     if (wordSelectEatSpace && next.mJumpedLine) {
 | |
|       state.SetSawBeforeType();
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Set outputs
 | |
|   current.TransferTo(*aPos);
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult nsIFrame::PeekOffsetForLine(nsPeekOffsetStruct* aPos) {
 | |
|   nsAutoLineIterator iter;
 | |
|   nsIFrame* blockFrame = this;
 | |
|   nsresult result = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   while (NS_FAILED(result)) {
 | |
|     int32_t thisLine;
 | |
|     MOZ_TRY_VAR(thisLine,
 | |
|                 blockFrame->GetLineNumber(aPos->mScrollViewStop, &blockFrame));
 | |
|     iter = blockFrame->GetLineIterator();
 | |
|     MOZ_ASSERT(iter, "GetLineNumber() succeeded but no block frame?");
 | |
| 
 | |
|     int edgeCase = 0;  // no edge case. this should look at thisLine
 | |
| 
 | |
|     bool doneLooping = false;  // tells us when no more block frames hit.
 | |
|     // this part will find a frame or a block frame. if it's a block frame
 | |
|     // it will "drill down" to find a viable frame or it will return an
 | |
|     // error.
 | |
|     nsIFrame* lastFrame = this;
 | |
|     do {
 | |
|       result = nsIFrame::GetNextPrevLineFromeBlockFrame(
 | |
|           PresContext(), aPos, blockFrame, thisLine,
 | |
|           edgeCase);  // start from thisLine
 | |
| 
 | |
|       // we came back to same spot! keep going
 | |
|       if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) &&
 | |
|           (!aPos->mResultFrame || aPos->mResultFrame == lastFrame)) {
 | |
|         aPos->mResultFrame = nullptr;
 | |
|         if (aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious) {
 | |
|           thisLine--;
 | |
|         } else {
 | |
|           thisLine++;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       } else {               // if failure or success with different frame.
 | |
|         doneLooping = true;  // do not continue with while loop
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       lastFrame = aPos->mResultFrame;  // set last frame
 | |
| 
 | |
|       // make sure block element is not the same as the one we had before
 | |
|       if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && aPos->mResultFrame &&
 | |
|           blockFrame != aPos->mResultFrame) {
 | |
|         /* SPECIAL CHECK FOR TABLE NAVIGATION
 | |
|             tables need to navigate also and the frame that supports it is
 | |
|             nsTableRowGroupFrame which is INSIDE nsTableWrapperFrame.
 | |
|             If we have stumbled onto an nsTableWrapperFrame we need to drill
 | |
|             into nsTableRowGroup if we hit a header or footer that's ok just
 | |
|             go into them.
 | |
|           */
 | |
|         bool searchTableBool = false;
 | |
|         if (aPos->mResultFrame->IsTableWrapperFrame() ||
 | |
|             aPos->mResultFrame->IsTableCellFrame()) {
 | |
|           nsIFrame* frame =
 | |
|               aPos->mResultFrame->PrincipalChildList().FirstChild();
 | |
|           // got the table frame now
 | |
|           // ok time to drill down to find iterator
 | |
|           while (frame) {
 | |
|             iter = frame->GetLineIterator();
 | |
|             if (iter) {
 | |
|               aPos->mResultFrame = frame;
 | |
|               searchTableBool = true;
 | |
|               result = NS_OK;
 | |
|               break;  // while(frame)
 | |
|             }
 | |
|             result = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|             frame = frame->PrincipalChildList().FirstChild();
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (!searchTableBool) {
 | |
|           iter = aPos->mResultFrame->GetLineIterator();
 | |
|           result = iter ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         // we've struck another block element!
 | |
|         if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && iter) {
 | |
|           doneLooping = false;
 | |
|           if (aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious) {
 | |
|             edgeCase = 1;  // far edge, search from end backwards
 | |
|           } else {
 | |
|             edgeCase = -1;  // near edge search from beginning onwards
 | |
|           }
 | |
|           thisLine = 0;  // this line means nothing now.
 | |
|           // everything else means something so keep looking "inside" the
 | |
|           // block
 | |
|           blockFrame = aPos->mResultFrame;
 | |
|         } else {
 | |
|           // THIS is to mean that everything is ok to the containing while
 | |
|           // loop
 | |
|           result = NS_OK;
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     } while (!doneLooping);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return result;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult nsIFrame::PeekOffsetForLineEdge(nsPeekOffsetStruct* aPos) {
 | |
|   // Adjusted so that the caret can't get confused when content changes
 | |
|   nsIFrame* blockFrame = AdjustFrameForSelectionStyles(this);
 | |
|   int32_t thisLine;
 | |
|   MOZ_TRY_VAR(thisLine,
 | |
|               blockFrame->GetLineNumber(aPos->mScrollViewStop, &blockFrame));
 | |
|   nsAutoLineIterator it = blockFrame->GetLineIterator();
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(it, "GetLineNumber() succeeded but no block frame?");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIFrame* baseFrame = nullptr;
 | |
|   bool endOfLine = (eSelectEndLine == aPos->mAmount);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aPos->mVisual && PresContext()->BidiEnabled()) {
 | |
|     nsIFrame* firstFrame;
 | |
|     bool isReordered;
 | |
|     nsIFrame* lastFrame;
 | |
|     MOZ_TRY(
 | |
|         it->CheckLineOrder(thisLine, &isReordered, &firstFrame, &lastFrame));
 | |
|     baseFrame = endOfLine ? lastFrame : firstFrame;
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     auto line = it->GetLine(thisLine).unwrap();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     nsIFrame* frame = line.mFirstFrameOnLine;
 | |
|     bool lastFrameWasEditable = false;
 | |
|     for (int32_t count = line.mNumFramesOnLine; count;
 | |
|          --count, frame = frame->GetNextSibling()) {
 | |
|       if (frame->IsGeneratedContentFrame()) {
 | |
|         continue;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       // When jumping to the end of the line with the "end" key,
 | |
|       // try to skip over brFrames
 | |
|       if (endOfLine && line.mNumFramesOnLine > 1 && frame->IsBrFrame() &&
 | |
|           lastFrameWasEditable == frame->GetContent()->IsEditable()) {
 | |
|         continue;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       lastFrameWasEditable =
 | |
|           frame->GetContent() && frame->GetContent()->IsEditable();
 | |
|       baseFrame = frame;
 | |
|       if (!endOfLine) {
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (!baseFrame) {
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   FrameTarget targetFrame = DrillDownToSelectionFrame(baseFrame, endOfLine, 0);
 | |
|   SetPeekResultFromFrame(*aPos, targetFrame.frame, endOfLine ? -1 : 0,
 | |
|                          OffsetIsAtLineEdge::Yes);
 | |
|   if (endOfLine && targetFrame.frame->HasSignificantTerminalNewline()) {
 | |
|     // Do not position the caret after the terminating newline if we're
 | |
|     // trying to move to the end of line (see bug 596506)
 | |
|     --aPos->mContentOffset;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (!aPos->mResultContent) {
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult nsIFrame::PeekOffset(nsPeekOffsetStruct* aPos) {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aPos);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (NS_WARN_IF(HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_IS_DIRTY))) {
 | |
|     // FIXME(Bug 1654362): <caption> currently can remain dirty.
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Translate content offset to be relative to frame
 | |
|   int32_t offset = aPos->mStartOffset - GetRangeForFrame(this).start;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   switch (aPos->mAmount) {
 | |
|     case eSelectCharacter:
 | |
|     case eSelectCluster:
 | |
|       return PeekOffsetForCharacter(aPos, offset);
 | |
|     case eSelectWordNoSpace:
 | |
|       // eSelectWordNoSpace means that we should not be eating any whitespace
 | |
|       // when moving to the adjacent word.  This means that we should set aPos->
 | |
|       // mWordMovementType to eEndWord if we're moving forwards, and to
 | |
|       // eStartWord if we're moving backwards.
 | |
|       if (aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious) {
 | |
|         aPos->mWordMovementType = eStartWord;
 | |
|       } else {
 | |
|         aPos->mWordMovementType = eEndWord;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       // Intentionally fall through the eSelectWord case.
 | |
|       [[fallthrough]];
 | |
|     case eSelectWord:
 | |
|       return PeekOffsetForWord(aPos, offset);
 | |
|     case eSelectLine:
 | |
|       return PeekOffsetForLine(aPos);
 | |
|     case eSelectBeginLine:
 | |
|     case eSelectEndLine:
 | |
|       return PeekOffsetForLineEdge(aPos);
 | |
|     case eSelectParagraph:
 | |
|       return PeekOffsetForParagraph(aPos);
 | |
|     default: {
 | |
|       NS_ASSERTION(false, "Invalid amount");
 | |
|       return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsIFrame::FrameSearchResult nsIFrame::PeekOffsetNoAmount(bool aForward,
 | |
|                                                          int32_t* aOffset) {
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(aOffset && *aOffset <= 1, "aOffset out of range");
 | |
|   // Sure, we can stop right here.
 | |
|   return FOUND;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsIFrame::FrameSearchResult nsIFrame::PeekOffsetCharacter(
 | |
|     bool aForward, int32_t* aOffset, PeekOffsetCharacterOptions aOptions) {
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(aOffset && *aOffset <= 1, "aOffset out of range");
 | |
|   int32_t startOffset = *aOffset;
 | |
|   // A negative offset means "end of frame", which in our case means offset 1.
 | |
|   if (startOffset < 0) startOffset = 1;
 | |
|   if (aForward == (startOffset == 0)) {
 | |
|     // We're before the frame and moving forward, or after it and moving
 | |
|     // backwards: skip to the other side and we're done.
 | |
|     *aOffset = 1 - startOffset;
 | |
|     return FOUND;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return CONTINUE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsIFrame::FrameSearchResult nsIFrame::PeekOffsetWord(
 | |
|     bool aForward, bool aWordSelectEatSpace, bool aIsKeyboardSelect,
 | |
|     int32_t* aOffset, PeekWordState* aState, bool /*aTrimSpaces*/) {
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(aOffset && *aOffset <= 1, "aOffset out of range");
 | |
|   int32_t startOffset = *aOffset;
 | |
|   // This isn't text, so truncate the context
 | |
|   aState->mContext.Truncate();
 | |
|   if (startOffset < 0) startOffset = 1;
 | |
|   if (aForward == (startOffset == 0)) {
 | |
|     // We're before the frame and moving forward, or after it and moving
 | |
|     // backwards. If we're looking for non-whitespace, we found it (without
 | |
|     // skipping this frame).
 | |
|     if (!aState->mAtStart) {
 | |
|       if (aState->mLastCharWasPunctuation) {
 | |
|         // We're not punctuation, so this is a punctuation boundary.
 | |
|         if (BreakWordBetweenPunctuation(aState, aForward, false, false,
 | |
|                                         aIsKeyboardSelect))
 | |
|           return FOUND;
 | |
|       } else {
 | |
|         // This is not a punctuation boundary.
 | |
|         if (aWordSelectEatSpace && aState->mSawBeforeType) return FOUND;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     // Otherwise skip to the other side and note that we encountered
 | |
|     // non-whitespace.
 | |
|     *aOffset = 1 - startOffset;
 | |
|     aState->Update(false,  // not punctuation
 | |
|                    false   // not whitespace
 | |
|     );
 | |
|     if (!aWordSelectEatSpace) aState->SetSawBeforeType();
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return CONTINUE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // static
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::BreakWordBetweenPunctuation(const PeekWordState* aState,
 | |
|                                            bool aForward, bool aPunctAfter,
 | |
|                                            bool aWhitespaceAfter,
 | |
|                                            bool aIsKeyboardSelect) {
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(aPunctAfter != aState->mLastCharWasPunctuation,
 | |
|                "Call this only at punctuation boundaries");
 | |
|   if (aState->mLastCharWasWhitespace) {
 | |
|     // We always stop between whitespace and punctuation
 | |
|     return true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (!StaticPrefs::layout_word_select_stop_at_punctuation()) {
 | |
|     // When this pref is false, we never stop at a punctuation boundary unless
 | |
|     // it's followed by whitespace (in the relevant direction).
 | |
|     return aWhitespaceAfter;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (!aIsKeyboardSelect) {
 | |
|     // mouse caret movement (e.g. word selection) always stops at every
 | |
|     // punctuation boundary
 | |
|     return true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   bool afterPunct = aForward ? aState->mLastCharWasPunctuation : aPunctAfter;
 | |
|   if (!afterPunct) {
 | |
|     // keyboard caret movement only stops after punctuation (in content order)
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   // Stop only if we've seen some non-punctuation since the last whitespace;
 | |
|   // don't stop after punctuation that follows whitespace.
 | |
|   return aState->mSeenNonPunctuationSinceWhitespace;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult nsIFrame::CheckVisibility(nsPresContext*, int32_t, int32_t, bool,
 | |
|                                    bool*, bool*) {
 | |
|   return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| Result<int32_t, nsresult> nsIFrame::GetLineNumber(bool aLockScroll,
 | |
|                                                   nsIFrame** aContainingBlock) {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aContainingBlock);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIFrame* parentFrame = this;
 | |
|   nsIFrame* frame;
 | |
|   nsAutoLineIterator it;
 | |
|   while (!it && parentFrame) {
 | |
|     frame = parentFrame;
 | |
|     if (frame->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_OUT_OF_FLOW)) {
 | |
|       // if we are searching for a frame that is not in flow we will not find
 | |
|       // it. we must instead look for its placeholder
 | |
|       if (frame->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_IS_OVERFLOW_CONTAINER)) {
 | |
|         // abspos continuations don't have placeholders, get the fif
 | |
|         frame = frame->FirstInFlow();
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       frame = frame->GetPlaceholderFrame();
 | |
|       if (!frame) {
 | |
|         return Err(NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     parentFrame = frame->GetParent();
 | |
|     if (parentFrame) {
 | |
|       if (aLockScroll && parentFrame->IsScrollFrame()) {
 | |
|         return Err(NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       it = parentFrame->GetLineIterator();
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (!parentFrame || !it) {
 | |
|     return Err(NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   *aContainingBlock = parentFrame;
 | |
|   int32_t line = it->FindLineContaining(frame);
 | |
|   if (line < 0) {
 | |
|     return Err(NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return line;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| Result<bool, nsresult> nsIFrame::IsVisuallyAtLineEdge(
 | |
|     nsILineIterator* aLineIterator, int32_t aLine, nsDirection aDirection) {
 | |
|   nsIFrame* firstFrame;
 | |
|   nsIFrame* lastFrame;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   bool lineIsRTL = aLineIterator->GetDirection();
 | |
|   bool isReordered;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   MOZ_TRY(aLineIterator->CheckLineOrder(aLine, &isReordered, &firstFrame,
 | |
|                                         &lastFrame));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIFrame** framePtr = aDirection == eDirPrevious ? &firstFrame : &lastFrame;
 | |
|   if (!*framePtr) {
 | |
|     return true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   bool frameIsRTL = (nsBidiPresUtils::FrameDirection(*framePtr) == NSBIDI_RTL);
 | |
|   if ((frameIsRTL == lineIsRTL) == (aDirection == eDirPrevious)) {
 | |
|     nsIFrame::GetFirstLeaf(framePtr);
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     nsIFrame::GetLastLeaf(framePtr);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return *framePtr == this;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| Result<bool, nsresult> nsIFrame::IsLogicallyAtLineEdge(
 | |
|     nsILineIterator* aLineIterator, int32_t aLine, nsDirection aDirection) {
 | |
|   auto line = aLineIterator->GetLine(aLine).unwrap();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aDirection == eDirPrevious) {
 | |
|     nsIFrame* firstFrame = line.mFirstFrameOnLine;
 | |
|     nsIFrame::GetFirstLeaf(&firstFrame);
 | |
|     return firstFrame == this;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // eDirNext
 | |
|   nsIFrame* lastFrame = line.mFirstFrameOnLine;
 | |
|   for (int32_t lineFrameCount = line.mNumFramesOnLine; lineFrameCount > 1;
 | |
|        lineFrameCount--) {
 | |
|     MOZ_TRY(aLineIterator->GetNextSiblingOnLine(lastFrame, aLine));
 | |
|     if (!lastFrame) {
 | |
|       NS_ERROR("should not be reached nsIFrame");
 | |
|       return Err(NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   nsIFrame::GetLastLeaf(&lastFrame);
 | |
|   return lastFrame == this;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsIFrame::SelectablePeekReport nsIFrame::GetFrameFromDirection(
 | |
|     nsDirection aDirection, bool aVisual, bool aJumpLines, bool aScrollViewStop,
 | |
|     bool aForceEditableRegion) {
 | |
|   SelectablePeekReport result;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsPresContext* presContext = PresContext();
 | |
|   bool needsVisualTraversal = aVisual && presContext->BidiEnabled();
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIFrameEnumerator> frameTraversal;
 | |
|   MOZ_TRY(NS_NewFrameTraversal(getter_AddRefs(frameTraversal), presContext,
 | |
|                                this, eLeaf, needsVisualTraversal,
 | |
|                                aScrollViewStop,
 | |
|                                true,  // aFollowOOFs
 | |
|                                false  // aSkipPopupChecks
 | |
|                                ));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Find the prev/next selectable frame
 | |
|   bool selectable = false;
 | |
|   nsIFrame* traversedFrame = this;
 | |
|   while (!selectable) {
 | |
|     nsIFrame* blockFrame;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     int32_t thisLine;
 | |
|     MOZ_TRY_VAR(thisLine,
 | |
|                 traversedFrame->GetLineNumber(aScrollViewStop, &blockFrame));
 | |
| 
 | |
|     nsAutoLineIterator it = blockFrame->GetLineIterator();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     bool atLineEdge;
 | |
|     MOZ_TRY_VAR(
 | |
|         atLineEdge,
 | |
|         needsVisualTraversal
 | |
|             ? traversedFrame->IsVisuallyAtLineEdge(it, thisLine, aDirection)
 | |
|             : traversedFrame->IsLogicallyAtLineEdge(it, thisLine, aDirection));
 | |
|     if (atLineEdge) {
 | |
|       result.mJumpedLine = true;
 | |
|       if (!aJumpLines) {
 | |
|         return result;  // we are done. cannot jump lines
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       int32_t lineToCheckWrap =
 | |
|           aDirection == eDirPrevious ? thisLine - 1 : thisLine;
 | |
|       if (lineToCheckWrap < 0 ||
 | |
|           !it->GetLine(lineToCheckWrap).unwrap().mIsWrapped) {
 | |
|         result.mJumpedHardBreak = true;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     traversedFrame = frameTraversal->Traverse(aDirection == eDirNext);
 | |
|     if (!traversedFrame) {
 | |
|       return result;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     auto IsSelectable = [aForceEditableRegion](const nsIFrame* aFrame) {
 | |
|       if (!aFrame->IsSelectable(nullptr)) {
 | |
|         return false;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       return !aForceEditableRegion || aFrame->GetContent()->IsEditable();
 | |
|     };
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Skip br frames, but only if we can select something before hitting the
 | |
|     // end of the line or a non-selectable region.
 | |
|     if (atLineEdge && aDirection == eDirPrevious &&
 | |
|         traversedFrame->IsBrFrame()) {
 | |
|       for (nsIFrame* current = traversedFrame->GetPrevSibling(); current;
 | |
|            current = current->GetPrevSibling()) {
 | |
|         if (!current->IsBlockOutside() && IsSelectable(current)) {
 | |
|           if (!current->IsBrFrame()) {
 | |
|             result.mIgnoredBrFrame = true;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       if (result.mIgnoredBrFrame) {
 | |
|         continue;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     selectable = IsSelectable(traversedFrame);
 | |
|     if (!selectable) {
 | |
|       if (traversedFrame->IsSelectable(nullptr)) {
 | |
|         result.mHasSelectableFrame = true;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       result.mMovedOverNonSelectableText = true;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }  // while (!selectable)
 | |
| 
 | |
|   result.mOffset = (aDirection == eDirNext) ? 0 : -1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aVisual && nsBidiPresUtils::IsReversedDirectionFrame(traversedFrame)) {
 | |
|     // The new frame is reverse-direction, go to the other end
 | |
|     result.mOffset = -1 - result.mOffset;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   result.mFrame = traversedFrame;
 | |
|   return result;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsIFrame::SelectablePeekReport nsIFrame::GetFrameFromDirection(
 | |
|     const nsPeekOffsetStruct& aPos) {
 | |
|   return GetFrameFromDirection(aPos.mDirection, aPos.mVisual, aPos.mJumpLines,
 | |
|                                aPos.mScrollViewStop, aPos.mForceEditableRegion);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsView* nsIFrame::GetClosestView(nsPoint* aOffset) const {
 | |
|   nsPoint offset(0, 0);
 | |
|   for (const nsIFrame* f = this; f; f = f->GetParent()) {
 | |
|     if (f->HasView()) {
 | |
|       if (aOffset) *aOffset = offset;
 | |
|       return f->GetView();
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     offset += f->GetPosition();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE("No view on any parent?  How did that happen?");
 | |
|   return nullptr;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* virtual */
 | |
| void nsIFrame::ChildIsDirty(nsIFrame* aChild) {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE(
 | |
|       "should never be called on a frame that doesn't "
 | |
|       "inherit from nsContainerFrame");
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef ACCESSIBILITY
 | |
| a11y::AccType nsIFrame::AccessibleType() {
 | |
|   if (IsTableCaption() && !GetRect().IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|     return a11y::eHTMLCaptionType;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return a11y::eNoType;
 | |
| }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::ClearOverflowRects() {
 | |
|   if (mOverflow.mType == OverflowStorageType::None) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (mOverflow.mType == OverflowStorageType::Large) {
 | |
|     RemoveProperty(OverflowAreasProperty());
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   mOverflow.mType = OverflowStorageType::None;
 | |
|   return true;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::SetOverflowAreas(const OverflowAreas& aOverflowAreas) {
 | |
|   if (mOverflow.mType == OverflowStorageType::Large) {
 | |
|     OverflowAreas* overflow = GetOverflowAreasProperty();
 | |
|     bool changed = *overflow != aOverflowAreas;
 | |
|     *overflow = aOverflowAreas;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Don't bother with converting to the deltas form if we already
 | |
|     // have a property.
 | |
|     return changed;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const nsRect& vis = aOverflowAreas.InkOverflow();
 | |
|   uint32_t l = -vis.x,                 // left edge: positive delta is leftwards
 | |
|       t = -vis.y,                      // top: positive is upwards
 | |
|       r = vis.XMost() - mRect.width,   // right: positive is rightwards
 | |
|       b = vis.YMost() - mRect.height;  // bottom: positive is downwards
 | |
|   if (aOverflowAreas.ScrollableOverflow().IsEqualEdges(
 | |
|           nsRect(nsPoint(0, 0), GetSize())) &&
 | |
|       l <= InkOverflowDeltas::kMax && t <= InkOverflowDeltas::kMax &&
 | |
|       r <= InkOverflowDeltas::kMax && b <= InkOverflowDeltas::kMax &&
 | |
|       // we have to check these against zero because we *never* want to
 | |
|       // set a frame as having no overflow in this function.  This is
 | |
|       // because FinishAndStoreOverflow calls this function prior to
 | |
|       // SetRect based on whether the overflow areas match aNewSize.
 | |
|       // In the case where the overflow areas exactly match mRect but
 | |
|       // do not match aNewSize, we need to store overflow in a property
 | |
|       // so that our eventual SetRect/SetSize will know that it has to
 | |
|       // reset our overflow areas.
 | |
|       (l | t | r | b) != 0) {
 | |
|     InkOverflowDeltas oldDeltas = mOverflow.mInkOverflowDeltas;
 | |
|     // It's a "small" overflow area so we store the deltas for each edge
 | |
|     // directly in the frame, rather than allocating a separate rect.
 | |
|     // If they're all zero, that's fine; we're setting things to
 | |
|     // no-overflow.
 | |
|     mOverflow.mInkOverflowDeltas.mLeft = l;
 | |
|     mOverflow.mInkOverflowDeltas.mTop = t;
 | |
|     mOverflow.mInkOverflowDeltas.mRight = r;
 | |
|     mOverflow.mInkOverflowDeltas.mBottom = b;
 | |
|     // There was no scrollable overflow before, and there isn't now.
 | |
|     return oldDeltas != mOverflow.mInkOverflowDeltas;
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     bool changed =
 | |
|         !aOverflowAreas.ScrollableOverflow().IsEqualEdges(
 | |
|             nsRect(nsPoint(0, 0), GetSize())) ||
 | |
|         !aOverflowAreas.InkOverflow().IsEqualEdges(InkOverflowFromDeltas());
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // it's a large overflow area that we need to store as a property
 | |
|     mOverflow.mType = OverflowStorageType::Large;
 | |
|     AddProperty(OverflowAreasProperty(), new OverflowAreas(aOverflowAreas));
 | |
|     return changed;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * Compute the union of the border boxes of aFrame and its descendants,
 | |
|  * in aFrame's coordinate space (if aApplyTransform is false) or its
 | |
|  * post-transform coordinate space (if aApplyTransform is true).
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static nsRect UnionBorderBoxes(
 | |
|     nsIFrame* aFrame, bool aApplyTransform, bool& aOutValid,
 | |
|     const nsSize* aSizeOverride = nullptr,
 | |
|     const OverflowAreas* aOverflowOverride = nullptr) {
 | |
|   const nsRect bounds(nsPoint(0, 0),
 | |
|                       aSizeOverride ? *aSizeOverride : aFrame->GetSize());
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // The SVG container frames besides SVGTextFrame do not maintain
 | |
|   // an accurate mRect. It will make the outline be larger than
 | |
|   // we expect, we need to make them narrow to their children's outline.
 | |
|   // aOutValid is set to false if the returned nsRect is not valid
 | |
|   // and should not be included in the outline rectangle.
 | |
|   aOutValid = !aFrame->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_SVG_LAYOUT) ||
 | |
|               !aFrame->IsFrameOfType(nsIFrame::eSVGContainer) ||
 | |
|               aFrame->IsSVGTextFrame();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsRect u;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!aFrame->FrameMaintainsOverflow()) {
 | |
|     return u;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Start from our border-box, transformed.  See comment below about
 | |
|   // transform of children.
 | |
|   bool doTransform = aApplyTransform && aFrame->IsTransformed();
 | |
|   TransformReferenceBox boundsRefBox(nullptr, bounds);
 | |
|   if (doTransform) {
 | |
|     u = nsDisplayTransform::TransformRect(bounds, aFrame, boundsRefBox);
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     u = bounds;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Only iterate through the children if the overflow areas suggest
 | |
|   // that we might need to, and if the frame doesn't clip its overflow
 | |
|   // anyway.
 | |
|   if (aOverflowOverride) {
 | |
|     if (!doTransform && bounds.IsEqualEdges(aOverflowOverride->InkOverflow()) &&
 | |
|         bounds.IsEqualEdges(aOverflowOverride->ScrollableOverflow())) {
 | |
|       return u;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     if (!doTransform && bounds.IsEqualEdges(aFrame->InkOverflowRect()) &&
 | |
|         bounds.IsEqualEdges(aFrame->ScrollableOverflowRect())) {
 | |
|       return u;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   const nsStyleDisplay* disp = aFrame->StyleDisplay();
 | |
|   LayoutFrameType fType = aFrame->Type();
 | |
|   auto overflowClipAxes = aFrame->ShouldApplyOverflowClipping(disp);
 | |
|   if (overflowClipAxes == nsIFrame::PhysicalAxes::Both ||
 | |
|       fType == LayoutFrameType::Scroll ||
 | |
|       fType == LayoutFrameType::ListControl ||
 | |
|       fType == LayoutFrameType::SVGOuterSVG) {
 | |
|     return u;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const nsStyleEffects* effects = aFrame->StyleEffects();
 | |
|   Maybe<nsRect> clipPropClipRect =
 | |
|       aFrame->GetClipPropClipRect(disp, effects, bounds.Size());
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Iterate over all children except pop-up, absolutely-positioned,
 | |
|   // float, and overflow ones.
 | |
|   const nsIFrame::ChildListIDs skip = {
 | |
|       nsIFrame::kPopupList,    nsIFrame::kSelectPopupList,
 | |
|       nsIFrame::kAbsoluteList, nsIFrame::kFixedList,
 | |
|       nsIFrame::kFloatList,    nsIFrame::kOverflowList};
 | |
|   for (const auto& [list, listID] : aFrame->ChildLists()) {
 | |
|     if (skip.contains(listID)) {
 | |
|       continue;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     for (nsIFrame* child : list) {
 | |
|       if (child->IsPlaceholderFrame()) {
 | |
|         continue;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       // Note that passing |true| for aApplyTransform when
 | |
|       // child->Combines3DTransformWithAncestors() is incorrect if our
 | |
|       // aApplyTransform is false... but the opposite would be as
 | |
|       // well.  This is because elements within a preserve-3d scene
 | |
|       // are always transformed up to the top of the scene.  This
 | |
|       // means we don't have a mechanism for getting a transform up to
 | |
|       // an intermediate point within the scene.  We choose to
 | |
|       // over-transform rather than under-transform because this is
 | |
|       // consistent with other overflow areas.
 | |
|       bool validRect = true;
 | |
|       nsRect childRect =
 | |
|           UnionBorderBoxes(child, true, validRect) + child->GetPosition();
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (!validRect) {
 | |
|         continue;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (clipPropClipRect) {
 | |
|         // Intersect with the clip before transforming.
 | |
|         childRect.IntersectRect(childRect, *clipPropClipRect);
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       // Note that we transform each child separately according to
 | |
|       // aFrame's transform, and then union, which gives a different
 | |
|       // (smaller) result from unioning and then transforming the
 | |
|       // union.  This doesn't match the way we handle overflow areas
 | |
|       // with 2-D transforms, though it does match the way we handle
 | |
|       // overflow areas in preserve-3d 3-D scenes.
 | |
|       if (doTransform && !child->Combines3DTransformWithAncestors()) {
 | |
|         childRect =
 | |
|             nsDisplayTransform::TransformRect(childRect, aFrame, boundsRefBox);
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       // If a SVGContainer has a non-SVGContainer child, we assign
 | |
|       // its child's outline to this SVGContainer directly.
 | |
|       if (!aOutValid && validRect) {
 | |
|         u = childRect;
 | |
|         aOutValid = true;
 | |
|       } else {
 | |
|         u = u.UnionEdges(childRect);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (overflowClipAxes & nsIFrame::PhysicalAxes::Vertical) {
 | |
|     u.y = bounds.y;
 | |
|     u.height = bounds.height;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (overflowClipAxes & nsIFrame::PhysicalAxes::Horizontal) {
 | |
|     u.x = bounds.x;
 | |
|     u.width = bounds.width;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return u;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void ComputeAndIncludeOutlineArea(nsIFrame* aFrame,
 | |
|                                          OverflowAreas& aOverflowAreas,
 | |
|                                          const nsSize& aNewSize) {
 | |
|   const nsStyleOutline* outline = aFrame->StyleOutline();
 | |
|   if (!outline->ShouldPaintOutline()) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // When the outline property is set on a :-moz-block-inside-inline-wrapper
 | |
|   // pseudo-element, it inherited that outline from the inline that was broken
 | |
|   // because it contained a block.  In that case, we don't want a really wide
 | |
|   // outline if the block inside the inline is narrow, so union the actual
 | |
|   // contents of the anonymous blocks.
 | |
|   nsIFrame* frameForArea = aFrame;
 | |
|   do {
 | |
|     PseudoStyleType pseudoType = frameForArea->Style()->GetPseudoType();
 | |
|     if (pseudoType != PseudoStyleType::mozBlockInsideInlineWrapper) break;
 | |
|     // If we're done, we really want it and all its later siblings.
 | |
|     frameForArea = frameForArea->PrincipalChildList().FirstChild();
 | |
|     NS_ASSERTION(frameForArea, "anonymous block with no children?");
 | |
|   } while (frameForArea);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Find the union of the border boxes of all descendants, or in
 | |
|   // the block-in-inline case, all descendants we care about.
 | |
|   //
 | |
|   // Note that the interesting perspective-related cases are taken
 | |
|   // care of by the code that handles those issues for overflow
 | |
|   // calling FinishAndStoreOverflow again, which in turn calls this
 | |
|   // function again.  We still need to deal with preserve-3d a bit.
 | |
|   nsRect innerRect;
 | |
|   bool validRect;
 | |
|   if (frameForArea == aFrame) {
 | |
|     innerRect =
 | |
|         UnionBorderBoxes(aFrame, false, validRect, &aNewSize, &aOverflowAreas);
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     for (; frameForArea; frameForArea = frameForArea->GetNextSibling()) {
 | |
|       nsRect r(UnionBorderBoxes(frameForArea, true, validRect));
 | |
| 
 | |
|       // Adjust for offsets transforms up to aFrame's pre-transform
 | |
|       // (i.e., normal) coordinate space; see comments in
 | |
|       // UnionBorderBoxes for some of the subtlety here.
 | |
|       for (nsIFrame *f = frameForArea, *parent = f->GetParent();
 | |
|            /* see middle of loop */; f = parent, parent = f->GetParent()) {
 | |
|         r += f->GetPosition();
 | |
|         if (parent == aFrame) {
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         if (parent->IsTransformed() && !f->Combines3DTransformWithAncestors()) {
 | |
|           TransformReferenceBox refBox(parent);
 | |
|           r = nsDisplayTransform::TransformRect(r, parent, refBox);
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       innerRect.UnionRect(innerRect, r);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Keep this code in sync with GetOutlineInnerRect in nsCSSRendering.cpp.
 | |
|   SetOrUpdateRectValuedProperty(aFrame, nsIFrame::OutlineInnerRectProperty(),
 | |
|                                 innerRect);
 | |
|   const nscoord offset = outline->mOutlineOffset.ToAppUnits();
 | |
|   nsRect outerRect(innerRect);
 | |
|   bool useOutlineAuto = false;
 | |
|   if (StaticPrefs::layout_css_outline_style_auto_enabled()) {
 | |
|     useOutlineAuto = outline->mOutlineStyle.IsAuto();
 | |
|     if (MOZ_UNLIKELY(useOutlineAuto)) {
 | |
|       nsPresContext* presContext = aFrame->PresContext();
 | |
|       nsITheme* theme = presContext->Theme();
 | |
|       if (theme->ThemeSupportsWidget(presContext, aFrame,
 | |
|                                      StyleAppearance::FocusOutline)) {
 | |
|         outerRect.Inflate(offset);
 | |
|         theme->GetWidgetOverflow(presContext->DeviceContext(), aFrame,
 | |
|                                  StyleAppearance::FocusOutline, &outerRect);
 | |
|       } else {
 | |
|         useOutlineAuto = false;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (MOZ_LIKELY(!useOutlineAuto)) {
 | |
|     nscoord width = outline->GetOutlineWidth();
 | |
|     outerRect.Inflate(width + offset);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsRect& vo = aOverflowAreas.InkOverflow();
 | |
|   vo = vo.UnionEdges(innerRect.Union(outerRect));
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::FinishAndStoreOverflow(OverflowAreas& aOverflowAreas,
 | |
|                                       nsSize aNewSize, nsSize* aOldSize,
 | |
|                                       const nsStyleDisplay* aStyleDisplay) {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(FrameMaintainsOverflow(),
 | |
|              "Don't call - overflow rects not maintained on these SVG frames");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const nsStyleDisplay* disp = StyleDisplayWithOptionalParam(aStyleDisplay);
 | |
|   bool hasTransform = IsTransformed();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsRect bounds(nsPoint(0, 0), aNewSize);
 | |
|   // Store the passed in overflow area if we are a preserve-3d frame or we have
 | |
|   // a transform, and it's not just the frame bounds.
 | |
|   if (hasTransform || Combines3DTransformWithAncestors()) {
 | |
|     if (!aOverflowAreas.InkOverflow().IsEqualEdges(bounds) ||
 | |
|         !aOverflowAreas.ScrollableOverflow().IsEqualEdges(bounds)) {
 | |
|       OverflowAreas* initial = GetProperty(nsIFrame::InitialOverflowProperty());
 | |
|       if (!initial) {
 | |
|         AddProperty(nsIFrame::InitialOverflowProperty(),
 | |
|                     new OverflowAreas(aOverflowAreas));
 | |
|       } else if (initial != &aOverflowAreas) {
 | |
|         *initial = aOverflowAreas;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       RemoveProperty(nsIFrame::InitialOverflowProperty());
 | |
|     }
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG
 | |
|     SetProperty(nsIFrame::DebugInitialOverflowPropertyApplied(), true);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG
 | |
|     RemoveProperty(nsIFrame::DebugInitialOverflowPropertyApplied());
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsSize oldSize = mRect.Size();
 | |
|   bool sizeChanged = ((aOldSize ? *aOldSize : oldSize) != aNewSize);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Our frame size may not have been computed and set yet, but code under
 | |
|   // functions such as ComputeEffectsRect (which we're about to call) use the
 | |
|   // values that are stored in our frame rect to compute their results.  We
 | |
|   // need the results from those functions to be based on the frame size that
 | |
|   // we *will* have, so we temporarily set our frame size here before calling
 | |
|   // those functions.
 | |
|   //
 | |
|   // XXX Someone should document here why we revert the frame size before we
 | |
|   // return rather than just leaving it set.
 | |
|   //
 | |
|   // We pass false here to avoid invalidating display items for this temporary
 | |
|   // change. We sometimes reflow frames multiple times, with the final size
 | |
|   // being the same as the initial. The single call to SetSize after reflow is
 | |
|   // done will take care of invalidating display items if the size has actually
 | |
|   // changed.
 | |
|   SetSize(aNewSize, false);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const auto overflowClipAxes = ShouldApplyOverflowClipping(disp);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (ChildrenHavePerspective(disp) && sizeChanged) {
 | |
|     RecomputePerspectiveChildrenOverflow(this);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (overflowClipAxes != PhysicalAxes::Both) {
 | |
|       aOverflowAreas.SetAllTo(bounds);
 | |
|       DebugOnly<bool> ok = ComputeCustomOverflow(aOverflowAreas);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       // ComputeCustomOverflow() should not return false, when
 | |
|       // FrameMaintainsOverflow() returns true.
 | |
|       MOZ_ASSERT(ok, "FrameMaintainsOverflow() != ComputeCustomOverflow()");
 | |
| 
 | |
|       UnionChildOverflow(aOverflowAreas);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // This is now called FinishAndStoreOverflow() instead of
 | |
|   // StoreOverflow() because frame-generic ways of adding overflow
 | |
|   // can happen here, e.g. CSS2 outline and native theme.
 | |
|   // If the overflow area width or height is nscoord_MAX, then a
 | |
|   // saturating union may have encounted an overflow, so the overflow may not
 | |
|   // contain the frame border-box. Don't warn in that case.
 | |
|   // Don't warn for SVG either, since SVG doesn't need the overflow area
 | |
|   // to contain the frame bounds.
 | |
|   for (const auto otype : AllOverflowTypes()) {
 | |
|     DebugOnly<nsRect*> r = &aOverflowAreas.Overflow(otype);
 | |
|     NS_ASSERTION(aNewSize.width == 0 || aNewSize.height == 0 ||
 | |
|                      r->width == nscoord_MAX || r->height == nscoord_MAX ||
 | |
|                      (mState & NS_FRAME_SVG_LAYOUT) ||
 | |
|                      r->Contains(nsRect(nsPoint(0, 0), aNewSize)),
 | |
|                  "Computed overflow area must contain frame bounds");
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // If we clip our children, clear accumulated overflow area in the affected
 | |
|   // dimension(s). The children are actually clipped to the padding-box, but
 | |
|   // since the overflow area should include the entire border-box, just set it
 | |
|   // to the border-box size here.
 | |
|   if (overflowClipAxes != PhysicalAxes::None) {
 | |
|     nsRect& ink = aOverflowAreas.InkOverflow();
 | |
|     nsRect& scrollable = aOverflowAreas.ScrollableOverflow();
 | |
|     if (overflowClipAxes & PhysicalAxes::Vertical) {
 | |
|       ink.y = bounds.y;
 | |
|       scrollable.y = bounds.y;
 | |
|       ink.height = bounds.height;
 | |
|       scrollable.height = bounds.height;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (overflowClipAxes & PhysicalAxes::Horizontal) {
 | |
|       ink.x = bounds.x;
 | |
|       scrollable.x = bounds.x;
 | |
|       ink.width = bounds.width;
 | |
|       scrollable.width = bounds.width;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Overflow area must always include the frame's top-left and bottom-right,
 | |
|   // even if the frame rect is empty (so we can scroll to those positions).
 | |
|   // Pending a real fix for bug 426879, don't do this for inline frames
 | |
|   // with zero width.
 | |
|   // Do not do this for SVG either, since it will usually massively increase
 | |
|   // the area unnecessarily.
 | |
|   if ((aNewSize.width != 0 || !IsInlineFrame()) &&
 | |
|       !HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_SVG_LAYOUT)) {
 | |
|     for (const auto otype : AllOverflowTypes()) {
 | |
|       nsRect& o = aOverflowAreas.Overflow(otype);
 | |
|       o = o.UnionEdges(bounds);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Note that StyleOverflow::Clip doesn't clip the frame
 | |
|   // background, so we add theme background overflow here so it's not clipped.
 | |
|   if (!::IsXULBoxWrapped(this) && IsThemed(disp)) {
 | |
|     nsRect r(bounds);
 | |
|     nsPresContext* presContext = PresContext();
 | |
|     if (presContext->Theme()->GetWidgetOverflow(
 | |
|             presContext->DeviceContext(), this, disp->EffectiveAppearance(),
 | |
|             &r)) {
 | |
|       nsRect& vo = aOverflowAreas.InkOverflow();
 | |
|       vo = vo.UnionEdges(r);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   ComputeAndIncludeOutlineArea(this, aOverflowAreas, aNewSize);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Nothing in here should affect scrollable overflow.
 | |
|   aOverflowAreas.InkOverflow() =
 | |
|       ComputeEffectsRect(this, aOverflowAreas.InkOverflow(), aNewSize);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Absolute position clipping
 | |
|   const nsStyleEffects* effects = StyleEffects();
 | |
|   Maybe<nsRect> clipPropClipRect = GetClipPropClipRect(disp, effects, aNewSize);
 | |
|   if (clipPropClipRect) {
 | |
|     for (const auto otype : AllOverflowTypes()) {
 | |
|       nsRect& o = aOverflowAreas.Overflow(otype);
 | |
|       o.IntersectRect(o, *clipPropClipRect);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* If we're transformed, transform the overflow rect by the current
 | |
|    * transformation. */
 | |
|   if (hasTransform) {
 | |
|     SetProperty(nsIFrame::PreTransformOverflowAreasProperty(),
 | |
|                 new OverflowAreas(aOverflowAreas));
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (Combines3DTransformWithAncestors()) {
 | |
|       /* If we're a preserve-3d leaf frame, then our pre-transform overflow
 | |
|        * should be correct. Our post-transform overflow is empty though, because
 | |
|        * we only contribute to the overflow area of the preserve-3d root frame.
 | |
|        * If we're an intermediate frame then the pre-transform overflow should
 | |
|        * contain all our non-preserve-3d children, which is what we want. Again
 | |
|        * we have no post-transform overflow.
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       aOverflowAreas.SetAllTo(nsRect());
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       TransformReferenceBox refBox(this);
 | |
|       for (const auto otype : AllOverflowTypes()) {
 | |
|         nsRect& o = aOverflowAreas.Overflow(otype);
 | |
|         o = nsDisplayTransform::TransformRect(o, this, refBox);
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* If we're the root of the 3d context, then we want to include the
 | |
|        * overflow areas of all the participants. This won't have happened yet as
 | |
|        * the code above set their overflow area to empty. Manually collect these
 | |
|        * overflow areas now.
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       if (Extend3DContext(disp, effects)) {
 | |
|         ComputePreserve3DChildrenOverflow(aOverflowAreas);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     RemoveProperty(nsIFrame::PreTransformOverflowAreasProperty());
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Revert the size change in case some caller is depending on this. */
 | |
|   SetSize(oldSize, false);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   bool anyOverflowChanged;
 | |
|   if (aOverflowAreas != OverflowAreas(bounds, bounds)) {
 | |
|     anyOverflowChanged = SetOverflowAreas(aOverflowAreas);
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     anyOverflowChanged = ClearOverflowRects();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (anyOverflowChanged) {
 | |
|     SVGObserverUtils::InvalidateDirectRenderingObservers(this);
 | |
|     if (IsBlockFrameOrSubclass() &&
 | |
|         TextOverflow::CanHaveOverflowMarkers(this)) {
 | |
|       DiscardDisplayItems(this, [](nsDisplayItemBase* aItem) {
 | |
|         return aItem->GetType() == DisplayItemType::TYPE_TEXT_OVERFLOW;
 | |
|       });
 | |
|       SchedulePaint(PAINT_DEFAULT);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return anyOverflowChanged;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::RecomputePerspectiveChildrenOverflow(
 | |
|     const nsIFrame* aStartFrame) {
 | |
|   for (const auto& childList : ChildLists()) {
 | |
|     for (nsIFrame* child : childList.mList) {
 | |
|       if (!child->FrameMaintainsOverflow()) {
 | |
|         continue;  // frame does not maintain overflow rects
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       if (child->HasPerspective()) {
 | |
|         OverflowAreas* overflow =
 | |
|             child->GetProperty(nsIFrame::InitialOverflowProperty());
 | |
|         nsRect bounds(nsPoint(0, 0), child->GetSize());
 | |
|         if (overflow) {
 | |
|           OverflowAreas overflowCopy = *overflow;
 | |
|           child->FinishAndStoreOverflow(overflowCopy, bounds.Size());
 | |
|         } else {
 | |
|           OverflowAreas boundsOverflow;
 | |
|           boundsOverflow.SetAllTo(bounds);
 | |
|           child->FinishAndStoreOverflow(boundsOverflow, bounds.Size());
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       } else if (child->GetContainingBlock(SKIP_SCROLLED_FRAME) ==
 | |
|                  aStartFrame) {
 | |
|         // If a frame is using perspective, then the size used to compute
 | |
|         // perspective-origin is the size of the frame belonging to its parent
 | |
|         // style. We must find any descendant frames using our size
 | |
|         // (by recursing into frames that have the same containing block)
 | |
|         // to update their overflow rects too.
 | |
|         child->RecomputePerspectiveChildrenOverflow(aStartFrame);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::ComputePreserve3DChildrenOverflow(
 | |
|     OverflowAreas& aOverflowAreas) {
 | |
|   // Find all descendants that participate in the 3d context, and include their
 | |
|   // overflow. These descendants have an empty overflow, so won't have been
 | |
|   // included in the normal overflow calculation. Any children that don't
 | |
|   // participate have normal overflow, so will have been included already.
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsRect childVisual;
 | |
|   nsRect childScrollable;
 | |
|   for (const auto& childList : ChildLists()) {
 | |
|     for (nsIFrame* child : childList.mList) {
 | |
|       // If this child participates in the 3d context, then take the
 | |
|       // pre-transform region (which contains all descendants that aren't
 | |
|       // participating in the 3d context) and transform it into the 3d context
 | |
|       // root coordinate space.
 | |
|       if (child->Combines3DTransformWithAncestors()) {
 | |
|         OverflowAreas childOverflow = child->GetOverflowAreasRelativeToSelf();
 | |
|         TransformReferenceBox refBox(child);
 | |
|         for (const auto otype : AllOverflowTypes()) {
 | |
|           nsRect& o = childOverflow.Overflow(otype);
 | |
|           o = nsDisplayTransform::TransformRect(o, child, refBox);
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         aOverflowAreas.UnionWith(childOverflow);
 | |
| 
 | |
|         // If this child also extends the 3d context, then recurse into it
 | |
|         // looking for more participants.
 | |
|         if (child->Extend3DContext()) {
 | |
|           child->ComputePreserve3DChildrenOverflow(aOverflowAreas);
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| Maybe<int32_t> nsIFrame::ZIndex() const {
 | |
|   if (!StyleDisplay()->IsPositionedStyle() && !IsFlexOrGridItem()) {
 | |
|     return Nothing();  // z-index doesn't apply.
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   const auto& zIndex = StylePosition()->mZIndex;
 | |
|   if (zIndex.IsAuto()) {
 | |
|     return Nothing();
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return Some(zIndex.AsInteger());
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::IsScrollAnchor(ScrollAnchorContainer** aOutContainer) {
 | |
|   if (!mInScrollAnchorChain) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIFrame* f = this;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // FIXME(emilio, bug 1629280): We should find a non-null anchor if we have the
 | |
|   // flag set, but bug 1629280 makes it so that we cannot really assert it /
 | |
|   // make this just a `while (true)`, and uncomment the below assertion.
 | |
|   while (auto* container = ScrollAnchorContainer::FindFor(f)) {
 | |
|     // MOZ_ASSERT(f->IsInScrollAnchorChain());
 | |
|     if (nsIFrame* anchor = container->AnchorNode()) {
 | |
|       if (anchor != this) {
 | |
|         return false;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       if (aOutContainer) {
 | |
|         *aOutContainer = container;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       return true;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     f = container->Frame();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return false;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::IsInScrollAnchorChain() const { return mInScrollAnchorChain; }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::SetInScrollAnchorChain(bool aInChain) {
 | |
|   mInScrollAnchorChain = aInChain;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| uint32_t nsIFrame::GetDepthInFrameTree() const {
 | |
|   uint32_t result = 0;
 | |
|   for (nsContainerFrame* ancestor = GetParent(); ancestor;
 | |
|        ancestor = ancestor->GetParent()) {
 | |
|     result++;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return result;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * This function takes a frame that is part of a block-in-inline split,
 | |
|  * and _if_ that frame is an anonymous block created by an ib split it
 | |
|  * returns the block's preceding inline.  This is needed because the
 | |
|  * split inline's style is the parent of the anonymous block's style.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If aFrame is not an anonymous block, null is returned.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static nsIFrame* GetIBSplitSiblingForAnonymousBlock(const nsIFrame* aFrame) {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aFrame, "Must have a non-null frame!");
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(aFrame->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_PART_OF_IBSPLIT),
 | |
|                "GetIBSplitSibling should only be called on ib-split frames");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aFrame->Style()->GetPseudoType() !=
 | |
|       PseudoStyleType::mozBlockInsideInlineWrapper) {
 | |
|     // it's not an anonymous block
 | |
|     return nullptr;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Find the first continuation of the frame.  (Ugh.  This ends up
 | |
|   // being O(N^2) when it is called O(N) times.)
 | |
|   aFrame = aFrame->FirstContinuation();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /*
 | |
|    * Now look up the nsGkAtoms::IBSplitPrevSibling
 | |
|    * property.
 | |
|    */
 | |
|   nsIFrame* ibSplitSibling =
 | |
|       aFrame->GetProperty(nsIFrame::IBSplitPrevSibling());
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(ibSplitSibling, "Broken frame tree?");
 | |
|   return ibSplitSibling;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * Get the parent, corrected for the mangled frame tree resulting from
 | |
|  * having a block within an inline.  The result only differs from the
 | |
|  * result of |GetParent| when |GetParent| returns an anonymous block
 | |
|  * that was created for an element that was 'display: inline' because
 | |
|  * that element contained a block.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Also skip anonymous scrolled-content parents; inherit directly from the
 | |
|  * outer scroll frame.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Also skip NAC parents if the child frame is NAC.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static nsIFrame* GetCorrectedParent(const nsIFrame* aFrame) {
 | |
|   nsIFrame* parent = aFrame->GetParent();
 | |
|   if (!parent) {
 | |
|     return nullptr;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // For a table caption we want the _inner_ table frame (unless it's anonymous)
 | |
|   // as the style parent.
 | |
|   if (aFrame->IsTableCaption()) {
 | |
|     nsIFrame* innerTable = parent->PrincipalChildList().FirstChild();
 | |
|     if (!innerTable->Style()->IsAnonBox()) {
 | |
|       return innerTable;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Table wrappers are always anon boxes; if we're in here for an outer
 | |
|   // table, that actually means its the _inner_ table that wants to
 | |
|   // know its parent. So get the pseudo of the inner in that case.
 | |
|   auto pseudo = aFrame->Style()->GetPseudoType();
 | |
|   if (pseudo == PseudoStyleType::tableWrapper) {
 | |
|     pseudo =
 | |
|         aFrame->PrincipalChildList().FirstChild()->Style()->GetPseudoType();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Prevent a NAC pseudo-element from inheriting from its NAC parent, and
 | |
|   // inherit from the NAC generator element instead.
 | |
|   if (pseudo != PseudoStyleType::NotPseudo) {
 | |
|     MOZ_ASSERT(aFrame->GetContent());
 | |
|     Element* element = Element::FromNode(aFrame->GetContent());
 | |
|     // Make sure to avoid doing the fixup for non-element-backed pseudos like
 | |
|     // ::first-line and such.
 | |
|     if (element && !element->IsRootOfNativeAnonymousSubtree() &&
 | |
|         element->GetPseudoElementType() == aFrame->Style()->GetPseudoType()) {
 | |
|       while (parent->GetContent() &&
 | |
|              !parent->GetContent()->IsRootOfNativeAnonymousSubtree()) {
 | |
|         parent = parent->GetInFlowParent();
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       parent = parent->GetInFlowParent();
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return nsIFrame::CorrectStyleParentFrame(parent, pseudo);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* static */
 | |
| nsIFrame* nsIFrame::CorrectStyleParentFrame(nsIFrame* aProspectiveParent,
 | |
|                                             PseudoStyleType aChildPseudo) {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aProspectiveParent, "Must have a prospective parent");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aChildPseudo != PseudoStyleType::NotPseudo) {
 | |
|     // Non-inheriting anon boxes have no style parent frame at all.
 | |
|     if (PseudoStyle::IsNonInheritingAnonBox(aChildPseudo)) {
 | |
|       return nullptr;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Other anon boxes are parented to their actual parent already, except
 | |
|     // for non-elements.  Those should not be treated as an anon box.
 | |
|     if (PseudoStyle::IsAnonBox(aChildPseudo) &&
 | |
|         !nsCSSAnonBoxes::IsNonElement(aChildPseudo)) {
 | |
|       NS_ASSERTION(aChildPseudo != PseudoStyleType::mozBlockInsideInlineWrapper,
 | |
|                    "Should have dealt with kids that have "
 | |
|                    "NS_FRAME_PART_OF_IBSPLIT elsewhere");
 | |
|       return aProspectiveParent;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Otherwise, walk up out of all anon boxes.  For placeholder frames, walk out
 | |
|   // of all pseudo-elements as well.  Otherwise ReparentComputedStyle could
 | |
|   // cause style data to be out of sync with the frame tree.
 | |
|   nsIFrame* parent = aProspectiveParent;
 | |
|   do {
 | |
|     if (parent->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_PART_OF_IBSPLIT)) {
 | |
|       nsIFrame* sibling = GetIBSplitSiblingForAnonymousBlock(parent);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (sibling) {
 | |
|         // |parent| was a block in an {ib} split; use the inline as
 | |
|         // |the style parent.
 | |
|         parent = sibling;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (!parent->Style()->IsPseudoOrAnonBox()) {
 | |
|       return parent;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (!parent->Style()->IsAnonBox() && aChildPseudo != PseudoStyleType::MAX) {
 | |
|       // nsPlaceholderFrame passes in PseudoStyleType::MAX for
 | |
|       // aChildPseudo (even though that's not a valid pseudo-type) just to
 | |
|       // trigger this behavior of walking up to the nearest non-pseudo
 | |
|       // ancestor.
 | |
|       return parent;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     parent = parent->GetInFlowParent();
 | |
|   } while (parent);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aProspectiveParent->Style()->GetPseudoType() ==
 | |
|       PseudoStyleType::viewportScroll) {
 | |
|     // aProspectiveParent is the scrollframe for a viewport
 | |
|     // and the kids are the anonymous scrollbars
 | |
|     return aProspectiveParent;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // We can get here if the root element is absolutely positioned.
 | |
|   // We can't test for this very accurately, but it can only happen
 | |
|   // when the prospective parent is a canvas frame.
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(aProspectiveParent->IsCanvasFrame(),
 | |
|                "Should have found a parent before this");
 | |
|   return nullptr;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| ComputedStyle* nsIFrame::DoGetParentComputedStyle(
 | |
|     nsIFrame** aProviderFrame) const {
 | |
|   *aProviderFrame = nullptr;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Handle display:contents and the root frame, when there's no parent frame
 | |
|   // to inherit from.
 | |
|   if (MOZ_LIKELY(mContent)) {
 | |
|     Element* parentElement = mContent->GetFlattenedTreeParentElement();
 | |
|     if (MOZ_LIKELY(parentElement)) {
 | |
|       auto pseudo = Style()->GetPseudoType();
 | |
|       if (pseudo == PseudoStyleType::NotPseudo || !mContent->IsElement() ||
 | |
|           (!PseudoStyle::IsAnonBox(pseudo) &&
 | |
|            // Ensure that we don't return the display:contents style
 | |
|            // of the parent content for pseudos that have the same content
 | |
|            // as their primary frame (like -moz-list-bullets do):
 | |
|            IsPrimaryFrame()) ||
 | |
|           /* if next is true then it's really a request for the table frame's
 | |
|              parent context, see nsTable[Outer]Frame::GetParentComputedStyle. */
 | |
|           pseudo == PseudoStyleType::tableWrapper) {
 | |
|         // In some edge cases involving display: contents, we may end up here
 | |
|         // for something that's pending to be reframed. In this case we return
 | |
|         // the wrong style from here (because we've already lost track of it!),
 | |
|         // but it's not a big deal as we're going to be reframed anyway.
 | |
|         if (MOZ_LIKELY(parentElement->HasServoData()) &&
 | |
|             Servo_Element_IsDisplayContents(parentElement)) {
 | |
|           RefPtr<ComputedStyle> style =
 | |
|               ServoStyleSet::ResolveServoStyle(*parentElement);
 | |
|           // NOTE(emilio): we return a weak reference because the element also
 | |
|           // holds the style context alive. This is a bit silly (we could've
 | |
|           // returned a weak ref directly), but it's probably not worth
 | |
|           // optimizing, given this function has just one caller which is rare,
 | |
|           // and this path is rare itself.
 | |
|           return style;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       if (Style()->GetPseudoType() == PseudoStyleType::NotPseudo) {
 | |
|         // We're a frame for the root.  We have no style parent.
 | |
|         return nullptr;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!(mState & NS_FRAME_OUT_OF_FLOW)) {
 | |
|     /*
 | |
|      * If this frame is an anonymous block created when an inline with a block
 | |
|      * inside it got split, then the parent style is on its preceding inline. We
 | |
|      * can get to it using GetIBSplitSiblingForAnonymousBlock.
 | |
|      */
 | |
|     if (mState & NS_FRAME_PART_OF_IBSPLIT) {
 | |
|       nsIFrame* ibSplitSibling = GetIBSplitSiblingForAnonymousBlock(this);
 | |
|       if (ibSplitSibling) {
 | |
|         return (*aProviderFrame = ibSplitSibling)->Style();
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // If this frame is one of the blocks that split an inline, we must
 | |
|     // return the "special" inline parent, i.e., the parent that this
 | |
|     // frame would have if we didn't mangle the frame structure.
 | |
|     *aProviderFrame = GetCorrectedParent(this);
 | |
|     return *aProviderFrame ? (*aProviderFrame)->Style() : nullptr;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // We're an out-of-flow frame.  For out-of-flow frames, we must
 | |
|   // resolve underneath the placeholder's parent.  The placeholder is
 | |
|   // reached from the first-in-flow.
 | |
|   nsPlaceholderFrame* placeholder = FirstInFlow()->GetPlaceholderFrame();
 | |
|   if (!placeholder) {
 | |
|     MOZ_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE("no placeholder frame for out-of-flow frame");
 | |
|     *aProviderFrame = GetCorrectedParent(this);
 | |
|     return *aProviderFrame ? (*aProviderFrame)->Style() : nullptr;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return placeholder->GetParentComputedStyleForOutOfFlow(aProviderFrame);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::GetLastLeaf(nsIFrame** aFrame) {
 | |
|   if (!aFrame || !*aFrame) return;
 | |
|   nsIFrame* child = *aFrame;
 | |
|   // if we are a block frame then go for the last line of 'this'
 | |
|   while (1) {
 | |
|     child = child->PrincipalChildList().FirstChild();
 | |
|     if (!child) return;  // nothing to do
 | |
|     nsIFrame* siblingFrame;
 | |
|     nsIContent* content;
 | |
|     // ignore anonymous elements, e.g. mozTableAdd* mozTableRemove*
 | |
|     // see bug 278197 comment #12 #13 for details
 | |
|     while ((siblingFrame = child->GetNextSibling()) &&
 | |
|            (content = siblingFrame->GetContent()) &&
 | |
|            !content->IsRootOfNativeAnonymousSubtree())
 | |
|       child = siblingFrame;
 | |
|     *aFrame = child;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::GetFirstLeaf(nsIFrame** aFrame) {
 | |
|   if (!aFrame || !*aFrame) return;
 | |
|   nsIFrame* child = *aFrame;
 | |
|   while (1) {
 | |
|     child = child->PrincipalChildList().FirstChild();
 | |
|     if (!child) return;  // nothing to do
 | |
|     *aFrame = child;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::IsFocusableDueToScrollFrame() {
 | |
|   if (!IsScrollFrame()) {
 | |
|     if (nsFieldSetFrame* fieldset = do_QueryFrame(this)) {
 | |
|       // TODO: Do we have similar special-cases like this where we can have
 | |
|       // anonymous scrollable boxes hanging off a primary frame?
 | |
|       if (nsIFrame* inner = fieldset->GetInner()) {
 | |
|         return inner->IsFocusableDueToScrollFrame();
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (!mContent->IsHTMLElement()) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (mContent->IsRootOfNativeAnonymousSubtree()) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (!mContent->GetParent()) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (mContent->AsElement()->HasAttr(nsGkAtoms::tabindex)) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   // Elements with scrollable view are focusable with script & tabbable
 | |
|   // Otherwise you couldn't scroll them with keyboard, which is an accessibility
 | |
|   // issue (e.g. Section 508 rules) However, we don't make them to be focusable
 | |
|   // with the mouse, because the extra focus outlines are considered
 | |
|   // unnecessarily ugly.  When clicked on, the selection position within the
 | |
|   // element will be enough to make them keyboard scrollable.
 | |
|   nsIScrollableFrame* scrollFrame = do_QueryFrame(this);
 | |
|   if (!scrollFrame) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (scrollFrame->IsForTextControlWithNoScrollbars()) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (scrollFrame->GetScrollStyles().IsHiddenInBothDirections()) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (scrollFrame->GetScrollRange().IsEqualEdges(nsRect(0, 0, 0, 0))) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return true;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsIFrame::Focusable nsIFrame::IsFocusable(bool aWithMouse) {
 | |
|   // cannot focus content in print preview mode. Only the root can be focused,
 | |
|   // but that's handled elsewhere.
 | |
|   if (PresContext()->Type() == nsPresContext::eContext_PrintPreview) {
 | |
|     return {};
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!mContent || !mContent->IsElement()) {
 | |
|     return {};
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!IsVisibleConsideringAncestors()) {
 | |
|     return {};
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const nsStyleUI* ui = StyleUI();
 | |
|   if (ui->mInert == StyleInert::Inert) {
 | |
|     return {};
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   PseudoStyleType pseudo = Style()->GetPseudoType();
 | |
|   if (pseudo == PseudoStyleType::anonymousFlexItem ||
 | |
|       pseudo == PseudoStyleType::anonymousGridItem) {
 | |
|     return {};
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   int32_t tabIndex = -1;
 | |
|   if (ui->mUserFocus != StyleUserFocus::Ignore &&
 | |
|       ui->mUserFocus != StyleUserFocus::None) {
 | |
|     // Pass in default tabindex of -1 for nonfocusable and 0 for focusable
 | |
|     tabIndex = 0;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (mContent->IsFocusable(&tabIndex, aWithMouse)) {
 | |
|     // If the content is focusable, then we're done.
 | |
|     return {true, tabIndex};
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // If we're focusing with the mouse we never focus scroll areas.
 | |
|   if (!aWithMouse && IsFocusableDueToScrollFrame()) {
 | |
|     return {true, 0};
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return {false, tabIndex};
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * @return true if this text frame ends with a newline character which is
 | |
|  * treated as preformatted. It should return false if this is not a text frame.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::HasSignificantTerminalNewline() const { return false; }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static StyleVerticalAlignKeyword ConvertSVGDominantBaselineToVerticalAlign(
 | |
|     StyleDominantBaseline aDominantBaseline) {
 | |
|   // Most of these are approximate mappings.
 | |
|   switch (aDominantBaseline) {
 | |
|     case StyleDominantBaseline::Hanging:
 | |
|     case StyleDominantBaseline::TextBeforeEdge:
 | |
|       return StyleVerticalAlignKeyword::TextTop;
 | |
|     case StyleDominantBaseline::TextAfterEdge:
 | |
|     case StyleDominantBaseline::Ideographic:
 | |
|       return StyleVerticalAlignKeyword::TextBottom;
 | |
|     case StyleDominantBaseline::Central:
 | |
|     case StyleDominantBaseline::Middle:
 | |
|     case StyleDominantBaseline::Mathematical:
 | |
|       return StyleVerticalAlignKeyword::Middle;
 | |
|     case StyleDominantBaseline::Auto:
 | |
|     case StyleDominantBaseline::Alphabetic:
 | |
|       return StyleVerticalAlignKeyword::Baseline;
 | |
|     default:
 | |
|       MOZ_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE("unexpected aDominantBaseline value");
 | |
|       return StyleVerticalAlignKeyword::Baseline;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| Maybe<StyleVerticalAlignKeyword> nsIFrame::VerticalAlignEnum() const {
 | |
|   if (SVGUtils::IsInSVGTextSubtree(this)) {
 | |
|     StyleDominantBaseline dominantBaseline = StyleSVG()->mDominantBaseline;
 | |
|     return Some(ConvertSVGDominantBaselineToVerticalAlign(dominantBaseline));
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const auto& verticalAlign = StyleDisplay()->mVerticalAlign;
 | |
|   if (verticalAlign.IsKeyword()) {
 | |
|     return Some(verticalAlign.AsKeyword());
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return Nothing();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsIFrame::RefreshSizeCache(nsBoxLayoutState& aState) {
 | |
|   // XXXbz this comment needs some rewriting to make sense in the
 | |
|   // post-reflow-branch world.
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Ok we need to compute our minimum, preferred, and maximum sizes.
 | |
|   // 1) Maximum size. This is easy. Its infinite unless it is overloaded by CSS.
 | |
|   // 2) Preferred size. This is a little harder. This is the size the
 | |
|   //    block would be if it were laid out on an infinite canvas. So we can
 | |
|   //    get this by reflowing the block with and INTRINSIC width and height. We
 | |
|   //    can also do a nice optimization for incremental reflow. If the reflow is
 | |
|   //    incremental then we can pass a flag to have the block compute the
 | |
|   //    preferred width for us! Preferred height can just be the minimum height;
 | |
|   // 3) Minimum size. This is a toughy. We can pass the block a flag asking for
 | |
|   //    the max element size. That would give us the width. Unfortunately you
 | |
|   //    can only ask for a maxElementSize during an incremental reflow. So on
 | |
|   //    other reflows we will just have to use 0. The min height on the other
 | |
|   //    hand is fairly easy we need to get the largest line height. This can be
 | |
|   //    done with the line iterator.
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // if we do have a rendering context
 | |
|   gfxContext* rendContext = aState.GetRenderingContext();
 | |
|   if (rendContext) {
 | |
|     nsPresContext* presContext = aState.PresContext();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // If we don't have any HTML constraints and it's a resize, then nothing in
 | |
|     // the block could have changed, so no refresh is necessary.
 | |
|     nsBoxLayoutMetrics* metrics = BoxMetrics();
 | |
|     if (!XULNeedsRecalc(metrics->mBlockPrefSize)) {
 | |
|       return NS_OK;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // the rect we plan to size to.
 | |
|     nsRect rect = GetRect();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     nsMargin bp(0, 0, 0, 0);
 | |
|     GetXULBorderAndPadding(bp);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       // If we're a container for font size inflation, then shrink
 | |
|       // wrapping inside of us should not apply font size inflation.
 | |
|       AutoMaybeDisableFontInflation an(this);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       metrics->mBlockPrefSize.width =
 | |
|           GetPrefISize(rendContext) + bp.LeftRight();
 | |
|       metrics->mBlockMinSize.width = GetMinISize(rendContext) + bp.LeftRight();
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // do the nasty.
 | |
|     const WritingMode wm = aState.OuterReflowInput()
 | |
|                                ? aState.OuterReflowInput()->GetWritingMode()
 | |
|                                : GetWritingMode();
 | |
|     ReflowOutput desiredSize(wm);
 | |
|     BoxReflow(aState, presContext, desiredSize, rendContext, rect.x, rect.y,
 | |
|               metrics->mBlockPrefSize.width, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     metrics->mBlockMinSize.height = 0;
 | |
|     // ok we need the max ascent of the items on the line. So to do this
 | |
|     // ask the block for its line iterator. Get the max ascent.
 | |
|     nsAutoLineIterator lines = GetLineIterator();
 | |
|     if (lines) {
 | |
|       metrics->mBlockMinSize.height = 0;
 | |
|       int32_t lineCount = lines->GetNumLines();
 | |
|       for (int32_t i = 0; i < lineCount; ++i) {
 | |
|         auto line = lines->GetLine(i).unwrap();
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (line.mLineBounds.height > metrics->mBlockMinSize.height) {
 | |
|           metrics->mBlockMinSize.height = line.mLineBounds.height;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       metrics->mBlockMinSize.height = desiredSize.Height();
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     metrics->mBlockPrefSize.height = metrics->mBlockMinSize.height;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (desiredSize.BlockStartAscent() == ReflowOutput::ASK_FOR_BASELINE) {
 | |
|       if (!nsLayoutUtils::GetFirstLineBaseline(wm, this,
 | |
|                                                &metrics->mBlockAscent))
 | |
|         metrics->mBlockAscent = GetLogicalBaseline(wm);
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       metrics->mBlockAscent = desiredSize.BlockStartAscent();
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG_adaptor
 | |
|     printf("min=(%d,%d), pref=(%d,%d), ascent=%d\n",
 | |
|            metrics->mBlockMinSize.width, metrics->mBlockMinSize.height,
 | |
|            metrics->mBlockPrefSize.width, metrics->mBlockPrefSize.height,
 | |
|            metrics->mBlockAscent);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsSize nsIFrame::GetXULPrefSize(nsBoxLayoutState& aState) {
 | |
|   nsSize size(0, 0);
 | |
|   DISPLAY_PREF_SIZE(this, size);
 | |
|   // If the size is cached, and there are no HTML constraints that we might
 | |
|   // be depending on, then we just return the cached size.
 | |
|   nsBoxLayoutMetrics* metrics = BoxMetrics();
 | |
|   if (!XULNeedsRecalc(metrics->mPrefSize)) {
 | |
|     size = metrics->mPrefSize;
 | |
|     return size;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (IsXULCollapsed()) return size;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // get our size in CSS.
 | |
|   bool widthSet, heightSet;
 | |
|   bool completelyRedefined =
 | |
|       nsIFrame::AddXULPrefSize(this, size, widthSet, heightSet);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Refresh our caches with new sizes.
 | |
|   if (!completelyRedefined) {
 | |
|     RefreshSizeCache(aState);
 | |
|     nsSize blockSize = metrics->mBlockPrefSize;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // notice we don't need to add our borders or padding
 | |
|     // in. That's because the block did it for us.
 | |
|     if (!widthSet) size.width = blockSize.width;
 | |
|     if (!heightSet) size.height = blockSize.height;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   metrics->mPrefSize = size;
 | |
|   return size;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsSize nsIFrame::GetXULMinSize(nsBoxLayoutState& aState) {
 | |
|   nsSize size(0, 0);
 | |
|   DISPLAY_MIN_SIZE(this, size);
 | |
|   // Don't use the cache if we have HTMLReflowInput constraints --- they might
 | |
|   // have changed
 | |
|   nsBoxLayoutMetrics* metrics = BoxMetrics();
 | |
|   if (!XULNeedsRecalc(metrics->mMinSize)) {
 | |
|     size = metrics->mMinSize;
 | |
|     return size;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (IsXULCollapsed()) return size;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // get our size in CSS.
 | |
|   bool widthSet, heightSet;
 | |
|   bool completelyRedefined =
 | |
|       nsIFrame::AddXULMinSize(this, size, widthSet, heightSet);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Refresh our caches with new sizes.
 | |
|   if (!completelyRedefined) {
 | |
|     RefreshSizeCache(aState);
 | |
|     nsSize blockSize = metrics->mBlockMinSize;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (!widthSet) size.width = blockSize.width;
 | |
|     if (!heightSet) size.height = blockSize.height;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   metrics->mMinSize = size;
 | |
|   return size;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsSize nsIFrame::GetXULMaxSize(nsBoxLayoutState& aState) {
 | |
|   nsSize size(NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
 | |
|   DISPLAY_MAX_SIZE(this, size);
 | |
|   // Don't use the cache if we have HTMLReflowInput constraints --- they might
 | |
|   // have changed
 | |
|   nsBoxLayoutMetrics* metrics = BoxMetrics();
 | |
|   if (!XULNeedsRecalc(metrics->mMaxSize)) {
 | |
|     size = metrics->mMaxSize;
 | |
|     return size;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (IsXULCollapsed()) return size;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   size = nsIFrame::GetUncachedXULMaxSize(aState);
 | |
|   metrics->mMaxSize = size;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return size;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nscoord nsIFrame::GetXULFlex() {
 | |
|   nsBoxLayoutMetrics* metrics = BoxMetrics();
 | |
|   if (XULNeedsRecalc(metrics->mFlex)) {
 | |
|     nsIFrame::AddXULFlex(this, metrics->mFlex);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return metrics->mFlex;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nscoord nsIFrame::GetXULBoxAscent(nsBoxLayoutState& aState) {
 | |
|   nsBoxLayoutMetrics* metrics = BoxMetrics();
 | |
|   if (!XULNeedsRecalc(metrics->mAscent)) {
 | |
|     return metrics->mAscent;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (IsXULCollapsed()) {
 | |
|     metrics->mAscent = 0;
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     // Refresh our caches with new sizes.
 | |
|     RefreshSizeCache(aState);
 | |
|     metrics->mAscent = metrics->mBlockAscent;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return metrics->mAscent;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult nsIFrame::DoXULLayout(nsBoxLayoutState& aState) {
 | |
|   nsRect ourRect(mRect);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   gfxContext* rendContext = aState.GetRenderingContext();
 | |
|   nsPresContext* presContext = aState.PresContext();
 | |
|   WritingMode ourWM = GetWritingMode();
 | |
|   const WritingMode outerWM = aState.OuterReflowInput()
 | |
|                                   ? aState.OuterReflowInput()->GetWritingMode()
 | |
|                                   : ourWM;
 | |
|   ReflowOutput desiredSize(outerWM);
 | |
|   LogicalSize ourSize = GetLogicalSize(outerWM);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (rendContext) {
 | |
|     BoxReflow(aState, presContext, desiredSize, rendContext, ourRect.x,
 | |
|               ourRect.y, ourRect.width, ourRect.height);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (IsXULCollapsed()) {
 | |
|       SetSize(nsSize(0, 0));
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       // if our child needs to be bigger. This might happend with
 | |
|       // wrapping text. There is no way to predict its height until we
 | |
|       // reflow it. Now that we know the height reshuffle upward.
 | |
|       if (desiredSize.ISize(outerWM) > ourSize.ISize(outerWM) ||
 | |
|           desiredSize.BSize(outerWM) > ourSize.BSize(outerWM)) {
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG_GROW
 | |
|         XULDumpBox(stdout);
 | |
|         printf(" GREW from (%d,%d) -> (%d,%d)\n", ourSize.ISize(outerWM),
 | |
|                ourSize.BSize(outerWM), desiredSize.ISize(outerWM),
 | |
|                desiredSize.BSize(outerWM));
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (desiredSize.ISize(outerWM) > ourSize.ISize(outerWM)) {
 | |
|           ourSize.ISize(outerWM) = desiredSize.ISize(outerWM);
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (desiredSize.BSize(outerWM) > ourSize.BSize(outerWM)) {
 | |
|           ourSize.BSize(outerWM) = desiredSize.BSize(outerWM);
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       // ensure our size is what we think is should be. Someone could have
 | |
|       // reset the frame to be smaller or something dumb like that.
 | |
|       SetSize(ourSize.ConvertTo(ourWM, outerWM));
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Should we do this if IsXULCollapsed() is true?
 | |
|   LogicalSize size(GetLogicalSize(outerWM));
 | |
|   desiredSize.ISize(outerWM) = size.ISize(outerWM);
 | |
|   desiredSize.BSize(outerWM) = size.BSize(outerWM);
 | |
|   desiredSize.UnionOverflowAreasWithDesiredBounds();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (HasAbsolutelyPositionedChildren()) {
 | |
|     // Set up a |reflowInput| to pass into ReflowAbsoluteFrames
 | |
|     ReflowInput reflowInput(aState.PresContext(), this,
 | |
|                             aState.GetRenderingContext(),
 | |
|                             LogicalSize(ourWM, ISize(), NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE),
 | |
|                             ReflowInput::InitFlag::DummyParentReflowInput);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_IN_REFLOW);
 | |
|     // Set up a |reflowStatus| to pass into ReflowAbsoluteFrames
 | |
|     // (just a dummy value; hopefully that's OK)
 | |
|     nsReflowStatus reflowStatus;
 | |
|     ReflowAbsoluteFrames(aState.PresContext(), desiredSize, reflowInput,
 | |
|                          reflowStatus);
 | |
|     RemoveStateBits(NS_FRAME_IN_REFLOW);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsSize oldSize(ourRect.Size());
 | |
|   FinishAndStoreOverflow(desiredSize.mOverflowAreas,
 | |
|                          size.GetPhysicalSize(outerWM), &oldSize);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   SyncXULLayout(aState);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::BoxReflow(nsBoxLayoutState& aState, nsPresContext* aPresContext,
 | |
|                          ReflowOutput& aDesiredSize,
 | |
|                          gfxContext* aRenderingContext, nscoord aX, nscoord aY,
 | |
|                          nscoord aWidth, nscoord aHeight, bool aMoveFrame) {
 | |
|   DO_GLOBAL_REFLOW_COUNT("nsBoxToBlockAdaptor");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsBoxLayoutMetrics* metrics = BoxMetrics();
 | |
|   if (MOZ_UNLIKELY(!metrics)) {
 | |
|     // Can't proceed without BoxMetrics. This should only happen if something
 | |
|     // is seriously broken, e.g. if we try to do XUL layout on a non-XUL frame.
 | |
|     // (If this is a content process, we'll abort even in release builds,
 | |
|     // because XUL layout mixup is extra surprising in content, and aborts are
 | |
|     // less catastrophic in content vs. in chrome.)
 | |
|     MOZ_RELEASE_ASSERT(!XRE_IsContentProcess(),
 | |
|                        "Starting XUL BoxReflow w/o BoxMetrics (in content)?");
 | |
|     MOZ_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE("Starting XUL BoxReflow w/o BoxMetrics?");
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsReflowStatus status;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   bool needsReflow = IsSubtreeDirty();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // if we don't need a reflow then
 | |
|   // lets see if we are already that size. Yes? then don't even reflow. We are
 | |
|   // done.
 | |
|   if (!needsReflow) {
 | |
|     if (aWidth != NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE && aHeight != NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE) {
 | |
|       // if the new calculated size has a 0 width or a 0 height
 | |
|       if ((metrics->mLastSize.width == 0 || metrics->mLastSize.height == 0) &&
 | |
|           (aWidth == 0 || aHeight == 0)) {
 | |
|         needsReflow = false;
 | |
|         aDesiredSize.Width() = aWidth;
 | |
|         aDesiredSize.Height() = aHeight;
 | |
|         SetSize(aDesiredSize.Size(GetWritingMode()));
 | |
|       } else {
 | |
|         aDesiredSize.Width() = metrics->mLastSize.width;
 | |
|         aDesiredSize.Height() = metrics->mLastSize.height;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         // remove the margin. The rect of our child does not include it but our
 | |
|         // calculated size does. don't reflow if we are already the right size
 | |
|         if (metrics->mLastSize.width == aWidth &&
 | |
|             metrics->mLastSize.height == aHeight)
 | |
|           needsReflow = false;
 | |
|         else
 | |
|           needsReflow = true;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       // if the width or height are intrinsic alway reflow because
 | |
|       // we don't know what it should be.
 | |
|       needsReflow = true;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // ok now reflow the child into the spacers calculated space
 | |
|   if (needsReflow) {
 | |
|     aDesiredSize.ClearSize();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // create a reflow input to tell our child to flow at the given size.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Construct a bogus parent reflow input so that there's a usable
 | |
|     // containing block reflow input.
 | |
|     nsMargin margin(0, 0, 0, 0);
 | |
|     GetXULMargin(margin);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     nsSize parentSize(aWidth, aHeight);
 | |
|     if (parentSize.height != NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE)
 | |
|       parentSize.height += margin.TopBottom();
 | |
|     if (parentSize.width != NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE)
 | |
|       parentSize.width += margin.LeftRight();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     nsIFrame* parentFrame = GetParent();
 | |
|     WritingMode parentWM = parentFrame->GetWritingMode();
 | |
|     ReflowInput parentReflowInput(
 | |
|         aPresContext, parentFrame, aRenderingContext,
 | |
|         LogicalSize(parentWM, parentSize),
 | |
|         ReflowInput::InitFlag::DummyParentReflowInput);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // This may not do very much useful, but it's probably worth trying.
 | |
|     if (parentSize.width != NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE)
 | |
|       parentReflowInput.SetComputedWidth(std::max(parentSize.width, 0));
 | |
|     if (parentSize.height != NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE)
 | |
|       parentReflowInput.SetComputedHeight(std::max(parentSize.height, 0));
 | |
|     parentReflowInput.SetComputedLogicalMargin(parentWM,
 | |
|                                                LogicalMargin(parentWM));
 | |
|     // XXX use box methods
 | |
|     nsMargin padding;
 | |
|     parentFrame->GetXULPadding(padding);
 | |
|     parentReflowInput.SetComputedLogicalPadding(
 | |
|         parentWM, LogicalMargin(parentWM, padding));
 | |
|     nsMargin border;
 | |
|     parentFrame->GetXULBorder(border);
 | |
|     parentReflowInput.SetComputedLogicalBorderPadding(
 | |
|         parentWM, LogicalMargin(parentWM, border + padding));
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Construct the parent chain manually since constructing it normally
 | |
|     // messes up dimensions.
 | |
|     const ReflowInput* outerReflowInput = aState.OuterReflowInput();
 | |
|     NS_ASSERTION(!outerReflowInput || outerReflowInput->mFrame != this,
 | |
|                  "in and out of XUL on a single frame?");
 | |
|     const ReflowInput* parentRI;
 | |
|     if (outerReflowInput && outerReflowInput->mFrame == parentFrame) {
 | |
|       // We're a frame (such as a text control frame) that jumps into
 | |
|       // box reflow and then straight out of it on the child frame.
 | |
|       // This means we actually have a real parent reflow input.
 | |
|       // nsLayoutUtils::InflationMinFontSizeFor used to need this to be
 | |
|       // linked up correctly for text control frames, so do so here).
 | |
|       parentRI = outerReflowInput;
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       parentRI = &parentReflowInput;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // XXX Is it OK that this reflow input has only one ancestor?
 | |
|     // (It used to have a bogus parent, skipping all the boxes).
 | |
|     WritingMode wm = GetWritingMode();
 | |
|     LogicalSize logicalSize(wm, nsSize(aWidth, aHeight));
 | |
|     logicalSize.BSize(wm) = NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE;
 | |
|     ReflowInput reflowInput(aPresContext, *parentRI, this, logicalSize,
 | |
|                             Nothing(),
 | |
|                             ReflowInput::InitFlag::DummyParentReflowInput);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // XXX_jwir3: This is somewhat fishy. If this is actually changing the value
 | |
|     //            here (which it might be), then we should make sure that it's
 | |
|     //            correct the first time around, rather than changing it later.
 | |
|     reflowInput.mCBReflowInput = parentRI;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     reflowInput.mReflowDepth = aState.GetReflowDepth();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // mComputedWidth and mComputedHeight are content-box, not
 | |
|     // border-box
 | |
|     if (aWidth != NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE) {
 | |
|       nscoord computedWidth =
 | |
|           aWidth - reflowInput.ComputedPhysicalBorderPadding().LeftRight();
 | |
|       computedWidth = std::max(computedWidth, 0);
 | |
|       reflowInput.SetComputedWidth(computedWidth);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Most child frames of box frames (e.g. subdocument or scroll frames)
 | |
|     // need to be constrained to the provided size and overflow as necessary.
 | |
|     // The one exception are block frames, because we need to know their
 | |
|     // natural height excluding any overflow area which may be caused by
 | |
|     // various CSS effects such as shadow or outline.
 | |
|     if (!IsBlockFrameOrSubclass()) {
 | |
|       if (aHeight != NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE) {
 | |
|         nscoord computedHeight =
 | |
|             aHeight - reflowInput.ComputedPhysicalBorderPadding().TopBottom();
 | |
|         computedHeight = std::max(computedHeight, 0);
 | |
|         reflowInput.SetComputedHeight(computedHeight);
 | |
|       } else {
 | |
|         reflowInput.SetComputedHeight(
 | |
|             ComputeSize(
 | |
|                 aRenderingContext, wm, logicalSize, logicalSize.ISize(wm),
 | |
|                 reflowInput.ComputedLogicalMargin(wm).Size(wm),
 | |
|                 reflowInput.ComputedLogicalBorderPadding(wm).Size(wm), {}, {})
 | |
|                 .mLogicalSize.Height(wm));
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Box layout calls SetRect before XULLayout, whereas non-box layout
 | |
|     // calls SetRect after Reflow.
 | |
|     // XXX Perhaps we should be doing this by twiddling the rect back to
 | |
|     // mLastSize before calling Reflow and then switching it back, but
 | |
|     // However, mLastSize can also be the size passed to BoxReflow by
 | |
|     // RefreshSizeCache, so that doesn't really make sense.
 | |
|     if (metrics->mLastSize.width != aWidth) {
 | |
|       reflowInput.SetHResize(true);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       // When font size inflation is enabled, a horizontal resize
 | |
|       // requires a full reflow.  See ReflowInput::InitResizeFlags
 | |
|       // for more details.
 | |
|       if (nsLayoutUtils::FontSizeInflationEnabled(aPresContext)) {
 | |
|         this->MarkSubtreeDirty();
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (metrics->mLastSize.height != aHeight) {
 | |
|       reflowInput.SetVResize(true);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // place the child and reflow
 | |
| 
 | |
|     Reflow(aPresContext, aDesiredSize, reflowInput, status);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     NS_ASSERTION(status.IsComplete(), "bad status");
 | |
| 
 | |
|     ReflowChildFlags layoutFlags = aState.LayoutFlags();
 | |
|     nsContainerFrame::FinishReflowChild(
 | |
|         this, aPresContext, aDesiredSize, &reflowInput, aX, aY,
 | |
|         layoutFlags | ReflowChildFlags::NoMoveFrame);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Save the ascent.  (bug 103925)
 | |
|     if (IsXULCollapsed()) {
 | |
|       metrics->mAscent = 0;
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       if (aDesiredSize.BlockStartAscent() == ReflowOutput::ASK_FOR_BASELINE) {
 | |
|         if (!nsLayoutUtils::GetFirstLineBaseline(wm, this, &metrics->mAscent))
 | |
|           metrics->mAscent = GetLogicalBaseline(wm);
 | |
|       } else
 | |
|         metrics->mAscent = aDesiredSize.BlockStartAscent();
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     aDesiredSize.SetBlockStartAscent(metrics->mBlockAscent);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   metrics->mLastSize.width = aDesiredSize.Width();
 | |
|   metrics->mLastSize.height = aDesiredSize.Height();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsBoxLayoutMetrics* nsIFrame::BoxMetrics() const {
 | |
|   nsBoxLayoutMetrics* metrics = GetProperty(BoxMetricsProperty());
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(
 | |
|       metrics,
 | |
|       "A box layout method was called but InitBoxMetrics was never called");
 | |
|   return metrics;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::UpdateStyleOfChildAnonBox(nsIFrame* aChildFrame,
 | |
|                                          ServoRestyleState& aRestyleState) {
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG
 | |
|   nsIFrame* parent = aChildFrame->GetInFlowParent();
 | |
|   if (aChildFrame->IsTableFrame()) {
 | |
|     parent = parent->GetParent();
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (parent->IsLineFrame()) {
 | |
|     parent = parent->GetParent();
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(nsLayoutUtils::FirstContinuationOrIBSplitSibling(parent) == this,
 | |
|              "This should only be used for children!");
 | |
| #endif  // DEBUG
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(!GetContent() || !aChildFrame->GetContent() ||
 | |
|                  aChildFrame->GetContent() == GetContent(),
 | |
|              "What content node is it a frame for?");
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(!aChildFrame->GetPrevContinuation(),
 | |
|              "Only first continuations should end up here");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // We could force the caller to pass in the pseudo, since some callers know it
 | |
|   // statically...  But this API is a bit nicer.
 | |
|   auto pseudo = aChildFrame->Style()->GetPseudoType();
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(PseudoStyle::IsAnonBox(pseudo), "Child is not an anon box?");
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(!PseudoStyle::IsNonInheritingAnonBox(pseudo),
 | |
|              "Why did the caller bother calling us?");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Anon boxes inherit from their parent; that's us.
 | |
|   RefPtr<ComputedStyle> newContext =
 | |
|       aRestyleState.StyleSet().ResolveInheritingAnonymousBoxStyle(pseudo,
 | |
|                                                                   Style());
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsChangeHint childHint =
 | |
|       UpdateStyleOfOwnedChildFrame(aChildFrame, newContext, aRestyleState);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Now that we've updated the style on aChildFrame, check whether it itself
 | |
|   // has anon boxes to deal with.
 | |
|   ServoRestyleState childrenState(*aChildFrame, aRestyleState, childHint,
 | |
|                                   ServoRestyleState::Type::InFlow);
 | |
|   aChildFrame->UpdateStyleOfOwnedAnonBoxes(childrenState);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Assuming anon boxes don't have ::backdrop associated with them... if that
 | |
|   // ever changes, we'd need to handle that here, like we do in
 | |
|   // RestyleManager::ProcessPostTraversal
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // We do need to handle block pseudo-elements here, though.  Especially list
 | |
|   // bullets.
 | |
|   if (nsBlockFrame* block = do_QueryFrame(aChildFrame)) {
 | |
|     block->UpdatePseudoElementStyles(childrenState);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* static */
 | |
| nsChangeHint nsIFrame::UpdateStyleOfOwnedChildFrame(
 | |
|     nsIFrame* aChildFrame, ComputedStyle* aNewComputedStyle,
 | |
|     ServoRestyleState& aRestyleState,
 | |
|     const Maybe<ComputedStyle*>& aContinuationComputedStyle) {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(!aChildFrame->GetAdditionalComputedStyle(0),
 | |
|              "We don't handle additional styles here");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Figure out whether we have an actual change.  It's important that we do
 | |
|   // this, for several reasons:
 | |
|   //
 | |
|   // 1) Even if all the child's changes are due to properties it inherits from
 | |
|   //    us, it's possible that no one ever asked us for those style structs and
 | |
|   //    hence changes to them aren't reflected in the changes handled at all.
 | |
|   //
 | |
|   // 2) Content can change stylesheets that change the styles of pseudos, and
 | |
|   //    extensions can add/remove stylesheets that change the styles of
 | |
|   //    anonymous boxes directly.
 | |
|   uint32_t equalStructs;  // Not used, actually.
 | |
|   nsChangeHint childHint = aChildFrame->Style()->CalcStyleDifference(
 | |
|       *aNewComputedStyle, &equalStructs);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // If aChildFrame is out of flow, then aRestyleState's "changes handled by the
 | |
|   // parent" doesn't apply to it, because it may have some other parent in the
 | |
|   // frame tree.
 | |
|   if (!aChildFrame->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_OUT_OF_FLOW)) {
 | |
|     childHint = NS_RemoveSubsumedHints(
 | |
|         childHint, aRestyleState.ChangesHandledFor(aChildFrame));
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (childHint) {
 | |
|     if (childHint & nsChangeHint_ReconstructFrame) {
 | |
|       // If we generate a reconstruct here, remove any non-reconstruct hints we
 | |
|       // may have already generated for this content.
 | |
|       aRestyleState.ChangeList().PopChangesForContent(
 | |
|           aChildFrame->GetContent());
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     aRestyleState.ChangeList().AppendChange(
 | |
|         aChildFrame, aChildFrame->GetContent(), childHint);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   aChildFrame->SetComputedStyle(aNewComputedStyle);
 | |
|   ComputedStyle* continuationStyle = aContinuationComputedStyle
 | |
|                                          ? *aContinuationComputedStyle
 | |
|                                          : aNewComputedStyle;
 | |
|   for (nsIFrame* kid = aChildFrame->GetNextContinuation(); kid;
 | |
|        kid = kid->GetNextContinuation()) {
 | |
|     MOZ_ASSERT(!kid->GetAdditionalComputedStyle(0));
 | |
|     kid->SetComputedStyle(continuationStyle);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return childHint;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* static */
 | |
| void nsIFrame::AddInPopupStateBitToDescendants(nsIFrame* aFrame) {
 | |
|   if (!aFrame->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_IN_POPUP) &&
 | |
|       aFrame->TrackingVisibility()) {
 | |
|     // Assume all frames in popups are visible.
 | |
|     aFrame->IncApproximateVisibleCount();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   aFrame->AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_IN_POPUP);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   for (const auto& childList : aFrame->CrossDocChildLists()) {
 | |
|     for (nsIFrame* child : childList.mList) {
 | |
|       AddInPopupStateBitToDescendants(child);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* static */
 | |
| void nsIFrame::RemoveInPopupStateBitFromDescendants(nsIFrame* aFrame) {
 | |
|   if (!aFrame->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_IN_POPUP) ||
 | |
|       nsLayoutUtils::IsPopup(aFrame)) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   aFrame->RemoveStateBits(NS_FRAME_IN_POPUP);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aFrame->TrackingVisibility()) {
 | |
|     // We assume all frames in popups are visible, so this decrement balances
 | |
|     // out the increment in AddInPopupStateBitToDescendants above.
 | |
|     aFrame->DecApproximateVisibleCount();
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   for (const auto& childList : aFrame->CrossDocChildLists()) {
 | |
|     for (nsIFrame* child : childList.mList) {
 | |
|       RemoveInPopupStateBitFromDescendants(child);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::SetParent(nsContainerFrame* aParent) {
 | |
|   // If our parent is a wrapper anon box, our new parent should be too.  We
 | |
|   // _can_ change parent if our parent is a wrapper anon box, because some
 | |
|   // wrapper anon boxes can have continuations.
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT_IF(ParentIsWrapperAnonBox(),
 | |
|                 aParent->Style()->IsInheritingAnonBox());
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Note that the current mParent may already be destroyed at this point.
 | |
|   mParent = aParent;
 | |
|   MOZ_DIAGNOSTIC_ASSERT(!mParent || PresShell() == mParent->PresShell());
 | |
|   if (::IsXULBoxWrapped(this)) {
 | |
|     ::InitBoxMetrics(this, true);
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     // We could call Properties().Delete(BoxMetricsProperty()); here but
 | |
|     // that's kind of slow and re-parenting in such a way that we were
 | |
|     // IsXULBoxWrapped() before but not now should be very rare, so we'll just
 | |
|     // keep this unused frame property until this frame dies instead.
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_HAS_VIEW | NS_FRAME_HAS_CHILD_WITH_VIEW)) {
 | |
|     for (nsIFrame* f = aParent;
 | |
|          f && !f->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_HAS_CHILD_WITH_VIEW);
 | |
|          f = f->GetParent()) {
 | |
|       f->AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_HAS_CHILD_WITH_VIEW);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_CONTAINS_RELATIVE_BSIZE)) {
 | |
|     for (nsIFrame* f = aParent; f; f = f->GetParent()) {
 | |
|       if (f->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_CONTAINS_RELATIVE_BSIZE)) {
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       f->AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_CONTAINS_RELATIVE_BSIZE);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_DESCENDANT_INTRINSIC_ISIZE_DEPENDS_ON_BSIZE)) {
 | |
|     for (nsIFrame* f = aParent; f; f = f->GetParent()) {
 | |
|       if (f->HasAnyStateBits(
 | |
|               NS_FRAME_DESCENDANT_INTRINSIC_ISIZE_DEPENDS_ON_BSIZE)) {
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       f->AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_DESCENDANT_INTRINSIC_ISIZE_DEPENDS_ON_BSIZE);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (HasInvalidFrameInSubtree()) {
 | |
|     for (nsIFrame* f = aParent;
 | |
|          f && !f->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_DESCENDANT_NEEDS_PAINT |
 | |
|                                   NS_FRAME_IS_NONDISPLAY);
 | |
|          f = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrameInProcess(f)) {
 | |
|       f->AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_DESCENDANT_NEEDS_PAINT);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aParent->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_IN_POPUP)) {
 | |
|     AddInPopupStateBitToDescendants(this);
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     RemoveInPopupStateBitFromDescendants(this);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // If our new parent only has invalid children, then we just invalidate
 | |
|   // ourselves too. This is probably faster than clearing the flag all
 | |
|   // the way up the frame tree.
 | |
|   if (aParent->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_ALL_DESCENDANTS_NEED_PAINT)) {
 | |
|     InvalidateFrame();
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     SchedulePaint();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::CreateOwnLayerIfNeeded(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
 | |
|                                       nsDisplayList* aList, uint16_t aType,
 | |
|                                       bool* aCreatedContainerItem) {
 | |
|   if (GetContent() && GetContent()->IsXULElement() &&
 | |
|       GetContent()->AsElement()->HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::layer)) {
 | |
|     aList->AppendNewToTopWithIndex<nsDisplayOwnLayer>(
 | |
|         aBuilder, this, /* aIndex = */ aType, aList,
 | |
|         aBuilder->CurrentActiveScrolledRoot(), nsDisplayOwnLayerFlags::None,
 | |
|         ScrollbarData{}, true, false);
 | |
|     if (aCreatedContainerItem) {
 | |
|       *aCreatedContainerItem = true;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::IsStackingContext(const nsStyleDisplay* aStyleDisplay,
 | |
|                                  const nsStyleEffects* aStyleEffects) {
 | |
|   return HasOpacity(aStyleDisplay, aStyleEffects, nullptr) || IsTransformed() ||
 | |
|          ((aStyleDisplay->IsContainPaint() ||
 | |
|            aStyleDisplay->IsContainLayout()) &&
 | |
|           IsFrameOfType(eSupportsContainLayoutAndPaint)) ||
 | |
|          // strictly speaking, 'perspective' doesn't require visual atomicity,
 | |
|          // but the spec says it acts like the rest of these
 | |
|          ChildrenHavePerspective(aStyleDisplay) ||
 | |
|          aStyleEffects->mMixBlendMode != StyleBlend::Normal ||
 | |
|          SVGIntegrationUtils::UsingEffectsForFrame(this) ||
 | |
|          aStyleDisplay->IsPositionForcingStackingContext() ||
 | |
|          ZIndex().isSome() ||
 | |
|          (aStyleDisplay->mWillChange.bits &
 | |
|           StyleWillChangeBits::STACKING_CONTEXT) ||
 | |
|          aStyleDisplay->mIsolation != StyleIsolation::Auto ||
 | |
|          aStyleEffects->HasBackdropFilters();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::IsStackingContext() {
 | |
|   return IsStackingContext(StyleDisplay(), StyleEffects());
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static bool IsFrameScrolledOutOfView(const nsIFrame* aTarget,
 | |
|                                      const nsRect& aTargetRect,
 | |
|                                      const nsIFrame* aParent) {
 | |
|   // The ancestor frame we are checking if it clips out aTargetRect relative to
 | |
|   // aTarget.
 | |
|   nsIFrame* clipParent = nullptr;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // find the first scrollable frame or root frame if we are in a fixed pos
 | |
|   // subtree
 | |
|   for (nsIFrame* f = const_cast<nsIFrame*>(aParent); f;
 | |
|        f = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrameInProcess(f)) {
 | |
|     nsIScrollableFrame* scrollableFrame = do_QueryFrame(f);
 | |
|     if (scrollableFrame) {
 | |
|       clipParent = f;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (f->StyleDisplay()->mPosition == StylePositionProperty::Fixed &&
 | |
|         nsLayoutUtils::IsReallyFixedPos(f)) {
 | |
|       clipParent = f->GetParent();
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!clipParent) {
 | |
|     // Even if we couldn't find the nearest scrollable frame, it might mean we
 | |
|     // are in an out-of-process iframe, try to see if |aTarget| frame is
 | |
|     // scrolled out of view in an scrollable frame in a cross-process ancestor
 | |
|     // document.
 | |
|     return nsLayoutUtils::FrameIsScrolledOutOfViewInCrossProcess(aTarget);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsRect clipRect = clipParent->InkOverflowRectRelativeToSelf();
 | |
|   // We consider that the target is scrolled out if the scrollable (or root)
 | |
|   // frame is empty.
 | |
|   if (clipRect.IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|     return true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsRect transformedRect = nsLayoutUtils::TransformFrameRectToAncestor(
 | |
|       aTarget, aTargetRect, clipParent);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (transformedRect.IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|     // If the transformed rect is empty it represents a line or a point that we
 | |
|     // should check is outside the the scrollable rect.
 | |
|     if (transformedRect.x > clipRect.XMost() ||
 | |
|         transformedRect.y > clipRect.YMost() ||
 | |
|         clipRect.x > transformedRect.XMost() ||
 | |
|         clipRect.y > transformedRect.YMost()) {
 | |
|       return true;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   } else if (!transformedRect.Intersects(clipRect)) {
 | |
|     return true;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIFrame* parent = clipParent->GetParent();
 | |
|   if (!parent) {
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return IsFrameScrolledOutOfView(aTarget, aTargetRect, parent);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::IsScrolledOutOfView() const {
 | |
|   nsRect rect = InkOverflowRectRelativeToSelf();
 | |
|   return IsFrameScrolledOutOfView(this, rect, this);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| gfx::Matrix nsIFrame::ComputeWidgetTransform() {
 | |
|   const nsStyleUIReset* uiReset = StyleUIReset();
 | |
|   if (uiReset->mMozWindowTransform.IsNone()) {
 | |
|     return gfx::Matrix();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   TransformReferenceBox refBox(nullptr, nsRect(nsPoint(), GetSize()));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsPresContext* presContext = PresContext();
 | |
|   int32_t appUnitsPerDevPixel = presContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
 | |
|   gfx::Matrix4x4 matrix = nsStyleTransformMatrix::ReadTransforms(
 | |
|       uiReset->mMozWindowTransform, refBox, float(appUnitsPerDevPixel));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Apply the -moz-window-transform-origin translation to the matrix.
 | |
|   const StyleTransformOrigin& origin = uiReset->mWindowTransformOrigin;
 | |
|   Point transformOrigin = nsStyleTransformMatrix::Convert2DPosition(
 | |
|       origin.horizontal, origin.vertical, refBox, appUnitsPerDevPixel);
 | |
|   matrix.ChangeBasis(Point3D(transformOrigin.x, transformOrigin.y, 0));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   gfx::Matrix result2d;
 | |
|   if (!matrix.CanDraw2D(&result2d)) {
 | |
|     // FIXME: It would be preferable to reject non-2D transforms at parse time.
 | |
|     NS_WARNING(
 | |
|         "-moz-window-transform does not describe a 2D transform, "
 | |
|         "but only 2d transforms are supported");
 | |
|     return gfx::Matrix();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return result2d;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::DoUpdateStyleOfOwnedAnonBoxes(ServoRestyleState& aRestyleState) {
 | |
|   // As a special case, we check for {ib}-split block frames here, rather
 | |
|   // than have an nsInlineFrame::AppendDirectlyOwnedAnonBoxes implementation
 | |
|   // that returns them.
 | |
|   //
 | |
|   // (If we did handle them in AppendDirectlyOwnedAnonBoxes, we would have to
 | |
|   // return *all* of the in-flow {ib}-split block frames, not just the first
 | |
|   // one.  For restyling, we really just need the first in flow, and the other
 | |
|   // user of the AppendOwnedAnonBoxes API, AllChildIterator, doesn't need to
 | |
|   // know about them at all, since these block frames never create NAC.  So we
 | |
|   // avoid any unncessary hashtable lookups for the {ib}-split frames by calling
 | |
|   // UpdateStyleOfOwnedAnonBoxesForIBSplit directly here.)
 | |
|   if (IsInlineFrame()) {
 | |
|     if (HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_PART_OF_IBSPLIT)) {
 | |
|       static_cast<nsInlineFrame*>(this)->UpdateStyleOfOwnedAnonBoxesForIBSplit(
 | |
|           aRestyleState);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   AutoTArray<OwnedAnonBox, 4> frames;
 | |
|   AppendDirectlyOwnedAnonBoxes(frames);
 | |
|   for (OwnedAnonBox& box : frames) {
 | |
|     if (box.mUpdateStyleFn) {
 | |
|       box.mUpdateStyleFn(this, box.mAnonBoxFrame, aRestyleState);
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       UpdateStyleOfChildAnonBox(box.mAnonBoxFrame, aRestyleState);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* virtual */
 | |
| void nsIFrame::AppendDirectlyOwnedAnonBoxes(nsTArray<OwnedAnonBox>& aResult) {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(!HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_OWNS_ANON_BOXES));
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(false, "Why did this get called?");
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::DoAppendOwnedAnonBoxes(nsTArray<OwnedAnonBox>& aResult) {
 | |
|   size_t i = aResult.Length();
 | |
|   AppendDirectlyOwnedAnonBoxes(aResult);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // After appending the directly owned anonymous boxes of this frame to
 | |
|   // aResult above, we need to check each of them to see if they own
 | |
|   // any anonymous boxes themselves.  Note that we keep progressing
 | |
|   // through aResult, looking for additional entries in aResult from these
 | |
|   // subsequent AppendDirectlyOwnedAnonBoxes calls.  (Thus we can't
 | |
|   // use a ranged for loop here.)
 | |
| 
 | |
|   while (i < aResult.Length()) {
 | |
|     nsIFrame* f = aResult[i].mAnonBoxFrame;
 | |
|     if (f->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_OWNS_ANON_BOXES)) {
 | |
|       f->AppendDirectlyOwnedAnonBoxes(aResult);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     ++i;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsIFrame::CaretPosition::CaretPosition() : mContentOffset(0) {}
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsIFrame::CaretPosition::~CaretPosition() = default;
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::HasCSSAnimations() {
 | |
|   auto collection =
 | |
|       AnimationCollection<CSSAnimation>::GetAnimationCollection(this);
 | |
|   return collection && collection->mAnimations.Length() > 0;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::HasCSSTransitions() {
 | |
|   auto collection =
 | |
|       AnimationCollection<CSSTransition>::GetAnimationCollection(this);
 | |
|   return collection && collection->mAnimations.Length() > 0;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::AddSizeOfExcludingThisForTree(nsWindowSizes& aSizes) const {
 | |
|   aSizes.mLayoutFramePropertiesSize +=
 | |
|       mProperties.SizeOfExcludingThis(aSizes.mState.mMallocSizeOf);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // We don't do this for Gecko because this stuff is stored in the nsPresArena
 | |
|   // and so measured elsewhere.
 | |
|   if (!aSizes.mState.HaveSeenPtr(mComputedStyle)) {
 | |
|     mComputedStyle->AddSizeOfIncludingThis(aSizes,
 | |
|                                            &aSizes.mLayoutComputedValuesNonDom);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // And our additional styles.
 | |
|   int32_t index = 0;
 | |
|   while (auto* extra = GetAdditionalComputedStyle(index++)) {
 | |
|     if (!aSizes.mState.HaveSeenPtr(extra)) {
 | |
|       extra->AddSizeOfIncludingThis(aSizes,
 | |
|                                     &aSizes.mLayoutComputedValuesNonDom);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   for (const auto& childList : ChildLists()) {
 | |
|     for (const nsIFrame* f : childList.mList) {
 | |
|       f->AddSizeOfExcludingThisForTree(aSizes);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsRect nsIFrame::GetCompositorHitTestArea(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder) {
 | |
|   nsRect area;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIScrollableFrame* scrollFrame = nsLayoutUtils::GetScrollableFrameFor(this);
 | |
|   if (scrollFrame) {
 | |
|     // If the frame is content of a scrollframe, then we need to pick up the
 | |
|     // area corresponding to the overflow rect as well. Otherwise the parts of
 | |
|     // the overflow that are not occupied by descendants get skipped and the
 | |
|     // APZ code sends touch events to the content underneath instead.
 | |
|     // See https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1127773#c15.
 | |
|     area = ScrollableOverflowRect();
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     area = nsRect(nsPoint(0, 0), GetSize());
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!area.IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|     return area + aBuilder->ToReferenceFrame(this);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return area;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| CompositorHitTestInfo nsIFrame::GetCompositorHitTestInfo(
 | |
|     nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder) {
 | |
|   CompositorHitTestInfo result = CompositorHitTestInvisibleToHit;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aBuilder->IsInsidePointerEventsNoneDoc()) {
 | |
|     // Somewhere up the parent document chain is a subdocument with pointer-
 | |
|     // events:none set on it.
 | |
|     return result;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (!GetParent()) {
 | |
|     MOZ_ASSERT(IsViewportFrame());
 | |
|     // Viewport frames are never event targets, other frames, like canvas
 | |
|     // frames, are the event targets for any regions viewport frames may cover.
 | |
|     return result;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   const StylePointerEvents pointerEvents =
 | |
|       StyleUI()->GetEffectivePointerEvents(this);
 | |
|   if (pointerEvents == StylePointerEvents::None) {
 | |
|     return result;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (!StyleVisibility()->IsVisible()) {
 | |
|     return result;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Anything that didn't match the above conditions is visible to hit-testing.
 | |
|   result = CompositorHitTestFlags::eVisibleToHitTest;
 | |
|   if (SVGIntegrationUtils::UsingMaskOrClipPathForFrame(this)) {
 | |
|     // If WebRender is enabled, simple clip-paths can be converted into WR
 | |
|     // clips that WR knows how to hit-test against, so we don't need to mark
 | |
|     // it as an irregular area.
 | |
|     if (!gfxVars::UseWebRender() ||
 | |
|         !SVGIntegrationUtils::UsingSimpleClipPathForFrame(this)) {
 | |
|       result += CompositorHitTestFlags::eIrregularArea;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aBuilder->IsBuildingNonLayerizedScrollbar()) {
 | |
|     // Scrollbars may be painted into a layer below the actual layer they will
 | |
|     // scroll, and therefore wheel events may be dispatched to the outer frame
 | |
|     // instead of the intended scrollframe. To address this, we force a d-t-c
 | |
|     // region on scrollbar frames that won't be placed in their own layer. See
 | |
|     // bug 1213324 for details.
 | |
|     result += CompositorHitTestFlags::eInactiveScrollframe;
 | |
|   } else if (aBuilder->GetAncestorHasApzAwareEventHandler()) {
 | |
|     result += CompositorHitTestFlags::eApzAwareListeners;
 | |
|   } else if (IsRangeFrame()) {
 | |
|     // Range frames handle touch events directly without having a touch listener
 | |
|     // so we need to let APZ know that this area cares about events.
 | |
|     result += CompositorHitTestFlags::eApzAwareListeners;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aBuilder->IsTouchEventPrefEnabledDoc()) {
 | |
|     // Inherit the touch-action flags from the parent, if there is one. We do
 | |
|     // this because of how the touch-action on a frame combines the touch-action
 | |
|     // from ancestor DOM elements. Refer to the documentation in
 | |
|     // TouchActionHelper.cpp for details; this code is meant to be equivalent to
 | |
|     // that code, but woven into the top-down recursive display list building
 | |
|     // process.
 | |
|     CompositorHitTestInfo inheritedTouchAction =
 | |
|         aBuilder->GetCompositorHitTestInfo() & CompositorHitTestTouchActionMask;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     nsIFrame* touchActionFrame = this;
 | |
|     if (nsIScrollableFrame* scrollFrame =
 | |
|             nsLayoutUtils::GetScrollableFrameFor(this)) {
 | |
|       ScrollStyles ss = scrollFrame->GetScrollStyles();
 | |
|       if (ss.mVertical != StyleOverflow::Hidden ||
 | |
|           ss.mHorizontal != StyleOverflow::Hidden) {
 | |
|         touchActionFrame = do_QueryFrame(scrollFrame);
 | |
|         // On scrollframes, stop inheriting the pan-x and pan-y flags; instead,
 | |
|         // reset them back to zero to allow panning on the scrollframe unless we
 | |
|         // encounter an element that disables it that's inside the scrollframe.
 | |
|         // This is equivalent to the |considerPanning| variable in
 | |
|         // TouchActionHelper.cpp, but for a top-down traversal.
 | |
|         CompositorHitTestInfo panMask(
 | |
|             CompositorHitTestFlags::eTouchActionPanXDisabled,
 | |
|             CompositorHitTestFlags::eTouchActionPanYDisabled);
 | |
|         inheritedTouchAction -= panMask;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     result += inheritedTouchAction;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     const StyleTouchAction touchAction =
 | |
|         nsLayoutUtils::GetTouchActionFromFrame(touchActionFrame);
 | |
|     // The CSS allows the syntax auto | none | [pan-x || pan-y] | manipulation
 | |
|     // so we can eliminate some combinations of things.
 | |
|     if (touchAction == StyleTouchAction::AUTO) {
 | |
|       // nothing to do
 | |
|     } else if (touchAction & StyleTouchAction::MANIPULATION) {
 | |
|       result += CompositorHitTestFlags::eTouchActionDoubleTapZoomDisabled;
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       // This path handles the cases none | [pan-x || pan-y || pinch-zoom] so
 | |
|       // double-tap is disabled in here.
 | |
|       if (!(touchAction & StyleTouchAction::PINCH_ZOOM)) {
 | |
|         result += CompositorHitTestFlags::eTouchActionPinchZoomDisabled;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       result += CompositorHitTestFlags::eTouchActionDoubleTapZoomDisabled;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (!(touchAction & StyleTouchAction::PAN_X)) {
 | |
|         result += CompositorHitTestFlags::eTouchActionPanXDisabled;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       if (!(touchAction & StyleTouchAction::PAN_Y)) {
 | |
|         result += CompositorHitTestFlags::eTouchActionPanYDisabled;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       if (touchAction & StyleTouchAction::NONE) {
 | |
|         // all the touch-action disabling flags will already have been set above
 | |
|         MOZ_ASSERT(result.contains(CompositorHitTestTouchActionMask));
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const Maybe<ScrollDirection> scrollDirection =
 | |
|       aBuilder->GetCurrentScrollbarDirection();
 | |
|   if (scrollDirection.isSome()) {
 | |
|     if (GetContent()->IsXULElement(nsGkAtoms::thumb)) {
 | |
|       const bool thumbGetsLayer = aBuilder->GetCurrentScrollbarTarget() !=
 | |
|                                   layers::ScrollableLayerGuid::NULL_SCROLL_ID;
 | |
|       if (thumbGetsLayer) {
 | |
|         result += CompositorHitTestFlags::eScrollbarThumb;
 | |
|       } else {
 | |
|         result += CompositorHitTestFlags::eInactiveScrollframe;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (*scrollDirection == ScrollDirection::eVertical) {
 | |
|       result += CompositorHitTestFlags::eScrollbarVertical;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // includes the ScrollbarFrame, SliderFrame, anything else that
 | |
|     // might be inside the xul:scrollbar
 | |
|     result += CompositorHitTestFlags::eScrollbar;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return result;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Returns true if we can guarantee there is no visible descendants.
 | |
| static bool HasNoVisibleDescendants(const nsIFrame* aFrame) {
 | |
|   for (const auto& childList : aFrame->ChildLists()) {
 | |
|     for (nsIFrame* f : childList.mList) {
 | |
|       if (nsPlaceholderFrame::GetRealFrameFor(f)
 | |
|               ->IsVisibleOrMayHaveVisibleDescendants()) {
 | |
|         return false;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return true;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::UpdateVisibleDescendantsState() {
 | |
|   if (StyleVisibility()->IsVisible()) {
 | |
|     // Notify invisible ancestors that a visible descendant exists now.
 | |
|     nsIFrame* ancestor;
 | |
|     for (ancestor = GetInFlowParent();
 | |
|          ancestor && !ancestor->StyleVisibility()->IsVisible();
 | |
|          ancestor = ancestor->GetInFlowParent()) {
 | |
|       ancestor->mAllDescendantsAreInvisible = false;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     mAllDescendantsAreInvisible = HasNoVisibleDescendants(this);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsIFrame::PhysicalAxes nsIFrame::ShouldApplyOverflowClipping(
 | |
|     const nsStyleDisplay* aDisp) const {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aDisp == StyleDisplay(), "Wrong display struct");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // 'contain:paint', which we handle as 'overflow:clip' here. Except for
 | |
|   // scrollframes we don't need contain:paint to add any clipping, because
 | |
|   // the scrollable frame will already clip overflowing content, and because
 | |
|   // 'contain:paint' should prevent all means of escaping that clipping
 | |
|   // (e.g. because it forms a fixed-pos containing block).
 | |
|   if (aDisp->IsContainPaint() && !IsScrollFrame() &&
 | |
|       IsFrameOfType(eSupportsContainLayoutAndPaint)) {
 | |
|     return PhysicalAxes::Both;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // and overflow:hidden that we should interpret as clip
 | |
|   if (aDisp->mOverflowX == StyleOverflow::Hidden &&
 | |
|       aDisp->mOverflowY == StyleOverflow::Hidden) {
 | |
|     // REVIEW: these are the frame types that set up clipping.
 | |
|     LayoutFrameType type = Type();
 | |
|     switch (type) {
 | |
|       case LayoutFrameType::Table:
 | |
|       case LayoutFrameType::TableCell:
 | |
|       case LayoutFrameType::SVGOuterSVG:
 | |
|       case LayoutFrameType::SVGInnerSVG:
 | |
|       case LayoutFrameType::SVGSymbol:
 | |
|       case LayoutFrameType::SVGForeignObject:
 | |
|         return PhysicalAxes::Both;
 | |
|       default:
 | |
|         if (IsFrameOfType(nsIFrame::eReplacedContainsBlock)) {
 | |
|           if (type == mozilla::LayoutFrameType::TextInput) {
 | |
|             // It has an anonymous scroll frame that handles any overflow.
 | |
|             return PhysicalAxes::None;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|           return PhysicalAxes::Both;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // clip overflow:clip, except for nsListControlFrame which is
 | |
|   // an nsHTMLScrollFrame sub-class.
 | |
|   if (MOZ_UNLIKELY((aDisp->mOverflowX == mozilla::StyleOverflow::Clip ||
 | |
|                     aDisp->mOverflowY == mozilla::StyleOverflow::Clip) &&
 | |
|                    !IsListControlFrame())) {
 | |
|     // FIXME: we could use GetViewportScrollStylesOverrideElement() here instead
 | |
|     // if that worked correctly in a print context. (see bug 1654667)
 | |
|     const auto* element = Element::FromNodeOrNull(GetContent());
 | |
|     if (!element ||
 | |
|         !PresContext()->ElementWouldPropagateScrollStyles(*element)) {
 | |
|       uint8_t axes = uint8_t(PhysicalAxes::None);
 | |
|       if (aDisp->mOverflowX == mozilla::StyleOverflow::Clip) {
 | |
|         axes |= uint8_t(PhysicalAxes::Horizontal);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       if (aDisp->mOverflowY == mozilla::StyleOverflow::Clip) {
 | |
|         axes |= uint8_t(PhysicalAxes::Vertical);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       return PhysicalAxes(axes);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_SVG_LAYOUT)) {
 | |
|     return PhysicalAxes::None;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // If we're paginated and a block, and have NS_BLOCK_CLIP_PAGINATED_OVERFLOW
 | |
|   // set, then we want to clip our overflow.
 | |
|   bool clip = HasAnyStateBits(NS_BLOCK_CLIP_PAGINATED_OVERFLOW) &&
 | |
|               PresContext()->IsPaginated() && IsBlockFrame();
 | |
|   return clip ? PhysicalAxes::Both : PhysicalAxes::None;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::AddPaintedPresShell(mozilla::PresShell* aPresShell) {
 | |
|   PaintedPresShellList()->AppendElement(do_GetWeakReference(aPresShell));
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::UpdatePaintCountForPaintedPresShells() {
 | |
|   for (nsWeakPtr& item : *PaintedPresShellList()) {
 | |
|     if (RefPtr<mozilla::PresShell> presShell = do_QueryReferent(item)) {
 | |
|       presShell->IncrementPaintCount();
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool nsIFrame::DidPaintPresShell(mozilla::PresShell* aPresShell) {
 | |
|   for (nsWeakPtr& item : *PaintedPresShellList()) {
 | |
|     RefPtr<mozilla::PresShell> presShell = do_QueryReferent(item);
 | |
|     if (presShell == aPresShell) {
 | |
|       return true;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return false;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG
 | |
| static void GetTagName(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsIContent* aContent, int aResultSize,
 | |
|                        char* aResult) {
 | |
|   if (aContent) {
 | |
|     snprintf(aResult, aResultSize, "%s@%p",
 | |
|              nsAtomCString(aContent->NodeInfo()->NameAtom()).get(), aFrame);
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     snprintf(aResult, aResultSize, "@%p", aFrame);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::Trace(const char* aMethod, bool aEnter) {
 | |
|   if (NS_FRAME_LOG_TEST(sFrameLogModule, NS_FRAME_TRACE_CALLS)) {
 | |
|     char tagbuf[40];
 | |
|     GetTagName(this, mContent, sizeof(tagbuf), tagbuf);
 | |
|     printf_stderr("%s: %s %s", tagbuf, aEnter ? "enter" : "exit", aMethod);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::Trace(const char* aMethod, bool aEnter,
 | |
|                      const nsReflowStatus& aStatus) {
 | |
|   if (NS_FRAME_LOG_TEST(sFrameLogModule, NS_FRAME_TRACE_CALLS)) {
 | |
|     char tagbuf[40];
 | |
|     GetTagName(this, mContent, sizeof(tagbuf), tagbuf);
 | |
|     printf_stderr("%s: %s %s, status=%scomplete%s", tagbuf,
 | |
|                   aEnter ? "enter" : "exit", aMethod,
 | |
|                   aStatus.IsIncomplete() ? "not" : "",
 | |
|                   (aStatus.NextInFlowNeedsReflow()) ? "+reflow" : "");
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::TraceMsg(const char* aFormatString, ...) {
 | |
|   if (NS_FRAME_LOG_TEST(sFrameLogModule, NS_FRAME_TRACE_CALLS)) {
 | |
|     // Format arguments into a buffer
 | |
|     char argbuf[200];
 | |
|     va_list ap;
 | |
|     va_start(ap, aFormatString);
 | |
|     VsprintfLiteral(argbuf, aFormatString, ap);
 | |
|     va_end(ap);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     char tagbuf[40];
 | |
|     GetTagName(this, mContent, sizeof(tagbuf), tagbuf);
 | |
|     printf_stderr("%s: %s", tagbuf, argbuf);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::VerifyDirtyBitSet(const nsFrameList& aFrameList) {
 | |
|   for (nsFrameList::Enumerator e(aFrameList); !e.AtEnd(); e.Next()) {
 | |
|     NS_ASSERTION(e.get()->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_IS_DIRTY),
 | |
|                  "dirty bit not set");
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Start Display Reflow
 | |
| DR_cookie::DR_cookie(nsPresContext* aPresContext, nsIFrame* aFrame,
 | |
|                      const ReflowInput& aReflowInput, ReflowOutput& aMetrics,
 | |
|                      nsReflowStatus& aStatus)
 | |
|     : mPresContext(aPresContext),
 | |
|       mFrame(aFrame),
 | |
|       mReflowInput(aReflowInput),
 | |
|       mMetrics(aMetrics),
 | |
|       mStatus(aStatus) {
 | |
|   MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(DR_cookie);
 | |
|   mValue = nsIFrame::DisplayReflowEnter(aPresContext, mFrame, mReflowInput);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| DR_cookie::~DR_cookie() {
 | |
|   MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(DR_cookie);
 | |
|   nsIFrame::DisplayReflowExit(mPresContext, mFrame, mMetrics, mStatus, mValue);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| DR_layout_cookie::DR_layout_cookie(nsIFrame* aFrame) : mFrame(aFrame) {
 | |
|   MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(DR_layout_cookie);
 | |
|   mValue = nsIFrame::DisplayLayoutEnter(mFrame);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| DR_layout_cookie::~DR_layout_cookie() {
 | |
|   MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(DR_layout_cookie);
 | |
|   nsIFrame::DisplayLayoutExit(mFrame, mValue);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| DR_intrinsic_inline_size_cookie::DR_intrinsic_inline_size_cookie(
 | |
|     nsIFrame* aFrame, const char* aType, nscoord& aResult)
 | |
|     : mFrame(aFrame), mType(aType), mResult(aResult) {
 | |
|   MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(DR_intrinsic_inline_size_cookie);
 | |
|   mValue = nsIFrame::DisplayIntrinsicISizeEnter(mFrame, mType);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| DR_intrinsic_inline_size_cookie::~DR_intrinsic_inline_size_cookie() {
 | |
|   MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(DR_intrinsic_inline_size_cookie);
 | |
|   nsIFrame::DisplayIntrinsicISizeExit(mFrame, mType, mResult, mValue);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| DR_intrinsic_size_cookie::DR_intrinsic_size_cookie(nsIFrame* aFrame,
 | |
|                                                    const char* aType,
 | |
|                                                    nsSize& aResult)
 | |
|     : mFrame(aFrame), mType(aType), mResult(aResult) {
 | |
|   MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(DR_intrinsic_size_cookie);
 | |
|   mValue = nsIFrame::DisplayIntrinsicSizeEnter(mFrame, mType);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| DR_intrinsic_size_cookie::~DR_intrinsic_size_cookie() {
 | |
|   MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(DR_intrinsic_size_cookie);
 | |
|   nsIFrame::DisplayIntrinsicSizeExit(mFrame, mType, mResult, mValue);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| DR_init_constraints_cookie::DR_init_constraints_cookie(
 | |
|     nsIFrame* aFrame, ReflowInput* aState, nscoord aCBWidth, nscoord aCBHeight,
 | |
|     const mozilla::Maybe<mozilla::LogicalMargin> aBorder,
 | |
|     const mozilla::Maybe<mozilla::LogicalMargin> aPadding)
 | |
|     : mFrame(aFrame), mState(aState) {
 | |
|   MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(DR_init_constraints_cookie);
 | |
|   nsMargin border;
 | |
|   if (aBorder) {
 | |
|     border = aBorder->GetPhysicalMargin(aFrame->GetWritingMode());
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   nsMargin padding;
 | |
|   if (aPadding) {
 | |
|     padding = aPadding->GetPhysicalMargin(aFrame->GetWritingMode());
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   mValue = ReflowInput::DisplayInitConstraintsEnter(
 | |
|       mFrame, mState, aCBWidth, aCBHeight, aBorder ? &border : nullptr,
 | |
|       aPadding ? &padding : nullptr);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| DR_init_constraints_cookie::~DR_init_constraints_cookie() {
 | |
|   MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(DR_init_constraints_cookie);
 | |
|   ReflowInput::DisplayInitConstraintsExit(mFrame, mState, mValue);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| DR_init_offsets_cookie::DR_init_offsets_cookie(
 | |
|     nsIFrame* aFrame, SizeComputationInput* aState, nscoord aPercentBasis,
 | |
|     WritingMode aCBWritingMode,
 | |
|     const mozilla::Maybe<mozilla::LogicalMargin> aBorder,
 | |
|     const mozilla::Maybe<mozilla::LogicalMargin> aPadding)
 | |
|     : mFrame(aFrame), mState(aState) {
 | |
|   MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(DR_init_offsets_cookie);
 | |
|   nsMargin border;
 | |
|   if (aBorder) {
 | |
|     border = aBorder->GetPhysicalMargin(aFrame->GetWritingMode());
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   nsMargin padding;
 | |
|   if (aPadding) {
 | |
|     padding = aPadding->GetPhysicalMargin(aFrame->GetWritingMode());
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   mValue = SizeComputationInput::DisplayInitOffsetsEnter(
 | |
|       mFrame, mState, aPercentBasis, aCBWritingMode,
 | |
|       aBorder ? &border : nullptr, aPadding ? &padding : nullptr);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| DR_init_offsets_cookie::~DR_init_offsets_cookie() {
 | |
|   MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(DR_init_offsets_cookie);
 | |
|   SizeComputationInput::DisplayInitOffsetsExit(mFrame, mState, mValue);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct DR_Rule;
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct DR_FrameTypeInfo {
 | |
|   DR_FrameTypeInfo(LayoutFrameType aFrameType, const char* aFrameNameAbbrev,
 | |
|                    const char* aFrameName);
 | |
|   ~DR_FrameTypeInfo();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   LayoutFrameType mType;
 | |
|   char mNameAbbrev[16];
 | |
|   char mName[32];
 | |
|   nsTArray<DR_Rule*> mRules;
 | |
| 
 | |
|  private:
 | |
|   DR_FrameTypeInfo& operator=(const DR_FrameTypeInfo&) = delete;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct DR_FrameTreeNode;
 | |
| struct DR_Rule;
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct DR_State {
 | |
|   DR_State();
 | |
|   ~DR_State();
 | |
|   void Init();
 | |
|   void AddFrameTypeInfo(LayoutFrameType aFrameType,
 | |
|                         const char* aFrameNameAbbrev, const char* aFrameName);
 | |
|   DR_FrameTypeInfo* GetFrameTypeInfo(LayoutFrameType aFrameType);
 | |
|   DR_FrameTypeInfo* GetFrameTypeInfo(char* aFrameName);
 | |
|   void InitFrameTypeTable();
 | |
|   DR_FrameTreeNode* CreateTreeNode(nsIFrame* aFrame,
 | |
|                                    const ReflowInput* aReflowInput);
 | |
|   void FindMatchingRule(DR_FrameTreeNode& aNode);
 | |
|   bool RuleMatches(DR_Rule& aRule, DR_FrameTreeNode& aNode);
 | |
|   bool GetToken(FILE* aFile, char* aBuf, size_t aBufSize);
 | |
|   DR_Rule* ParseRule(FILE* aFile);
 | |
|   void ParseRulesFile();
 | |
|   void AddRule(nsTArray<DR_Rule*>& aRules, DR_Rule& aRule);
 | |
|   bool IsWhiteSpace(int c);
 | |
|   bool GetNumber(char* aBuf, int32_t& aNumber);
 | |
|   void PrettyUC(nscoord aSize, char* aBuf, int aBufSize);
 | |
|   void PrintMargin(const char* tag, const nsMargin* aMargin);
 | |
|   void DisplayFrameTypeInfo(nsIFrame* aFrame, int32_t aIndent);
 | |
|   void DeleteTreeNode(DR_FrameTreeNode& aNode);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   bool mInited;
 | |
|   bool mActive;
 | |
|   int32_t mCount;
 | |
|   int32_t mAssert;
 | |
|   int32_t mIndent;
 | |
|   bool mIndentUndisplayedFrames;
 | |
|   bool mDisplayPixelErrors;
 | |
|   nsTArray<DR_Rule*> mWildRules;
 | |
|   nsTArray<DR_FrameTypeInfo> mFrameTypeTable;
 | |
|   // reflow specific state
 | |
|   nsTArray<DR_FrameTreeNode*> mFrameTreeLeaves;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| static DR_State* DR_state;  // the one and only DR_State
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct DR_RulePart {
 | |
|   explicit DR_RulePart(LayoutFrameType aFrameType)
 | |
|       : mFrameType(aFrameType), mNext(0) {}
 | |
| 
 | |
|   void Destroy();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   LayoutFrameType mFrameType;
 | |
|   DR_RulePart* mNext;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| void DR_RulePart::Destroy() {
 | |
|   if (mNext) {
 | |
|     mNext->Destroy();
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   delete this;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct DR_Rule {
 | |
|   DR_Rule() : mLength(0), mTarget(nullptr), mDisplay(false) {
 | |
|     MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(DR_Rule);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   ~DR_Rule() {
 | |
|     if (mTarget) mTarget->Destroy();
 | |
|     MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(DR_Rule);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   void AddPart(LayoutFrameType aFrameType);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   uint32_t mLength;
 | |
|   DR_RulePart* mTarget;
 | |
|   bool mDisplay;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| void DR_Rule::AddPart(LayoutFrameType aFrameType) {
 | |
|   DR_RulePart* newPart = new DR_RulePart(aFrameType);
 | |
|   newPart->mNext = mTarget;
 | |
|   mTarget = newPart;
 | |
|   mLength++;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| DR_FrameTypeInfo::~DR_FrameTypeInfo() {
 | |
|   int32_t numElements;
 | |
|   numElements = mRules.Length();
 | |
|   for (int32_t i = numElements - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
 | |
|     delete mRules.ElementAt(i);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| DR_FrameTypeInfo::DR_FrameTypeInfo(LayoutFrameType aFrameType,
 | |
|                                    const char* aFrameNameAbbrev,
 | |
|                                    const char* aFrameName) {
 | |
|   mType = aFrameType;
 | |
|   PL_strncpyz(mNameAbbrev, aFrameNameAbbrev, sizeof(mNameAbbrev));
 | |
|   PL_strncpyz(mName, aFrameName, sizeof(mName));
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct DR_FrameTreeNode {
 | |
|   DR_FrameTreeNode(nsIFrame* aFrame, DR_FrameTreeNode* aParent)
 | |
|       : mFrame(aFrame), mParent(aParent), mDisplay(0), mIndent(0) {
 | |
|     MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(DR_FrameTreeNode);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   MOZ_COUNTED_DTOR(DR_FrameTreeNode)
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIFrame* mFrame;
 | |
|   DR_FrameTreeNode* mParent;
 | |
|   bool mDisplay;
 | |
|   uint32_t mIndent;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| // DR_State implementation
 | |
| 
 | |
| DR_State::DR_State()
 | |
|     : mInited(false),
 | |
|       mActive(false),
 | |
|       mCount(0),
 | |
|       mAssert(-1),
 | |
|       mIndent(0),
 | |
|       mIndentUndisplayedFrames(false),
 | |
|       mDisplayPixelErrors(false) {
 | |
|   MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(DR_State);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void DR_State::Init() {
 | |
|   char* env = PR_GetEnv("GECKO_DISPLAY_REFLOW_ASSERT");
 | |
|   int32_t num;
 | |
|   if (env) {
 | |
|     if (GetNumber(env, num))
 | |
|       mAssert = num;
 | |
|     else
 | |
|       printf("GECKO_DISPLAY_REFLOW_ASSERT - invalid value = %s", env);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   env = PR_GetEnv("GECKO_DISPLAY_REFLOW_INDENT_START");
 | |
|   if (env) {
 | |
|     if (GetNumber(env, num))
 | |
|       mIndent = num;
 | |
|     else
 | |
|       printf("GECKO_DISPLAY_REFLOW_INDENT_START - invalid value = %s", env);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   env = PR_GetEnv("GECKO_DISPLAY_REFLOW_INDENT_UNDISPLAYED_FRAMES");
 | |
|   if (env) {
 | |
|     if (GetNumber(env, num))
 | |
|       mIndentUndisplayedFrames = num;
 | |
|     else
 | |
|       printf(
 | |
|           "GECKO_DISPLAY_REFLOW_INDENT_UNDISPLAYED_FRAMES - invalid value = %s",
 | |
|           env);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   env = PR_GetEnv("GECKO_DISPLAY_REFLOW_FLAG_PIXEL_ERRORS");
 | |
|   if (env) {
 | |
|     if (GetNumber(env, num))
 | |
|       mDisplayPixelErrors = num;
 | |
|     else
 | |
|       printf("GECKO_DISPLAY_REFLOW_FLAG_PIXEL_ERRORS - invalid value = %s",
 | |
|              env);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   InitFrameTypeTable();
 | |
|   ParseRulesFile();
 | |
|   mInited = true;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| DR_State::~DR_State() {
 | |
|   MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(DR_State);
 | |
|   int32_t numElements, i;
 | |
|   numElements = mWildRules.Length();
 | |
|   for (i = numElements - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
 | |
|     delete mWildRules.ElementAt(i);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   numElements = mFrameTreeLeaves.Length();
 | |
|   for (i = numElements - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
 | |
|     delete mFrameTreeLeaves.ElementAt(i);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool DR_State::GetNumber(char* aBuf, int32_t& aNumber) {
 | |
|   if (sscanf(aBuf, "%d", &aNumber) > 0)
 | |
|     return true;
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     return false;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool DR_State::IsWhiteSpace(int c) {
 | |
|   return (c == ' ') || (c == '\t') || (c == '\n') || (c == '\r');
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool DR_State::GetToken(FILE* aFile, char* aBuf, size_t aBufSize) {
 | |
|   bool haveToken = false;
 | |
|   aBuf[0] = 0;
 | |
|   // get the 1st non whitespace char
 | |
|   int c = -1;
 | |
|   for (c = getc(aFile); (c > 0) && IsWhiteSpace(c); c = getc(aFile)) {
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (c > 0) {
 | |
|     haveToken = true;
 | |
|     aBuf[0] = c;
 | |
|     // get everything up to the next whitespace char
 | |
|     size_t cX;
 | |
|     for (cX = 1; cX + 1 < aBufSize; cX++) {
 | |
|       c = getc(aFile);
 | |
|       if (c < 0) {  // EOF
 | |
|         ungetc(' ', aFile);
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|       } else {
 | |
|         if (IsWhiteSpace(c)) {
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|         } else {
 | |
|           aBuf[cX] = c;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     aBuf[cX] = 0;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return haveToken;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| DR_Rule* DR_State::ParseRule(FILE* aFile) {
 | |
|   char buf[128];
 | |
|   int32_t doDisplay;
 | |
|   DR_Rule* rule = nullptr;
 | |
|   while (GetToken(aFile, buf, sizeof(buf))) {
 | |
|     if (GetNumber(buf, doDisplay)) {
 | |
|       if (rule) {
 | |
|         rule->mDisplay = !!doDisplay;
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|       } else {
 | |
|         printf("unexpected token - %s \n", buf);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       if (!rule) {
 | |
|         rule = new DR_Rule;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       if (strcmp(buf, "*") == 0) {
 | |
|         rule->AddPart(LayoutFrameType::None);
 | |
|       } else {
 | |
|         DR_FrameTypeInfo* info = GetFrameTypeInfo(buf);
 | |
|         if (info) {
 | |
|           rule->AddPart(info->mType);
 | |
|         } else {
 | |
|           printf("invalid frame type - %s \n", buf);
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return rule;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void DR_State::AddRule(nsTArray<DR_Rule*>& aRules, DR_Rule& aRule) {
 | |
|   int32_t numRules = aRules.Length();
 | |
|   for (int32_t ruleX = 0; ruleX < numRules; ruleX++) {
 | |
|     DR_Rule* rule = aRules.ElementAt(ruleX);
 | |
|     NS_ASSERTION(rule, "program error");
 | |
|     if (aRule.mLength > rule->mLength) {
 | |
|       aRules.InsertElementAt(ruleX, &aRule);
 | |
|       return;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   aRules.AppendElement(&aRule);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static Maybe<bool> ShouldLogReflow(const char* processes) {
 | |
|   switch (processes[0]) {
 | |
|     case 'A':
 | |
|     case 'a':
 | |
|       return Some(true);
 | |
|     case 'P':
 | |
|     case 'p':
 | |
|       return Some(XRE_IsParentProcess());
 | |
|     case 'C':
 | |
|     case 'c':
 | |
|       return Some(XRE_IsContentProcess());
 | |
|     default:
 | |
|       return Nothing{};
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void DR_State::ParseRulesFile() {
 | |
|   char* processes = PR_GetEnv("GECKO_DISPLAY_REFLOW_PROCESSES");
 | |
|   if (processes) {
 | |
|     Maybe<bool> enableLog = ShouldLogReflow(processes);
 | |
|     if (enableLog.isNothing()) {
 | |
|       MOZ_CRASH("GECKO_DISPLAY_REFLOW_PROCESSES: [a]ll [p]arent [c]ontent");
 | |
|     } else if (enableLog.value()) {
 | |
|       DR_Rule* rule = new DR_Rule;
 | |
|       rule->AddPart(LayoutFrameType::None);
 | |
|       rule->mDisplay = true;
 | |
|       AddRule(mWildRules, *rule);
 | |
|       mActive = true;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   char* path = PR_GetEnv("GECKO_DISPLAY_REFLOW_RULES_FILE");
 | |
|   if (path) {
 | |
|     FILE* inFile = fopen(path, "r");
 | |
|     if (!inFile) {
 | |
|       MOZ_CRASH(
 | |
|           "Failed to open the specified rules file; Try `--setpref "
 | |
|           "security.sandbox.content.level=2` if the sandbox is at cause");
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     for (DR_Rule* rule = ParseRule(inFile); rule; rule = ParseRule(inFile)) {
 | |
|       if (rule->mTarget) {
 | |
|         LayoutFrameType fType = rule->mTarget->mFrameType;
 | |
|         if (fType != LayoutFrameType::None) {
 | |
|           DR_FrameTypeInfo* info = GetFrameTypeInfo(fType);
 | |
|           AddRule(info->mRules, *rule);
 | |
|         } else {
 | |
|           AddRule(mWildRules, *rule);
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         mActive = true;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     fclose(inFile);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void DR_State::AddFrameTypeInfo(LayoutFrameType aFrameType,
 | |
|                                 const char* aFrameNameAbbrev,
 | |
|                                 const char* aFrameName) {
 | |
|   mFrameTypeTable.EmplaceBack(aFrameType, aFrameNameAbbrev, aFrameName);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| DR_FrameTypeInfo* DR_State::GetFrameTypeInfo(LayoutFrameType aFrameType) {
 | |
|   int32_t numEntries = mFrameTypeTable.Length();
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(numEntries != 0, "empty FrameTypeTable");
 | |
|   for (int32_t i = 0; i < numEntries; i++) {
 | |
|     DR_FrameTypeInfo& info = mFrameTypeTable.ElementAt(i);
 | |
|     if (info.mType == aFrameType) {
 | |
|       return &info;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return &mFrameTypeTable.ElementAt(numEntries -
 | |
|                                     1);  // return unknown frame type
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| DR_FrameTypeInfo* DR_State::GetFrameTypeInfo(char* aFrameName) {
 | |
|   int32_t numEntries = mFrameTypeTable.Length();
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(numEntries != 0, "empty FrameTypeTable");
 | |
|   for (int32_t i = 0; i < numEntries; i++) {
 | |
|     DR_FrameTypeInfo& info = mFrameTypeTable.ElementAt(i);
 | |
|     if ((strcmp(aFrameName, info.mName) == 0) ||
 | |
|         (strcmp(aFrameName, info.mNameAbbrev) == 0)) {
 | |
|       return &info;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return &mFrameTypeTable.ElementAt(numEntries -
 | |
|                                     1);  // return unknown frame type
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void DR_State::InitFrameTypeTable() {
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(LayoutFrameType::Block, "block", "block");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(LayoutFrameType::Br, "br", "br");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(LayoutFrameType::Bullet, "bullet", "bullet");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(LayoutFrameType::ColorControl, "color", "colorControl");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(LayoutFrameType::GfxButtonControl, "button",
 | |
|                    "gfxButtonControl");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(LayoutFrameType::HTMLButtonControl, "HTMLbutton",
 | |
|                    "HTMLButtonControl");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(LayoutFrameType::HTMLCanvas, "HTMLCanvas", "HTMLCanvas");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(LayoutFrameType::SubDocument, "subdoc", "subDocument");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(LayoutFrameType::Image, "img", "image");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(LayoutFrameType::Inline, "inline", "inline");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(LayoutFrameType::Letter, "letter", "letter");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(LayoutFrameType::Line, "line", "line");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(LayoutFrameType::ListControl, "select", "select");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(LayoutFrameType::Page, "page", "page");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(LayoutFrameType::Placeholder, "place", "placeholder");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(LayoutFrameType::Canvas, "canvas", "canvas");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(LayoutFrameType::XULRoot, "xulroot", "xulroot");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(LayoutFrameType::Scroll, "scroll", "scroll");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(LayoutFrameType::TableCell, "cell", "tableCell");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(LayoutFrameType::TableCol, "col", "tableCol");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(LayoutFrameType::TableColGroup, "colG", "tableColGroup");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(LayoutFrameType::Table, "tbl", "table");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(LayoutFrameType::TableWrapper, "tblW", "tableWrapper");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(LayoutFrameType::TableRowGroup, "rowG", "tableRowGroup");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(LayoutFrameType::TableRow, "row", "tableRow");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(LayoutFrameType::TextInput, "textCtl", "textInput");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(LayoutFrameType::Text, "text", "text");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(LayoutFrameType::Viewport, "VP", "viewport");
 | |
| #  ifdef MOZ_XUL
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(LayoutFrameType::Box, "Box", "Box");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(LayoutFrameType::Slider, "Slider", "Slider");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(LayoutFrameType::PopupSet, "PopupSet", "PopupSet");
 | |
| #  endif
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(LayoutFrameType::None, "unknown", "unknown");
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void DR_State::DisplayFrameTypeInfo(nsIFrame* aFrame, int32_t aIndent) {
 | |
|   DR_FrameTypeInfo* frameTypeInfo = GetFrameTypeInfo(aFrame->Type());
 | |
|   if (frameTypeInfo) {
 | |
|     for (int32_t i = 0; i < aIndent; i++) {
 | |
|       printf(" ");
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (!strcmp(frameTypeInfo->mNameAbbrev, "unknown")) {
 | |
|       if (aFrame) {
 | |
|         nsAutoString name;
 | |
|         aFrame->GetFrameName(name);
 | |
|         printf("%s %p ", NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII(name).get(),
 | |
|                (void*)aFrame);
 | |
|       } else {
 | |
|         printf("%s %p ", frameTypeInfo->mNameAbbrev, (void*)aFrame);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       printf("%s %p ", frameTypeInfo->mNameAbbrev, (void*)aFrame);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| bool DR_State::RuleMatches(DR_Rule& aRule, DR_FrameTreeNode& aNode) {
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(aRule.mTarget, "program error");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   DR_RulePart* rulePart;
 | |
|   DR_FrameTreeNode* parentNode;
 | |
|   for (rulePart = aRule.mTarget->mNext, parentNode = aNode.mParent;
 | |
|        rulePart && parentNode;
 | |
|        rulePart = rulePart->mNext, parentNode = parentNode->mParent) {
 | |
|     if (rulePart->mFrameType != LayoutFrameType::None) {
 | |
|       if (parentNode->mFrame) {
 | |
|         if (rulePart->mFrameType != parentNode->mFrame->Type()) {
 | |
|           return false;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       } else
 | |
|         NS_ASSERTION(false, "program error");
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     // else wild card match
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return true;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void DR_State::FindMatchingRule(DR_FrameTreeNode& aNode) {
 | |
|   if (!aNode.mFrame) {
 | |
|     NS_ASSERTION(false, "invalid DR_FrameTreeNode \n");
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   bool matchingRule = false;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   DR_FrameTypeInfo* info = GetFrameTypeInfo(aNode.mFrame->Type());
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(info, "program error");
 | |
|   int32_t numRules = info->mRules.Length();
 | |
|   for (int32_t ruleX = 0; ruleX < numRules; ruleX++) {
 | |
|     DR_Rule* rule = info->mRules.ElementAt(ruleX);
 | |
|     if (rule && RuleMatches(*rule, aNode)) {
 | |
|       aNode.mDisplay = rule->mDisplay;
 | |
|       matchingRule = true;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (!matchingRule) {
 | |
|     int32_t numWildRules = mWildRules.Length();
 | |
|     for (int32_t ruleX = 0; ruleX < numWildRules; ruleX++) {
 | |
|       DR_Rule* rule = mWildRules.ElementAt(ruleX);
 | |
|       if (rule && RuleMatches(*rule, aNode)) {
 | |
|         aNode.mDisplay = rule->mDisplay;
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| DR_FrameTreeNode* DR_State::CreateTreeNode(nsIFrame* aFrame,
 | |
|                                            const ReflowInput* aReflowInput) {
 | |
|   // find the frame of the parent reflow input (usually just the parent of
 | |
|   // aFrame)
 | |
|   nsIFrame* parentFrame;
 | |
|   if (aReflowInput) {
 | |
|     const ReflowInput* parentRI = aReflowInput->mParentReflowInput;
 | |
|     parentFrame = (parentRI) ? parentRI->mFrame : nullptr;
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     parentFrame = aFrame->GetParent();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // find the parent tree node leaf
 | |
|   DR_FrameTreeNode* parentNode = nullptr;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   DR_FrameTreeNode* lastLeaf = nullptr;
 | |
|   if (mFrameTreeLeaves.Length())
 | |
|     lastLeaf = mFrameTreeLeaves.ElementAt(mFrameTreeLeaves.Length() - 1);
 | |
|   if (lastLeaf) {
 | |
|     for (parentNode = lastLeaf;
 | |
|          parentNode && (parentNode->mFrame != parentFrame);
 | |
|          parentNode = parentNode->mParent) {
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   DR_FrameTreeNode* newNode = new DR_FrameTreeNode(aFrame, parentNode);
 | |
|   FindMatchingRule(*newNode);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   newNode->mIndent = mIndent;
 | |
|   if (newNode->mDisplay || mIndentUndisplayedFrames) {
 | |
|     ++mIndent;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (lastLeaf && (lastLeaf == parentNode)) {
 | |
|     mFrameTreeLeaves.RemoveLastElement();
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   mFrameTreeLeaves.AppendElement(newNode);
 | |
|   mCount++;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return newNode;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void DR_State::PrettyUC(nscoord aSize, char* aBuf, int aBufSize) {
 | |
|   if (NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE == aSize) {
 | |
|     strcpy(aBuf, "UC");
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     if ((nscoord)0xdeadbeefU == aSize) {
 | |
|       strcpy(aBuf, "deadbeef");
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       snprintf(aBuf, aBufSize, "%d", aSize);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void DR_State::PrintMargin(const char* tag, const nsMargin* aMargin) {
 | |
|   if (aMargin) {
 | |
|     char t[16], r[16], b[16], l[16];
 | |
|     PrettyUC(aMargin->top, t, 16);
 | |
|     PrettyUC(aMargin->right, r, 16);
 | |
|     PrettyUC(aMargin->bottom, b, 16);
 | |
|     PrettyUC(aMargin->left, l, 16);
 | |
|     printf(" %s=%s,%s,%s,%s", tag, t, r, b, l);
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     // use %p here for consistency with other null-pointer printouts
 | |
|     printf(" %s=%p", tag, (void*)aMargin);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void DR_State::DeleteTreeNode(DR_FrameTreeNode& aNode) {
 | |
|   mFrameTreeLeaves.RemoveElement(&aNode);
 | |
|   int32_t numLeaves = mFrameTreeLeaves.Length();
 | |
|   if ((0 == numLeaves) ||
 | |
|       (aNode.mParent != mFrameTreeLeaves.ElementAt(numLeaves - 1))) {
 | |
|     mFrameTreeLeaves.AppendElement(aNode.mParent);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aNode.mDisplay || mIndentUndisplayedFrames) {
 | |
|     --mIndent;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   // delete the tree node
 | |
|   delete &aNode;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void CheckPixelError(nscoord aSize, int32_t aPixelToTwips) {
 | |
|   if (NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE != aSize) {
 | |
|     if ((aSize % aPixelToTwips) > 0) {
 | |
|       printf("VALUE %d is not a whole pixel \n", aSize);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void DisplayReflowEnterPrint(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
 | |
|                                     nsIFrame* aFrame,
 | |
|                                     const ReflowInput& aReflowInput,
 | |
|                                     DR_FrameTreeNode& aTreeNode,
 | |
|                                     bool aChanged) {
 | |
|   if (aTreeNode.mDisplay) {
 | |
|     DR_state->DisplayFrameTypeInfo(aFrame, aTreeNode.mIndent);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     char width[16];
 | |
|     char height[16];
 | |
| 
 | |
|     DR_state->PrettyUC(aReflowInput.AvailableWidth(), width, 16);
 | |
|     DR_state->PrettyUC(aReflowInput.AvailableHeight(), height, 16);
 | |
|     printf("Reflow a=%s,%s ", width, height);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     DR_state->PrettyUC(aReflowInput.ComputedWidth(), width, 16);
 | |
|     DR_state->PrettyUC(aReflowInput.ComputedHeight(), height, 16);
 | |
|     printf("c=%s,%s ", width, height);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (aFrame->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_IS_DIRTY)) printf("dirty ");
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (aFrame->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_HAS_DIRTY_CHILDREN))
 | |
|       printf("dirty-children ");
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (aReflowInput.mFlags.mSpecialBSizeReflow) printf("special-bsize ");
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (aReflowInput.IsHResize()) printf("h-resize ");
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (aReflowInput.IsVResize()) printf("v-resize ");
 | |
| 
 | |
|     nsIFrame* inFlow = aFrame->GetPrevInFlow();
 | |
|     if (inFlow) {
 | |
|       printf("pif=%p ", (void*)inFlow);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     inFlow = aFrame->GetNextInFlow();
 | |
|     if (inFlow) {
 | |
|       printf("nif=%p ", (void*)inFlow);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (aChanged)
 | |
|       printf("CHANGED \n");
 | |
|     else
 | |
|       printf("cnt=%d \n", DR_state->mCount);
 | |
|     if (DR_state->mDisplayPixelErrors) {
 | |
|       int32_t d2a = aPresContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
 | |
|       CheckPixelError(aReflowInput.AvailableWidth(), d2a);
 | |
|       CheckPixelError(aReflowInput.AvailableHeight(), d2a);
 | |
|       CheckPixelError(aReflowInput.ComputedWidth(), d2a);
 | |
|       CheckPixelError(aReflowInput.ComputedHeight(), d2a);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void* nsIFrame::DisplayReflowEnter(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
 | |
|                                    nsIFrame* aFrame,
 | |
|                                    const ReflowInput& aReflowInput) {
 | |
|   if (!DR_state->mInited) DR_state->Init();
 | |
|   if (!DR_state->mActive) return nullptr;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(aFrame, "invalid call");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = DR_state->CreateTreeNode(aFrame, &aReflowInput);
 | |
|   if (treeNode) {
 | |
|     DisplayReflowEnterPrint(aPresContext, aFrame, aReflowInput, *treeNode,
 | |
|                             false);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return treeNode;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void* nsIFrame::DisplayLayoutEnter(nsIFrame* aFrame) {
 | |
|   if (!DR_state->mInited) DR_state->Init();
 | |
|   if (!DR_state->mActive) return nullptr;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(aFrame, "invalid call");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = DR_state->CreateTreeNode(aFrame, nullptr);
 | |
|   if (treeNode && treeNode->mDisplay) {
 | |
|     DR_state->DisplayFrameTypeInfo(aFrame, treeNode->mIndent);
 | |
|     printf("XULLayout\n");
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return treeNode;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void* nsIFrame::DisplayIntrinsicISizeEnter(nsIFrame* aFrame,
 | |
|                                            const char* aType) {
 | |
|   if (!DR_state->mInited) DR_state->Init();
 | |
|   if (!DR_state->mActive) return nullptr;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(aFrame, "invalid call");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = DR_state->CreateTreeNode(aFrame, nullptr);
 | |
|   if (treeNode && treeNode->mDisplay) {
 | |
|     DR_state->DisplayFrameTypeInfo(aFrame, treeNode->mIndent);
 | |
|     printf("Get%sISize\n", aType);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return treeNode;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void* nsIFrame::DisplayIntrinsicSizeEnter(nsIFrame* aFrame, const char* aType) {
 | |
|   if (!DR_state->mInited) DR_state->Init();
 | |
|   if (!DR_state->mActive) return nullptr;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(aFrame, "invalid call");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = DR_state->CreateTreeNode(aFrame, nullptr);
 | |
|   if (treeNode && treeNode->mDisplay) {
 | |
|     DR_state->DisplayFrameTypeInfo(aFrame, treeNode->mIndent);
 | |
|     printf("Get%sSize\n", aType);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return treeNode;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::DisplayReflowExit(nsPresContext* aPresContext, nsIFrame* aFrame,
 | |
|                                  ReflowOutput& aMetrics,
 | |
|                                  const nsReflowStatus& aStatus,
 | |
|                                  void* aFrameTreeNode) {
 | |
|   if (!DR_state->mActive) return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(aFrame, "DisplayReflowExit - invalid call");
 | |
|   if (!aFrameTreeNode) return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = (DR_FrameTreeNode*)aFrameTreeNode;
 | |
|   if (treeNode->mDisplay) {
 | |
|     DR_state->DisplayFrameTypeInfo(aFrame, treeNode->mIndent);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     char width[16];
 | |
|     char height[16];
 | |
|     char x[16];
 | |
|     char y[16];
 | |
|     DR_state->PrettyUC(aMetrics.Width(), width, 16);
 | |
|     DR_state->PrettyUC(aMetrics.Height(), height, 16);
 | |
|     printf("Reflow d=%s,%s", width, height);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (!aStatus.IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|       printf(" status=%s", ToString(aStatus).c_str());
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (aFrame->HasOverflowAreas()) {
 | |
|       DR_state->PrettyUC(aMetrics.InkOverflow().x, x, 16);
 | |
|       DR_state->PrettyUC(aMetrics.InkOverflow().y, y, 16);
 | |
|       DR_state->PrettyUC(aMetrics.InkOverflow().width, width, 16);
 | |
|       DR_state->PrettyUC(aMetrics.InkOverflow().height, height, 16);
 | |
|       printf(" vis-o=(%s,%s) %s x %s", x, y, width, height);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       nsRect storedOverflow = aFrame->InkOverflowRect();
 | |
|       DR_state->PrettyUC(storedOverflow.x, x, 16);
 | |
|       DR_state->PrettyUC(storedOverflow.y, y, 16);
 | |
|       DR_state->PrettyUC(storedOverflow.width, width, 16);
 | |
|       DR_state->PrettyUC(storedOverflow.height, height, 16);
 | |
|       printf(" vis-sto=(%s,%s) %s x %s", x, y, width, height);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       DR_state->PrettyUC(aMetrics.ScrollableOverflow().x, x, 16);
 | |
|       DR_state->PrettyUC(aMetrics.ScrollableOverflow().y, y, 16);
 | |
|       DR_state->PrettyUC(aMetrics.ScrollableOverflow().width, width, 16);
 | |
|       DR_state->PrettyUC(aMetrics.ScrollableOverflow().height, height, 16);
 | |
|       printf(" scr-o=(%s,%s) %s x %s", x, y, width, height);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       storedOverflow = aFrame->ScrollableOverflowRect();
 | |
|       DR_state->PrettyUC(storedOverflow.x, x, 16);
 | |
|       DR_state->PrettyUC(storedOverflow.y, y, 16);
 | |
|       DR_state->PrettyUC(storedOverflow.width, width, 16);
 | |
|       DR_state->PrettyUC(storedOverflow.height, height, 16);
 | |
|       printf(" scr-sto=(%s,%s) %s x %s", x, y, width, height);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     printf("\n");
 | |
|     if (DR_state->mDisplayPixelErrors) {
 | |
|       int32_t d2a = aPresContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
 | |
|       CheckPixelError(aMetrics.Width(), d2a);
 | |
|       CheckPixelError(aMetrics.Height(), d2a);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   DR_state->DeleteTreeNode(*treeNode);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::DisplayLayoutExit(nsIFrame* aFrame, void* aFrameTreeNode) {
 | |
|   if (!DR_state->mActive) return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(aFrame, "non-null frame required");
 | |
|   if (!aFrameTreeNode) return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = (DR_FrameTreeNode*)aFrameTreeNode;
 | |
|   if (treeNode->mDisplay) {
 | |
|     DR_state->DisplayFrameTypeInfo(aFrame, treeNode->mIndent);
 | |
|     nsRect rect = aFrame->GetRect();
 | |
|     printf("XULLayout=%d,%d,%d,%d\n", rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   DR_state->DeleteTreeNode(*treeNode);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::DisplayIntrinsicISizeExit(nsIFrame* aFrame, const char* aType,
 | |
|                                          nscoord aResult,
 | |
|                                          void* aFrameTreeNode) {
 | |
|   if (!DR_state->mActive) return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(aFrame, "non-null frame required");
 | |
|   if (!aFrameTreeNode) return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = (DR_FrameTreeNode*)aFrameTreeNode;
 | |
|   if (treeNode->mDisplay) {
 | |
|     DR_state->DisplayFrameTypeInfo(aFrame, treeNode->mIndent);
 | |
|     char iSize[16];
 | |
|     DR_state->PrettyUC(aResult, iSize, 16);
 | |
|     printf("Get%sISize=%s\n", aType, iSize);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   DR_state->DeleteTreeNode(*treeNode);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrame::DisplayIntrinsicSizeExit(nsIFrame* aFrame, const char* aType,
 | |
|                                         nsSize aResult, void* aFrameTreeNode) {
 | |
|   if (!DR_state->mActive) return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(aFrame, "non-null frame required");
 | |
|   if (!aFrameTreeNode) return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = (DR_FrameTreeNode*)aFrameTreeNode;
 | |
|   if (treeNode->mDisplay) {
 | |
|     DR_state->DisplayFrameTypeInfo(aFrame, treeNode->mIndent);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     char width[16];
 | |
|     char height[16];
 | |
|     DR_state->PrettyUC(aResult.width, width, 16);
 | |
|     DR_state->PrettyUC(aResult.height, height, 16);
 | |
|     printf("Get%sSize=%s,%s\n", aType, width, height);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   DR_state->DeleteTreeNode(*treeNode);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* static */
 | |
| void nsIFrame::DisplayReflowStartup() { DR_state = new DR_State(); }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* static */
 | |
| void nsIFrame::DisplayReflowShutdown() {
 | |
|   delete DR_state;
 | |
|   DR_state = nullptr;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void DR_cookie::Change() const {
 | |
|   DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = (DR_FrameTreeNode*)mValue;
 | |
|   if (treeNode && treeNode->mDisplay) {
 | |
|     DisplayReflowEnterPrint(mPresContext, mFrame, mReflowInput, *treeNode,
 | |
|                             true);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* static */
 | |
| void* ReflowInput::DisplayInitConstraintsEnter(nsIFrame* aFrame,
 | |
|                                                ReflowInput* aState,
 | |
|                                                nscoord aContainingBlockWidth,
 | |
|                                                nscoord aContainingBlockHeight,
 | |
|                                                const nsMargin* aBorder,
 | |
|                                                const nsMargin* aPadding) {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aFrame, "non-null frame required");
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aState, "non-null state required");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!DR_state->mInited) DR_state->Init();
 | |
|   if (!DR_state->mActive) return nullptr;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = DR_state->CreateTreeNode(aFrame, aState);
 | |
|   if (treeNode && treeNode->mDisplay) {
 | |
|     DR_state->DisplayFrameTypeInfo(aFrame, treeNode->mIndent);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     printf("InitConstraints parent=%p", (void*)aState->mParentReflowInput);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     char width[16];
 | |
|     char height[16];
 | |
| 
 | |
|     DR_state->PrettyUC(aContainingBlockWidth, width, 16);
 | |
|     DR_state->PrettyUC(aContainingBlockHeight, height, 16);
 | |
|     printf(" cb=%s,%s", width, height);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     DR_state->PrettyUC(aState->AvailableWidth(), width, 16);
 | |
|     DR_state->PrettyUC(aState->AvailableHeight(), height, 16);
 | |
|     printf(" as=%s,%s", width, height);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     DR_state->PrintMargin("b", aBorder);
 | |
|     DR_state->PrintMargin("p", aPadding);
 | |
|     putchar('\n');
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return treeNode;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* static */
 | |
| void ReflowInput::DisplayInitConstraintsExit(nsIFrame* aFrame,
 | |
|                                              ReflowInput* aState,
 | |
|                                              void* aValue) {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aFrame, "non-null frame required");
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aState, "non-null state required");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!DR_state->mActive) return;
 | |
|   if (!aValue) return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = (DR_FrameTreeNode*)aValue;
 | |
|   if (treeNode->mDisplay) {
 | |
|     DR_state->DisplayFrameTypeInfo(aFrame, treeNode->mIndent);
 | |
|     char cmiw[16], cw[16], cmxw[16], cmih[16], ch[16], cmxh[16];
 | |
|     DR_state->PrettyUC(aState->ComputedMinWidth(), cmiw, 16);
 | |
|     DR_state->PrettyUC(aState->ComputedWidth(), cw, 16);
 | |
|     DR_state->PrettyUC(aState->ComputedMaxWidth(), cmxw, 16);
 | |
|     DR_state->PrettyUC(aState->ComputedMinHeight(), cmih, 16);
 | |
|     DR_state->PrettyUC(aState->ComputedHeight(), ch, 16);
 | |
|     DR_state->PrettyUC(aState->ComputedMaxHeight(), cmxh, 16);
 | |
|     printf("InitConstraints= cw=(%s <= %s <= %s) ch=(%s <= %s <= %s)", cmiw, cw,
 | |
|            cmxw, cmih, ch, cmxh);
 | |
|     const nsMargin m = aState->ComputedPhysicalOffsets();
 | |
|     DR_state->PrintMargin("co", &m);
 | |
|     putchar('\n');
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   DR_state->DeleteTreeNode(*treeNode);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* static */
 | |
| void* SizeComputationInput::DisplayInitOffsetsEnter(
 | |
|     nsIFrame* aFrame, SizeComputationInput* aState, nscoord aPercentBasis,
 | |
|     WritingMode aCBWritingMode, const nsMargin* aBorder,
 | |
|     const nsMargin* aPadding) {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aFrame, "non-null frame required");
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aState, "non-null state required");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!DR_state->mInited) DR_state->Init();
 | |
|   if (!DR_state->mActive) return nullptr;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // aState is not necessarily a ReflowInput
 | |
|   DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = DR_state->CreateTreeNode(aFrame, nullptr);
 | |
|   if (treeNode && treeNode->mDisplay) {
 | |
|     DR_state->DisplayFrameTypeInfo(aFrame, treeNode->mIndent);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     char pctBasisStr[16];
 | |
|     DR_state->PrettyUC(aPercentBasis, pctBasisStr, 16);
 | |
|     printf("InitOffsets pct_basis=%s", pctBasisStr);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     DR_state->PrintMargin("b", aBorder);
 | |
|     DR_state->PrintMargin("p", aPadding);
 | |
|     putchar('\n');
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return treeNode;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* static */
 | |
| void SizeComputationInput::DisplayInitOffsetsExit(nsIFrame* aFrame,
 | |
|                                                   SizeComputationInput* aState,
 | |
|                                                   void* aValue) {
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aFrame, "non-null frame required");
 | |
|   MOZ_ASSERT(aState, "non-null state required");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!DR_state->mActive) return;
 | |
|   if (!aValue) return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = (DR_FrameTreeNode*)aValue;
 | |
|   if (treeNode->mDisplay) {
 | |
|     DR_state->DisplayFrameTypeInfo(aFrame, treeNode->mIndent);
 | |
|     printf("InitOffsets=");
 | |
|     const auto m = aState->ComputedPhysicalMargin();
 | |
|     DR_state->PrintMargin("m", &m);
 | |
|     const auto p = aState->ComputedPhysicalPadding();
 | |
|     DR_state->PrintMargin("p", &p);
 | |
|     const auto bp = aState->ComputedPhysicalBorderPadding();
 | |
|     DR_state->PrintMargin("b+p", &bp);
 | |
|     putchar('\n');
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   DR_state->DeleteTreeNode(*treeNode);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // End Display Reflow
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Validation of SideIsVertical.
 | |
| #  define CASE(side, result) \
 | |
|     static_assert(SideIsVertical(side) == result, "SideIsVertical is wrong")
 | |
| CASE(eSideTop, false);
 | |
| CASE(eSideRight, true);
 | |
| CASE(eSideBottom, false);
 | |
| CASE(eSideLeft, true);
 | |
| #  undef CASE
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Validation of HalfCornerIsX.
 | |
| #  define CASE(corner, result) \
 | |
|     static_assert(HalfCornerIsX(corner) == result, "HalfCornerIsX is wrong")
 | |
| CASE(eCornerTopLeftX, true);
 | |
| CASE(eCornerTopLeftY, false);
 | |
| CASE(eCornerTopRightX, true);
 | |
| CASE(eCornerTopRightY, false);
 | |
| CASE(eCornerBottomRightX, true);
 | |
| CASE(eCornerBottomRightY, false);
 | |
| CASE(eCornerBottomLeftX, true);
 | |
| CASE(eCornerBottomLeftY, false);
 | |
| #  undef CASE
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Validation of HalfToFullCorner.
 | |
| #  define CASE(corner, result)                        \
 | |
|     static_assert(HalfToFullCorner(corner) == result, \
 | |
|                   "HalfToFullCorner is "              \
 | |
|                   "wrong")
 | |
| CASE(eCornerTopLeftX, eCornerTopLeft);
 | |
| CASE(eCornerTopLeftY, eCornerTopLeft);
 | |
| CASE(eCornerTopRightX, eCornerTopRight);
 | |
| CASE(eCornerTopRightY, eCornerTopRight);
 | |
| CASE(eCornerBottomRightX, eCornerBottomRight);
 | |
| CASE(eCornerBottomRightY, eCornerBottomRight);
 | |
| CASE(eCornerBottomLeftX, eCornerBottomLeft);
 | |
| CASE(eCornerBottomLeftY, eCornerBottomLeft);
 | |
| #  undef CASE
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Validation of FullToHalfCorner.
 | |
| #  define CASE(corner, vert, result)                        \
 | |
|     static_assert(FullToHalfCorner(corner, vert) == result, \
 | |
|                   "FullToHalfCorner is wrong")
 | |
| CASE(eCornerTopLeft, false, eCornerTopLeftX);
 | |
| CASE(eCornerTopLeft, true, eCornerTopLeftY);
 | |
| CASE(eCornerTopRight, false, eCornerTopRightX);
 | |
| CASE(eCornerTopRight, true, eCornerTopRightY);
 | |
| CASE(eCornerBottomRight, false, eCornerBottomRightX);
 | |
| CASE(eCornerBottomRight, true, eCornerBottomRightY);
 | |
| CASE(eCornerBottomLeft, false, eCornerBottomLeftX);
 | |
| CASE(eCornerBottomLeft, true, eCornerBottomLeftY);
 | |
| #  undef CASE
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Validation of SideToFullCorner.
 | |
| #  define CASE(side, second, result)                        \
 | |
|     static_assert(SideToFullCorner(side, second) == result, \
 | |
|                   "SideToFullCorner is wrong")
 | |
| CASE(eSideTop, false, eCornerTopLeft);
 | |
| CASE(eSideTop, true, eCornerTopRight);
 | |
| 
 | |
| CASE(eSideRight, false, eCornerTopRight);
 | |
| CASE(eSideRight, true, eCornerBottomRight);
 | |
| 
 | |
| CASE(eSideBottom, false, eCornerBottomRight);
 | |
| CASE(eSideBottom, true, eCornerBottomLeft);
 | |
| 
 | |
| CASE(eSideLeft, false, eCornerBottomLeft);
 | |
| CASE(eSideLeft, true, eCornerTopLeft);
 | |
| #  undef CASE
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Validation of SideToHalfCorner.
 | |
| #  define CASE(side, second, parallel, result)                        \
 | |
|     static_assert(SideToHalfCorner(side, second, parallel) == result, \
 | |
|                   "SideToHalfCorner is wrong")
 | |
| CASE(eSideTop, false, true, eCornerTopLeftX);
 | |
| CASE(eSideTop, false, false, eCornerTopLeftY);
 | |
| CASE(eSideTop, true, true, eCornerTopRightX);
 | |
| CASE(eSideTop, true, false, eCornerTopRightY);
 | |
| 
 | |
| CASE(eSideRight, false, false, eCornerTopRightX);
 | |
| CASE(eSideRight, false, true, eCornerTopRightY);
 | |
| CASE(eSideRight, true, false, eCornerBottomRightX);
 | |
| CASE(eSideRight, true, true, eCornerBottomRightY);
 | |
| 
 | |
| CASE(eSideBottom, false, true, eCornerBottomRightX);
 | |
| CASE(eSideBottom, false, false, eCornerBottomRightY);
 | |
| CASE(eSideBottom, true, true, eCornerBottomLeftX);
 | |
| CASE(eSideBottom, true, false, eCornerBottomLeftY);
 | |
| 
 | |
| CASE(eSideLeft, false, false, eCornerBottomLeftX);
 | |
| CASE(eSideLeft, false, true, eCornerBottomLeftY);
 | |
| CASE(eSideLeft, true, false, eCornerTopLeftX);
 | |
| CASE(eSideLeft, true, true, eCornerTopLeftY);
 | |
| #  undef CASE
 | |
| 
 | |
| #endif
 | 
